HomeMy WebLinkAboutTown Hall Addition Specs ADDENDUM DATE:
November 15, 1977
TOWN HALL ADDITION
FEDERAL PROJECT NO. 01-511,22356'
TOWN HALL ADDITION
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD
53095 MAIN ROAD
SOUTHOLD, NEW YORK 11971
Greenman-Pedersen, Associates, P.C. r
100 West Main Street
Babylon, New York 11702
TO: ALL PRIME CONTRACT BIDDERS ON RECORD
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by adding Addendum No. 2, Pages
1 through 6 , November 15, 1977 to bottom of Page B-12, Information
for Bidders, with signature of person authorized to sign Bid Documents.
Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. This Adden-
dum forms part of the Contract Documents.
SPECIFICATIONS
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
Page B-5
Paragraph 8
TIME FOR BEGINNING AND COMPLETING OF WORK
On last line after the Figure 4, delete period and add the
following:
"Of the Contract Agreement".
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page G-4
Paragraph 11
Sanitary Provisions
Delete last sentence in its entirety and substitute the
following sentence:
"See Paragraphs 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 for temporary
requirements for all contracts".
-1-
ti
I�
Addendum Dated November 15, 1977
TOWN HALL ADDITION
FEDERAL PROJECT NO. 01-51-223566
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page G-7
Add new paragraphs to General Conditions as follows:
18. TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICE
I
A. The General Contractor shall provide and maintain in the
vicinity of the site, a suitable private office having not
less than 120 square feet, for the use of the "Clerk of the
Works" . The office shall be provided with outside door,
' convenience outlets and electrical lights, heat, windows
for cross ventilation, and adequate padlock. A separate
telephone shall be installed in this office for use by the
"Clerk of the Works" . The General Contractor shall pay for
all telephone charges, fuel , electric, and other incidental
a costs.
I
B. The building shall be of substantial frame, weathertight walls
and roof and with minimum of 7' 6" ceiling height.
C. In lieu of building specified, comparable space in a trailer may
be substituted providing the trailer is adequately furnished and
equipped and suitable for use intended.
D. The 120 square feet of office space required shall contain the
following furniture:
1. 1 suitable office desk with drawers.
F
j 2. 3 chairs
3. 1 plan table
,y
4. 1-4 drawer filing cabinet (legal size with lock)
color-beige-
At the termination of the contract work, the General Contractor
shall remove all furnishing and equipment from the site except the
drawer metal filing cabinet which shall remain on the premises
as the property of the Owner.
E. Business Office-The Contractor for each individual contract shall
maintain a business office at his regular place of business with
telephone service from 9 A.M. to 5 P.M. on all working days.
19. TEMPORARY WATER FOR BUILDING
i
BUILDING
A. For water required for the execution of work under their Contract,
each Contractor shall furnish the required number and proper lengths
of hose, make the proper connections to the hose outlets, guard
-2-
against all water waste and be responsible for all damage to his
own work or the work installed by other Contractors and any damage
to any part of the building, finishes or other materials. Water
shall be obtained from the source provided under Plumbing Contract "B".
B. All water used for drinking shall be protected and shall meet
all code requirements including OSHA and the regulations of the
Health Department.
20. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER
i
A. Temporary light and power shall be provided in the following manner
to facilitate the safe, prompt and efficient performance of the
construction work of all contracts as well as to facilitate the
proper and safe operation of various construction tools, systems';
equipment, etc.
B. Imme'diately after the signing of the Contract, a meeting shall be
called at the Site, at which the Electrical Contractor and the
Contractor for General Construction Work, shall be .represented.
The Electrical Contractor shall arrange for the servicing Utility
Company to be represented. This meeting will be for the purpose
of coordinating the location of the temporary light and power
service equipment and the associated service entrance, conductors,
poles, structure, etc. as well as coordinating the schedule for
the areas, and building to be constructed in which temporary light
and power will be required so that same can be provided without
delay as construction progresses from area to area or in the
building, Light and power shall be provided in all areas of the
building immediately following the start of any work by any trade `
in any area or any part of the building.
C. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the following requirements
and shall perform and provide the following services:
1. Comply with all the requirements of the servicing Utility
Company, OSHA, the National Electric, Local and State Labor
Codes and arrange for and pay all fees in conjunction with
obtaining a metered temporary electric service for the
building. (The Utility Company shall furnish, install and
maintain a temporary electric service feeder to the Site) .
2. Furnish and install all labor and material required to provide
a metered, single phase, 120/240 volt, 200 ampere, grounded
temporary light and power electric service and distribution
system in the building. The electric service shall be an
overhead secondary service from the Utility Company's service
and shall be metered on a pole arranged in accordance with the
servicing Utility Company's construction standard CS-2760 and
located not more than 100 feet from the Utility Company's
existing services. Arrange for connection to the servicing
Utility Company's 15KV temporary electric service feeder at
times other than the normal working hours of any trade such that
said connection will not interfere with the temporary electric
services to the various other areas, buildings and systems not
included under Contracts A,B,C, or D of these Contract Documents.
-3-
b
20. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER (Continued)
3. Furnish and install all poles, wires, cables, distribution
equipment etc. for the temporary electric service. Such
wires, cables, distribution equipment, etc , shall be at a
minimum equal to the size of the associated service and larger
where required to reduce voltage drop for the proper operation
of construction tools, system served, etc. Provide boost
and buck transformers where the installation or larger
wires to compensate for voltage drop would be impracticable;
such as long overhead pole runs, etc.
21. TEMPORARY HEAT r
A. All necessary precautions shall be taken by the Contractor for General
Construction work to close up all exterior openings either by
permanent glazed windows and doors or by adequate and approve temporary
closures.
B. During the period of construction, the Contractor for General Construction
shall exercise supervisory control over the conditions of the building.
Temperature requirements of the various trades shall be maintained.
Ventilation and temperature shall be uniform to prevent shrinkages,
cracking or swelling of floors, trim and other work.
C. A minimum temperature of 70 o F. Shall be maintained throughout all
rooms and spaces where the finishing trades (carpentry, cabinet work,
floor covering, painting and decorating) are at work. At all times
while work is in progress a minimum temperature of 500 F. shall be
maintained for 24 hours a day, seven days a week if required.
D. A temperature shall be maintained at all times throughout the building
for comfortable working conditions, to prevent harmful effects of low
temperature and to dry out and keep the entire building dry until it is
complete and accepted by the Owner.
E. Until use of the Heating System of the building ismade available
when temporary heat is required, the Contractor for General Construction
work shall provide heat by other methods approved by the Engineers. The
temporary heating system shall comply with the regulations of all
authorities having jurisdiction over same; and said system shall not
cause smudge, defacement or discoloration of finished work, nor shall
it be injurious or harmful to the workmen. Open salamanders shall not
be used without specific approval of the Engineer. All costs in
connection herewith shall be borne by the Contractor for General
Construction work.
22. TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Contractor shall install , maintain and, at the completion of all
work, or at such earlier time as the Engineer may approve, remove
temporary sanitary facilities. Such facilities shall be of the chemical
type, shall be placed at locations approved by the Engineer and shall
be screened from the public.
-4-
22. TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES (Continued)
B. The amount of sanitary facilities required shall be based on the
total number of workmen employed on the Project and shall be in
accordance with the provisions of the Health and Sanitary Codes of
the State of New York.
23. TEMPORARY PROTECTION OF WORK
A. In the event of temporary suspension of work, and then during inclement
weather, each Contractor shall protect carefully his work and materials
against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the
- Engineer, any work or material shall have been damaged or injured,, by
reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any of subcontractor
to protect his work, such materials shall be removed and replaced with-
out additional cost to the Owner.
DIVISION NO. 2-SITE WORK
SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING
Page 6
Paragraph 3 Seeding and Related Work
Subparagraph (K Sod:
Delete subparagraph (k) in its entirety.
DIVISION NO. 4 MASONRY
SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY
Page 6
Paragraph 4 SAMPLES
Subparagraph (b)
Delete subparagraph (b) including item (1) in its entirety
DIVISION NO. 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS
SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
Page 4
Paragraph 3 Materials
Subparagraph (f)
On third line change "PLI-66" to read" : PSI-76"
DIVISION NO. 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07300-Roof Shingles and Membrane Roofing
Delete all mention of membrane built-up roofing.
Page 3
Paragraph 2 GENERAL PROVISIONS
Subparagraph (f)
Delete subparagraph (f) in its entirety.
-5-
{
DIVISION NO. 8 DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS
SECTION 08800-GLAZING
Page 1
s Paragraph 1 SCOPE
Subparagraph (a)
1
Add new item (1-a) as follows:
(1-a) Clear glass
Page 4
Paragraph 2 MATERIALS
Add new subparagraph (g) as follows: r
(g) Clear glass shall be 1/4" thick "Float" monolithic type,
highly polished glazing quality and shall be used for:
View Windows, metal and glass part-itions, vision
panels in Type "F" flush wood doors_
DIVISION NO. 9 FINISHES
SECTION 09900-PAINTING AND FINISHING
t Page 2
Paragraph 2 MATERIALS
Subparagraph (a)
Delete the following from list of manufacturers: Polymer Plastics
Company Preco Chemical Company.
-6-
' SPECIAL NOTICE
EDA Project No. 01-51-22356
Town of Southold
Town Hall Addition r
November 9, 1977
Greenman-Pedersen, Associates, P.C.
100 West Main Street
Babylon, New York 11702
INFORMATIONAL DATA TO ALL BIDDERS
j In accordance with the EDA Funding Grant, the approximate
maximum amount of the TOTAL construction costs for this
Project is $207,100.00.
i
i
i
1
i
ADDENDUM DATE:
November 9, 1977
TOWN HALL ADDITION
FEDERAL PROJECT NO. 01-51-22356
TOWN HALL ADDITION
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD
53095 MAIN ROAD
SOUTHOLD, NEW YORK 11971
Greenman-Pedersen, Associates, P.C.
100 West Main Street
Babylon, New York 11702
TO: ALL PRIME CONTRACT BIDDERS ON RECORD
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by adding Addendum No. 1 , Pages
1 through 12, November 9, 1977) to bottom of Page B-12 Information for
Bidders, with signature of person authorized to sign bid documents.
Failure to do so may subject Bidder to disqualification. This Addendum
forms part of the Contract Documents.
SPECIF IC A T IONS
INDEX Page 1 - 2 General Construction - Contract "A" change and
correct the following page numbers
DIVISION NO. 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FROM PAGES 1 - 8
TO PAGES 1 - 7
DIVISION NO. 2 SITE WORK FROM PAGES 1 - 23
TO PAGES 1 - 29
DIVISION NO. 3 CONCRETE FROM PAGES 1 - 14
TO PAGES 1 - 19
DIVISION NO. 4 MASONRY FROM PAGES 1 - 12
TO PAGES 1 - 13
DIVISION NO. 5 METALS FROM PAGES 1 - 22
TO_ PAGES ] - 15
1
•
SOUTHOLD ADDENDUM NO. 1 (Continued)
` DIVISION NO. 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS FROM PAGES 1 - 11
TO PAGES 1 - 20
DIVISION NO. 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION FROM PAGES 1 - 27
TO PAGES 1 - 32
DIVISION NO. 8 DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS FROM PAGES 1 - 33
TO PAGES 1 - 24
DIVISION NO. 9 FINISHES FROM PAGES 1 - 27 r
TO PAGES 1 - 42
DIVISION NO. 10 SPECIALTIES FROM PAGES 1 - 23
TO PAGES 1 - 18
DELETE DIVISION NO. 11 - SPECIALTIES - PAGES 1 - 23
CHANGE TO DIVISION NO. 11 - Not used.
CONTRACT "A" - UNIT PRICES
Page B-132 Para."C"
Delete the following from above listed Item numbers
7 - Steel Joists
9 - Split Face Unit Masony Exterior Block
10- Load Bearing 12" Unit Masonry Block
14- Glaze Wall Finish
16 - Catch Basins - Complete
18 - Trench Drains - Complete
20 - Asphaltic Concrete Paving - Drives and Parking
21 - Asphaltic Concrete Paving - Walks and Curbs
CONTRACT "A" ALTERNATIVES
Page B-13B
i
t
Add to Alternate List - ALTERNATE NO. 10
10. Omit Two (2) wood folding partitions in Meeting Room B-1
DEDUCT $
A
2
ADDENDUM NO. 1
SOUTHOLD (Continued)
CONTRACT "A"
Page B-13B
ALTERNATE NO. 9 should read as follows:
"Omitting roof truss with slope of 4" in 12" and substitute
a roof truss with a slope of 5" in 12".
Add the following alternates:
ADD to Alternate List: r
ti
ALTERNATE NO. 11 —
"Omit ceramic tile floors in rooms #112, 113, and 114 provide
and install vinyl asbestos tile as specified in Division 9 of
these specifications."
DEDUCT $
I, ALTERNATE NO. 12
"In lieu of the 2 x 4 wood studs with 5/8" fire resistant gyp-
sum board specified for all interior partitions supply and install
18 ga. 3-5/8" metal studs 24" O.C. with 1/2" fire code "C" gypsum
wall board - all finishes to remain as specified - door bucks to
be 5-5/8" wide in lieu of 6" drawn on sheet A-5".
DEDUCT $
ALTERNATE NO. 13
"Omit carpet in rooms 100 and 101, provide vinyl asbestos tile
instead."
DEDUCT $_
ALTERNATE N0. 14
"Omit vinyl wall covering in rooms 100, 101 and 109 provide
paint as specified."
DEDUCT $
ALTERNATE NO. 15
J
,1
"Omit 3" sound attenuation blankets specified to be installed
in ALL interior stud partitions."
DEDUCT $
3
ADDENDUM NO. 1
SOUTHOLD (Continued)
ALTERNATE NO. 16 (See SK AD/1)
"Omit basement totally, entire building to be 5" slab on
grade with 6.6/10. 10 W.W.F. , 6" porous fill , and vapor barrier.
Bottom of footings to be 4'-O" below grade or to undisturbed
soil (min. ) , step down footing 1 vertical x 2 horizontal where
new footings meet existing."
"Omit exterior stair, provide 5" concrete platform, omit stair r
No. 1 ,that $rq shall be utility room. Provide hollow metal door
and frame 3 x7 from new utility room (formerly stair no. 1) to
the exterior. Provide 2" thick x 2' x0"wide rigid styrofoam
insulation at perimeter of foundation wall . "
i
1
4
• L
{
ADDENDUM NO. 1
SOUTHOLD (Continued)
ALTERNATE NO. 16 (See SK AD/1)
"Omit basement totally, entire building to be 5" slab on
f
grade with 6.6/10. 10 W.W.F. , 6" porous fill , and vapor barrier.
Bottom of footings to be 4'-0" below grade or to undisturbed s
soil (min. ) , step down footing 1 vertical x 2 horizontal where '
new footings meet existing. "
"Omit exterior stair, provide 5" concrete platform, omit stair
No. 1 ,that $re$ shall be utility room. Provide hollow metal door
and frame 3 x7 from new utility room (formerly stair- no. 1) to
the exterior. Provide 2" thick x 2' x0"wide rigid styrofoam
insulation at perimeter of foundation wall . "
l •
i
�4x CD11 �3(_l�nJ � toll C•C• �+ _
W.W.F.
TIGIA
LD
T—
l � 1
T
4
SOUTHOLD ADDENDUM NO. 1 (Continued)
i ,
DIVISION NO. 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 0100
' Page 1 Omit (Continued) at Heading - Change Section 0100 to
' Section 01100
Page 2 ADD ALTERNATE NO. 10
{
A. Contractor shall state the amount he will DEDUCT from his
Base Bid for omitting two (2) Wood Folding Partitions as r
{ shown on Dwg. A-1 Basement Plan in space B-1 (Meeting
Room) and Detai I 1-- 5
INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
' CONTRACT "A"
INDEX
PAGE 1
HEADING PAGES
Delete Title Pages Delete 1 - 2
Delete Conditions of the Contract
Delete Notice to Bidders 1 - 2
4
Delete Information for Bidders 1 - 8
Delete General Condition (A1 .A) Doc. A-201
APR. 1970 ED 1 - 18
1
Delete Supplementary General Conditions 1 - 29
Delete Schedule of Wage Rates 1 - 4
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Change SECTION 01100 Not used on G.C. - - -
to read SECTION 01100 ALTERNATIVES 1 - 2
I
I
{
1
5
SOUTHOLD ADDENDUM NO. 1 (Continued)
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ADDENDA
DIVISION 15A 15A.12 Radiator Valves
HVAC
PAGE 15 - 9 15A.12.1 Change Connector ro read "Convector"
Change Cabient to read "Cabinet"
PAGE 15 - 11 15A.17 EXHAUST FAN
15A.17.1 Change selfacing damper to read
"Self-acting" damper
15A.17.2 Delete combination ceiling grill
and change to read combination'
' ceiling grille and exhaust fan.
PLUMBING ADDENDA
DIVISION 15B 15B.2 Work Included
PLUMBING
PAGE 15-6
15B.2.b Delete water meter and back water preventer
15B.2.9 Change hose bidds to read hose bibbs
PAGE 15-15 15B.14 Insulation
15B.14.2c Delete entire paragraph "C" Storm Drain
Insulation
PAGE 15-19 Add 158.21 SUMP PUMP
15B.21 .1 Sump pump shall be a Federal pump Type VSP
1 -1/2 A or Ketcham VJ-S 230-4, 40 gallons
per min. at 30 ft. Head. 3/4 HP, 208 volt
3 phase motor, complete with magnetic starter,
float switch, controls, cover and suitable for
a 3'-0" x 3'-0" x 4'-6" deep pit.
PAGE 15-21 15B.23 Drains
15B.23.1 Delete Roof Drains
PAGE 15-22 15B.27.2 Alternate No. P-2
Para. A - Change Division V to read "DWV"
6
i
SOUTHOLD ADDENDUM NO. 1 (Continued)
i r
ELECTRICAL ADDENDA
DIVISION 16.26 16.26 FIRE ALARM
PAGE D-16
Add 16.26.5 SMOKE: DETECTOR
Smoke"Detector shall be Simplex or equal
and shall match type in existing building.
ALL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL PRIME CONTRACTORS r
ALL REFERENCE TO "ARCHITECT" SHALL BE CHANGED TO READ "ENGINEER"
DRAWINGS
Drawing No. HVPE - 2
Panel Schedule - LB
Change 8 - 1 P - 30A to read 8 - 2P-30A for HW Htr.
Drawing No. S - 1 Structural Plans and Sections
Sump Pit to be located in same location as indicated
on Dwg. A-1
Omit Section 3-3 and Section 4-4
s
Drawing No. G-1 Site Plan
I Change Leaching Pool Dia. to 8'-0"
Change Leaching Height to 6'-0'
Change Ring Height to 7'-0"
Change Inv. Elev at inlet to 29'-0"
' Provide 2'-0" high extension collar between top slab
and grade.
Existing cold water service line from street main shown
y on west side of existing building.
s
d
3
Y
1
I _ -
1
J
y
7
I
ADDENDUM NO. 1
{1
1 i
1
Page B-13-C
ADD Plumbing Alternates as follows to Contract "B"
P-4 "In the event that Alternate No. 8 or No. 15 under the
Contract for General Construction is accepted and the
basement areas as indicated are omitted, the plumbing
Contractor shall- omit the sprinkler system and other
f plumbing work indicated in these areas. "
DEDUCT $_ r
3
P-5 "Omit sprinkler system at first floor when sprinkler
system is omitted from basement area."
DEDUCT $ .
9
Page B-13-D
ADD the following Alternates to HVAC Contract "C"
ALTERNATE NO. HVAC 1
i
"In the event Alternates No. 8 under the Contract for
General Construction is accepted and those portions of
the basement are not part of the project, omit related
HVAC work.
DEDUCT $
I ALTERNATE NO. HVAC 2
"In the event Alternate No. 15 under the Contract for
General Construction is accepted and ALL basement areas
J are eliminated from the project, omit ALL HVAC work re-
lated thereto" .
DEDUCT $
i
Page B-13-F
ADD the following Alternates to Electrical Contract "D"
ALTERNATE NO. E-1
"In the event Alternate No. 8 under the Contract for
General Construction is accepted and those portions of the
basement are not part of the project, omit related electri-
cal work wiring, lighting, etc."
B
}
8
ADDENDUM NO. 1
ALTERNATE NO. E-2
"In the event that No. 15 under the Contract for General
Construction is accepted and all basement areas are elimi-
nated from the project, omit all electrical work related
thereto and provide and install (in area designated stair
number) electrical panel "A" and other items scheduled to
be installed in Room B-2."
ITEM NO. 6
r
Clarification to Section 4-1 on drawings No. A-4
"It is understood that the HVAC Contractor shall provide
and install aluminum weather proof grille (to match siding)
at all heating units as compatible with heating/cooling unit
provided. Also any sheet metal extentions shall also be
provided and installed by the HVAC Contractor. Any wood
framing required for said thru-the-wall duct work and grille
installation shall be provided by the General Contractor.
Also grilles should be indicated on building elevations on
Drawing A-3.
ITEM NO. 7
Clarification to General Notes on Drawing MD-1 ADD notes
as follows:
"10. It is understood that ALL demolition and removal
of existing foundati-noshall be accomplished by the Con-
tractor for General Construction as is the actual moving
of the existing structure. The disconnecting, capping off
and removal of any utilities to the existing building shall
be accomplished by the Mechanical Prime Contractors. "
i
' "11. Finished floor of existing building must be at least
18" above grade at its lowest point in its new, temporary
location. Temporary foundation shall consist of 24" x 24"
? x 3'-0" deep concrete piers at beam bearing points. Floor
of existing structure must be level to 1/4" in 20' at its
new location."
"12. Any damage caused to this structure during its moving
or during the course of construction of the new addition,
shall be made good by the Contractor responsible for said
damage at no expense to the Owner. "
i
ti
9
SOUTHOLD
ADDENDUM NO. 1 (Continued)
ADD TO THE SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 9
THE FOLLOWING SECTION
SECTION 09400
VINYL WALL COVERING
PAGE 1
SECTION 09400 - VINYL WALL COVERING
CONTENTS
1. Work Included
2. Related Work Under Other Sections
3-. General Requirements —
4. Applicable Standards
5. Materials
6. Preparation
7. Installation & Protection
8. Guarantee
1. WORK INCLUDED (Furnish and Install )
(a) All vinyl wall coverings as indicated in the "Room Finish
Schedule" and as specified herein.
2. RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
(a) Finish Painting - Section 09900
(b) Gypsum Drywall - Section 09250
(c) Ceramic Tile - Section 09300
3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) Provide all labor and materials required to install vinyl wall
covering. The quality shall be equal to vinyl wall covering as manufac-
tured by the B. F. Goodrich Company.
(b) Permanent building lights shall be available prior to installa-
tion.
(c) Before cutting, be sure the pattern and color are satisfactory
and in accordance with the Specifications.
(d) Before hanging, examine patterns for color uniformity and design
repeat.
(e) All material must be installed in roll sequence (numerical )
within a shade lot and with each strip- in sequence as cut from the roll .
Where patterns require repeat marks, the marks shall be lined up.
(f) If after applying three"strips, there is some question in regard
to matching, stop and contact distributor.
10
SOUTHOLD
ADDENDUM NO. 1 (Continued)
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09400
VINYL WALL COVERING
4. APPLICABLE STANDARDS
(a) The publications of the issues referred to below form a part
of this specification but will be referred to hereafter by designation
only.
(1) Federal Specification CCC-W-408A - For Type I light duty,
Type II medium duty and Type III heavy duty vinyl coated wall coverings.r
(2) American Socity for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E-84
Method of Test for surface burning characteristics of building materials.
(3) American Society for Testing and Materials , (ASTM D-751
Method of determining the force necessary to separate the vinyl from its
fabric backing.
5. MATERIALS
(a) Finished Product: The finished product shall consist of an
integrally pegmented, opague, calendered vinyl film-laminated to a fabric.-
(b) Color and pattern shall be as selected by the Architect.
(c) Total weight of 5411 wide vinyl wall covering including fabric
shall be approximately 24 oz. per lineal yard. Vinyl thickness shall be
9.0 to 12 mils and shall weigh approximately 18 oz. per lineal yard.
(d) Physical Properties: The vinyl wall covering shall meet or
exceed the physical test requirements of the CCC-W-408A specification
and apply to the weight and type as specified by the Architect. The
following exceptions will be required 3.2. 1. Flame Resistance: To be
determined according to the ASTM E-84 tunnel test procedure. 3.2.2.
Adhesion: The adhesion of vinyl to the fabric backing shall be minimum
; 9 of 2.0 pounds per inch for Type I and 3.0 pounds per inch for Type II
and Type III when tested in accordance with the ASTM D-751 test proce-
dure.
(e) Adhesive: The vinyl wall covering shall be installed to the
substrate in accordance with the manufacturer' s printed instructions and
as specified herein, using adhesives recommended by the manufacturer and/
or primers and sealers recommended by the contractor. Adhesives to be
equal to the A-848-B adhesive supplied by the B. F. Goodrich Company. The
adhesive shall be delivered to the job site in unbroken containers and
plainly marked with supplier's identification label . WHEAT PASTE SHALL
NOT BE USED. Except for priming as required, adhesive shall be applied
to the woven cotton fabric back of vinyl wall covering and not to the wall .
11
SOUTHOLD
ADDENDUM NO. 1 (Continued)
�f DIVISION 9
SECTION 09400
VINYL WALL COVERING
6. PREPARATION
(a) Wall surfaces shall be free from such defects and imperfections
that would show through the finished covered surface.
(b) Prime all surfaces that are to receive vinyl wall covering in
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the wall cover-
ing material . r
(c) Allow 24 hours for priming coat to dry before hanging wall cov-
ering. Wall shall have a maximum of 4% moisture content.
(d) A non-staining release coat as recommended by manufacturer shall
be applied over dry wall partitions and walls.
7. INSTALLATION & PROTECTION
(a) Wall coverings shall be applied by experienced workmen and con-
tractor in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Contrac-
tor shall show acceptable completion of like work with wall covering.
(b) Installing mechanic shaould be certain that the pattern and
color are as specified. If pattern is not random, examine for repeat in
° design. Install each roll in sequence and each strip in same sequence
as cut from roll . However, some patterns should be lined up, matched or
reversed for best results. If necessary, trim selvage deep enough to
assure color uniformity. Always bring material around outside corners.
I If inside corners are straight and true, material may be brought around
the corner, being sure to force it into the corner to avoid spanning.
Remove excess adhesive along finished seam immediately after each wall
covering strip is applied and air pockets and wrinkles are removed. The
use of warm water and clean sponge is recommended. Adjacent surface of
walls , floors, etc. , showing evidence of adhesive residue shall also be
cleaned to the Architect's satisfaction.
(c) The wall covering shall be suitably protected from damage
after installation until work is completed and accepted by the Architect.
I
8. GUARANTEE
(a) The contractor shall guarantee all work under this Section
against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one year.
If repair or replacement is necessary it shall be done at no expense to
the Owner.
i'•
12
TOWN HALL ADDITION
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD
SUFFOLK COUNTY , NEW YORK
ALBERT M . MARTOCCHIA
Greenman-Pedersen, Associates, P.C.
100 West Main Street
Babylon, New York 11702
(516) 587-5060
INDEX
TOWN HALL ADDITION -TOWN OF SOUTHOLD
SPECIFICATIONS
Pages
Title Page
Index
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
ALL CONTRACTS
Notice to Bidders B-1
Information for Bidders B-2
Form of Proposal - General Construction B-13
Contract "A"
Form of Proposal - Plumbing
Contract "B"
Form of Proposal, Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning
Contract "C"
Form of Proposal - Electrical
Contract "D"
Bidders Questionnaire B-14
Non-Collusive Bidding Certificate B-16
Bidders Affidavit Form B-20
Disclosure Statement B-22
Contract Agreement A-1
Contractors Acknowledgement Form A-62
General Conditions G-1
I-1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - CONTRACT "A"
DIVISION NO. DESCRIPTION PAGES
1 . General Requirements 1 - 8
2. Site Work 1 - 23
3. Concrete 1 - 14
4. Masonry 1 - 12
5. Metals 1 - 22
6. Wood and Plastics 1 - 11
7. Thermal and Moisture Protection 1 - 27
8. Doors, Windows and Glass 1 - 33
9. Finishes 1 - 27
10. Specialties 1 - 23
11 . Equipment 1 - 2 r
12. Not Used
13. Not Used
14. Not Used
i -Z.
i
INDEX - Continued
I
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MECHANICAL
PLUMBING - CONTRACT "B"
DIVISION NO. DESCRIPTION PAGES
15 A PLUMBING I - tZ
HEATING® AIR-CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING
CONTRACT "C"
DIVISION NO. DESCRIPTION PAGES
15 B HVAC
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL CONTRACT "D"
DIVISION NOm DESCRIPTION PAGES
16 A ELECTRICAL 1
s-3
INDEX - Continued
SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
DRAWINGS
ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL
CONTRACT "A"
DRAWING NO. TITLE
COVER Title and List of Drawings
G-1 Site Plan
G-2 Test Boring Results
A-1 Basement Plan-Finish Schedule
A-2 First Floor Plan-Finish Schedule
A-3 Elevations
A-4 Sections-Wall Sections
A-5 Roof Plan-Window and Door Details
-- � A-6 Miscellaneous Details
MD-1 Moving and Demolition Plan
S-1 Structural Plan and Sections
S-2 Sections and Details
MECHANICAL
PLUMBING - CONTRACT "B"
DRAWING NO. TITLE
p-1 Plumbing and Sprinkler Plans
HVPE-2 Existing Basement, Schedules and Details
HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING -_CONTRACT "C"
DRAWING NO. TITLE
H-1 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
Plan
HVPE-2 Existing Basement, Schedules and Details
INDEX - Continued
ELECTRICAL - CONTRACT "D"
DRAWING NO. TITLE
E-1 Electrical Floor Plans
HVPE-2 Existing Basement, Schedules and Details
t-5
r
SPECIAL NOTICE
THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS A SPECIAL 10% MINORITY
BUSINESS ENTERPRISE REQUIREMENT. YOU MUST BE CER-
TAIN 40 INCORPORATE WITHIN YOUR PROPOSAL,
THE MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE REQUIREMENT.
IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS, PLEASE CONTACT
THE ENGINEER'S OFFICE.
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Pursuant to resolution adopted by the Town Board Sealed Bids, invited
by the Town of Southold will be received by the Town Clerk in the
Town Hall 53095 Main Road, Southold, New York, 11971 on or
before 10:00 AM Prevailing Time on November 22, 1977 at which
time they will be publicly opened and read aloud; the .Contracts for
all work will be awarded as soon thereafter as practicable for the:
TOWN HALL ADDITION
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD
SUFFOLK COUNTY, NEW YORK
Information for Bidder, Forms of Proposal, Contract Agreement,
Specifications, Drawings and all other bidding documents can be
examined at the Town Hall between November 7, 1977 and November
22, 1977 . Copies of the above may be obtained at the Town Hall .
A deposit of $25.00 will be required for each set of Contract Documents.
Any bidder returning sets within thirty (30) days after bid opening and
in good condition will be refunded his deposit in full. Any non-
bidder returing sets in good condition will be refunded one-half his
deposit.
" This project is Federally funded by the Economic Development Administration
under the Public Works Employment Act of 1976.
For firm starting date requirements refer to Article 4 Page A-5 of the
agreement.
All bids must be submitted in brown sealed envelopes with the following data
clearly indicated:
1 . Federal Project Number: 01-51-22356
2. Title: Town Hall Addition
3. Date of Opening: November 22, 1977
4. Time of Opening: 10:00 AM
B- 1
8
N O T E
DO_ NOT detach Bid Proposal from
Contract Book . Book must be returned in tact
on Bid Date .
( Each Contractor must submit a separate and complete
book for each Contract that he is bidding .)
B - 2
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
I. FORM OF BID
All bids must be made only upon the blank forms provided herewith and not
detached herefrom. All blank spaces must be filled in, in ink, and must give the
prices for each item and/or the aggregate amount for the work, both in words
and figures and must be signed and acknowledged by the Bidder.
In the event of discrepancies between the prices quoted in the Proposal in
words and those quoted in figures, the words shall control. The prices are to
include the furnishing of all materials plant equipment, tools and all other
facilities, and the performance of all labor and services necessary or proper for
the completion of the work, except such as may be otherwise expressly provided
in the Contract Documents.
2. OM13SIONS AND DISCREPANCIES
Should a Bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from Drawings and/or Contract
Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should at once notify
the Engineer, who may send a written instruction to all Bidders.
No oral interpretation shall be made to any Bidder as to the meaning of any of the
Contract Documents. Every request for interpretations shall be in writing to the
Engineer, Greenman-Pedersen Associates, P.C. , 100 West Main Street, Babylon,
New York 11702.
B - 3
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS - (Continued)
f
3. BID BOND
All bids shall be accompanied by a Bid Bond made payable to the order of the Owner
as security for faithful performance. The Bid Bond shall be in the amount of 5010 of
the Total Bid Price.
The bonds of all except the two (2) lowest bidders will be returned withing 10 days
after the opening of birds and the remaining bonds will be returned when the contract
is executed or in any event within forty five (45) days after the opening of bids.
4. REJECTION OF Bibs
The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, any bid which is incomplete, obscure, irregular or qualified may be
rejected; any bid having erasures or corrections in the Proposal or any bid in which
the bid prices are omitted or obviously unbalanced may be rejected; any bid
accompanied by an irregular or insufficient bond may be rejected; any bid received
by a bidder who fails to satisfy the Owner that he is pipperly qualified to carry out the
obligations of the Contract or to complete the work contemplated therein may be
rejected.
5. DETERMINATION .OF LOW BIDDER
Except where the Owner exercises the right reserved herein to reject any or all bids,
the Contract will be awarded to the bidders who have submitted the lowest base bid
received for the contract or a combination of base bid plus alternates where
applicable, and in the best interest of the Owner.
B - 4
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS - (Continued)
f \
6. ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSALS
Within ten (10) days after the opening of the bids, the Owner will act upon them.
The acceptance of the bid will be a notice in writing signed by the Owner and
shall bind the successful bidder to execute the Contract. The Owner ceserves the
right to postpone the date for presentation and opening bids and will give telegraphic
notice of any such postponement to each prospective bidder.
7. EXECUTING CONTRACT AND DAMAGES
Within ten (10) days after receiving a notice of acceptance, the successful bidder shall
obtain both a Construction Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond each equal
to 100% of the amount bid from a surety company acceptable to the Owner shall
1 deliver them to the Owner and shall execute the Contract.
.1
Failure to do so shall constitute a breach of the agreement. In such event the
amount of the Bid Bond accompanying the bid shall be retained by the Owner as
liquidated damages for such breach.
8. TIME FOR BEGINNING AND COMPLETING THE WORK
The Contractor shall commence with work within ten (10) calendar days after the
execution of the contract and shall complete the work as outlined in Article 4.
B - 5
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS - (Continued)
9. INSURANCE
The contractor will be required to procure and maintain:
a) Workmen's Compensation Insurance and New York State
Disability Benefits Insurance.
b) Each of-the following types of policies furnished with limits
of not I ess than the amounts indicated below and naming the
Ownerand Greenman-Pedersen, Associates, P.C., and their
agents as additional insured and specifically insuring the
contractural liability created by the hold harmless and
indemnity provisions of this agreement; such coverage shall
continue for a period no less than one year from the date of
final acceptance of all work under this contract, as follows:
Types of Policies
1) Contractor's Liability Insurance
2) Subcontractor's Liability Insurance
3) Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance
4) Completed Operations' Liability Insurance
5) * Comprehensive Auto Liability Insurance (See special limits
on auto below)
Minimum Limits
Bodily Injury Liability Property Damage Liability
Each Person Each Accident Each Accident Aggregate
$110001000 $1 ,000,000 $500,000 $1 ,000,000
* $ 500,000 $1,000,000 $100,000
c) Protective Liability Insurance for the Owner and Greenman-
Pedersen, Associates, P.C., its agents. Such coverage shall
continue for a period no less than one year from the date of
final acceptance of all work under this contract.
Minimum Limits
Bodily Injury Liability Property Damage Liability
Each Person Each Accident Each Accident Aggregate
$1,000,000 $1,000,000 $500,000 $1 ,000,000
B -6
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS (Continued)
10. Omissions and Discrepancies
Should a Bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from the Drawings and/or
Contract Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should
at once notify the Engineer, who may send a written instruction to all bidders.
No oral interpretation shall be made to any Bidder as to the meaning of any of
the Contract Documents. Every request for interpretation shall be in writing to
the Engineer.
11 . No Misunderstanding
The intention of persons intending to make proposals is specifically called to
Article 3 of the Agreement wherein the bidder agrees that he has examined the
Contract Documents and the site of the work and has fully informed himself
from his personal examination of the same regarding the quantities, character
and location and other conditions affecting the work to be performed.
Particular attention is called to special notes and special specifications in the
proposal which may contain contract requirements at variance with standard
plans and specifications.
B - 7
C
WAGE RATES
The prevailing hourly wage rate schedule is part of this contract and
shall be inserted upon receipt from the State of New York and the
Federal Government. Since there is dual consideration of hourly
wage the higher of the two shall prevail.
B- 8 - .
NEW YORK STATE WAGE RATES
B - 9
PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE
STATE OF NEW YORK BUREAU OF
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PUWC WORK
COVNTYI31 TO WHICH 3CH[0VLS APPLI[f PR¢lAI LINO 11ATG CAS!HO.
Nassau & Suffolk
LOCATIONS WHERE VgI IE- SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PAYMENTS
( APPLICABLE EFFECTIVE WAGE HEALTH
OCCUPATIONS BASIC AND PEN. SU PL. OTHER SUPPLEMENTS
(RATES APPLY TO THE SPECIFIED DATE SION UNEMP.HOURLY WELFARE
LOCATIONS AS NOTED BELOW) RATE IA. 191 Ic1 Hwo
ASBESTOS WORKER
Asbestos Worker All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31177 11.05 1.845 I-.99 L-1.33
Appr. let. term Same as above 7/31/77 5.525 .92 I-.50 L-.66
BOILERMAKER
Boilermaker All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 10/1/76 12.33 .62 .62 G-.86 H-.02 I-1.23
11 Appr. lat. term Same as above 10/1/76 7.40 .37 .37 G-.52 H-.02 I-.74
CARPENTER
Carpenter (Bldg) In Naosau Co.-So. o. So. State
Pkwy & W/O Seaford Creek 7/31/7 11.45 1.40 1.03 G-.70, H-.02, I-.75
" Apir. lat. term I Same as above 7/31/7 6.30 1.40 1.03 G-.70 H-.02, I-.75
Carpenter (Bldg) In Nassau Co.-Remainder of Co. 7/31/77 11.05 1.30 1.29 G-.85 H-.06
" Appr. lat. term Same as above 7/31/77 5.525 1.30 1.29 G-.85 H-.06
Carpenter (Bldg) M All oL Suffolk County 7/31/77 11.05 1.08' 1.46 G-.90 H-.06
" Appr. lat. term Same as above 7/31/77 5.525 1.08 1.46 G-.90 H-.06
FloorLa,er All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31177 11.45 1.40 1.03 G-.70 H-.02 I-.75
Millwright rr- -- All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31/77 11.45 1.40 1.03 G-.70 H-.02 I-.75
Piledriver/Dockbuilder All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31/77 11.45 1.40 1.03 G-.76 H-.02 I-.75
ELEVATOR
Elevator Constructor All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31/7 11.52 .745 .35 F-.02, G-.69, I-1.14
" Helper Same as above 7/31/77 8.64 .745 .35 F-.02, G-.52, I-1.14
----------------------------------
Elevator (Modernization) All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31/7 10.75 .745 .35 F-.02, G-.64, I-1.00
11 Helper Same as above 7/31/7 8.06 .745I .35 F-.02, G-.64, I-1.00
GLAZIER
Glazier All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31/77 11.20 .66 .46 G-.67 H-.01 I-1.20
11 Appr. lat. term Same as above 7/31/77 5.60 - -66 .46 G-.67 H-.01 -
LABORER -
Laborer All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31/77 8.55 1.14 1.03 I G-.84
LATHER I ,
Lather All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31/77 10.41 1.325 1 .885 D-.02 G-.75 H-.01 I-1.10
11 Appr. lat. term Same as above 7/31/77 3.70 1.325 .885 D-.02 H-.01
MASON/MARBLE/TILE
Cement Finisher (Bldg) All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31/77 9.70 1.74 1.19 G-2.00 H-.01
Appr. lat. term Same as above 7/31/77 5.85 1.74 1.19 H-.01
Mosaic s Terrazzo Worker All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 8/4/77 10.73 .76 1.50 .45
Same as above
Mosaic * Terrazzo Helper All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 8/4/77 10.73 .76 1.50 .45
Plasterer Y- All of Nassau &_ suff_olk ro.. 7/31/7 9.851 1.40 -- -- G-1.40, H-.Ol
Tile Setter All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/6/77 9.15 ' .85 .75 I-1.35
1. Helper I Same as above 8/5/77 8.81 .68 .77
ROOFER
Roofer All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 10/31/7 9.45 1.01 1.10 G-1.50 H-.01 I-1.18
" Appr. lat. term Same as above 10/31/76 5.67 .Ol .66 G-.90 H-.01 I-.71
SHEET METAL F-.02
Sheet Metal Worker All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 3/31/77 10.745 1.105 1.42 .25 D-.06 G-1.095 H-.09 I-.50
Appr. lat. term Same as above 3/31/77 4.30 .44 .57 .10 D-.02 G-.44 H-.04 I-.20
F-.01
SPRINKLER FITTER
Sprinkler Fitter All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/29/77 10.97 j .75 1.i2 F-.07 G-.86 K-1.90
11 Appr. lat. term Same as above 7/29/77 4.39 .30 .448 I F-.07 G-.344 K-1.90
STEAM FITTER
Steam Fitter All of Nassau a Suffolk Cc. 7/29/77 10.97 .75 1.12 I F-.07 G-.86 K-1.90
It Appr. lat. term Same as above 7/29/77 4.39 .30 .448 F-.07 G-.344 K-1.90
OCCUP TIONS APPLICABLE TO BUILDING SCIEDULES
Print 5 (8/31/77)
PW-104.1(6.76)
B - 9a
PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE
STATE OF NEW YORK BUREAU OF
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PUBLIC WORK
COUNTT{1I TO WHICH fCHCOULE APP1.I99 PwEYA1LIMC WATE CA3E NO.
Nassau & Suffolk Counties
LOCATIONS WHERE VAILE- SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PAYMENTS
OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE EFFECTIVE WAGE HEALTH PEN- SUPPL.
(RATES APPLY TO THE SPECIFIED DATE BASIC AND SION UNEMP OTHER SUPPLEMENTS
HOURLY WE
LOCATIONS AS NOTED BELOW) RATE IAI I61 ICI o rHwo
WATERPROOFER
Waterproofer/Tuck Pointer All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31/77 9.27 1.10 .87 F-.05, I-1.00, 5-.90
TEAMSTER
Truck Driver (Bldg)
" - Excavation All of Nassau & Suffolk Co. 7/31/77 8.675 1.1125 1.852 .10
- Euclid Same as above 7/31/77 9.075 1.1125 1.852 .10
- Other than excavation Same as above 7/31/77 7.4525 1.1125 1.50 -
OPERATORS OF
POWER EQUIPMENT (BLDG
Backhoe All of Nassau & Suffolk 7/31/77 11.205 82 1.75 .15 G-1.00 A-.15 M-.05
Bulldozer Counties 10.38 of
Compressor (Large) 10.555 hourly
Compressor (Small) 10.555 rate &
vac.
Crane 10.955
Front End Loader 10.755 Locati n, Ef ectiva Date and
Fireman 10.38 Supplemental Benef t Payments
Forklift 11.13 are th3 same for a 1 Power
Equipm nt Op rator
Grader 10.53
Hoist Opt. 1 drum 11.13
Hoist Opt. 2 drum 11.18
Mixer (16S & over) 10.005
Mixer (16S & under) 10.005
Oiler 9.405
Piledriver 11.205
Pump (Under 4") 10.005
Pump (Over 4") 10.555
Roller - 5T & Under 10.12
Roller - Over 5T 10.47
Scoopmobile 10.38
Scraper 10.38
Shovel 11.205
Tractor 10.005
Traxcavator -
Trenching Machine 11.005
OCCUPATIONS AIPLICABLE TO BUILDING SCHEDULES
Print 5 (8/31/77)
PW.Ia.t cane)
B - 9 b
PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE
STATE OF NEW YORK
BUREAU OF
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PUBLIC WORK
COUNTV{!1 TO MNICN lCMBDULE APPL16l lCNHDULE NO. PREVAILING RATE CAlE NO. �^ )
Nassau 6 Suffolk Counties
LOCATIONS WHERE PRE- SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PAYMENTS
APPLICABLE VAILING
OCCUPATIONS EFFECTIVE WAGE HEALANDTH PEN- SUPPL.
" (RATES APPLY TO THE SPECIFIED DATE HOURLY WELFARE SION UNEMP. OTHER SUPPLEMENTS
LOCATIONS AS NOTED BELOW) RATE IAI lel ICI ID TNRO c MI
ELECTRICIAN
Electrician All of Nassau 6 Suffolk Cos. 7/31/77 12.05 1.55 4h% G+L-5%, H-5/8%,I-8%,J-3%
" Appr. 1st term Same as above 7/31/77 6.03 1.13 4'% G+L-5%, H-5/8%,I-8%,J-3%
;RONWORKER
Ironworker - Structural All of Nassau 6 Suffolk Cos. 7/27/77 11.50 1.45 1.20 G-1.50 H-.07 I-1.50
" - Reinf.(Lather) Same as above 7/31/77 10.41 1.325 .885 G-.75 H-.01 I-1.10
- Ornamental Same as above 7/31/77 10.33 1.11 1.03 G-.78 H-.05 I-1.50
MASON
Bricklayer All of Nassau & Suffolk Cos. 7/1/77 11.04 1.48 1.33 G-.30 H-.01 I-2.05
" Appr. 1st term Same as above 7/1/77 5.52 1.48 1.33 G-.30 H-.OL I-.50
PAINTER
Painter-Brush All of Suffolk County 5/1/77 8.70 3.00 .60 G-.50 H-.18
" -Steel/Bridge Same as above 5/1/77 11.10 3.00 .60 G-.50 R-.18
" -Spray Same as above 5/1/77 9.90 3.00 .60 G-.50 H-.18
------------------------------------------
Painter - Bridge All of Nassau County 4/31/77 11.30 1 1.02 .45 H-.12 I-1.23
-------------------------------------------
Painter - Brush In Nassau County - North of
Long Island, Expressway,E.
to Pt. Washington B1vd.,So.
of Sunrise Hwy. East to Long
Beach Rd. 8/31/77 9.37 .843 .843 G-.28, I-.71
" - Scaffold S Spray Same as above
_ __ 8/31/77 11.38 .843 .843 G-,34 I-.71
Painter - Brush In Nassau County - Remainder 4/31/77 9.18 1.29 1.70 G-.50 H-.03
Scaffold S Spray Same as above 4/31/77 10.18 1.29 1.70 G-.50 H-.03
PLUMBER
Plumber All of Suffolk County 7/31/77 10.40 .85 1.70 I G-1.30 H-.47 I-.57
" Appr. lst term Same as above 7/31/77 4.16 .50 1.07 G-.70 H-.28 I-.29
-- -------- ----- -------
Plumber All of Nassau County 7/31/77 10.90 .85 1.10 G-1.10 H-.20
" Appr.lst term Same as above 7/31/77 4.36 .31 .44 G-.44 H-.09
WELDER
Welder All of Nassau 6 Suffolk Cos. To be p id the ate of the m hani
perform ng the iork
OCCUPATIONS APPLI ABLE TO HEAVY/HIGHWAY AND BUILD NG SCHEDULES
Print 5 (8/31/77)
I
PW104.1(6.76)
B - 9c
FEDERAL WAGE RATES
B - 10
SUPERSEDEAS DECISION Page 2
STATE: NEW YORK COUNTY: NASSAU b SUFFOLK
DECISION NO.: NY77-3013 DATE: DATE OF PUBLICATION
Supersedes Decision No. NY76-3278 dated November 19. 1976 in 41 FR 51348
DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Building Construction, (excluding single family homes DECISION NO. NY77-3013 Basic Fringe Benefits Payments
and garden type apartments up to and including 4 stories), heavy and Hourly Edueae,on
highway construction. Rates H 3 W Pensions Vacation and/of
Appr.T,
Basle Fringe Benefits Payments CARPEKTERS: Nassau Count) (Copt' )
Hourly Educat,an Carpenters, Piledrivers,
Rates H S W Pensions Vacation and/or Millwrights, Soft Floor Layer 9.78 1.30 1.29 .85 .06
Appr.Tr. Remainder of County:
Carpenters, Soft Floor Layers,
ASBESTOS WORKERS 10.45 1.43 .94 1.25 Millwrights, Dock Builders,
BOILERMAKERS 12.33 5% 152 7% .02 Piledrivermen (Rehabilitation
BRICKLAYERS: work on residential structures
Suffolk County: over 4 stories to include
Center Moriches on the south demolition, repair, and
shore and following Chichester alteration on existing
Avenue, north of Walding River
and areas east thereof in- structures which are intended
for predominantly residential
cluding the Off shore islands: use) 9.16 1.25 .49 .02
Bricklayers, cement masons, Carpenter, Soft Floor Layers,
and plasterers 9.40 .40 3.00 .30 Millwrights, Dockbuilders,
Remainder of County:
Piledrivermen 10.92 1.25 1.73 .65 .04
W Bricklayers (Rehabilitation CARPENTERS: Suffolk County
1 work on residential structure Fishers Island; Building
over 4 stories to include \
carpenters b soft floor layers 9.75 .70 .45
Odemolition, repair and Remainder of County: Building
aIteration on existing struct carpenters, soft floor layers,
O ures which are intended for piledrivermen, timbermen,
predominantly residential use 8.62 1.13 1.33 wharf b dock builders 10.42 1.08 1.46 .90 .06
Bricklayers 10.69 1.13 3.38 .30 .01 CARPENTERS, HEAVY b HIGHWAY: C
Ctmeut Masons 9.50 1.36 1.13 1.75 .01 Carpenters, dock and wharf -4
Plasterers 9.60 1.55 1.35 01 carpenters, piledrivermen 10.42 1.08 1.46 .90 .06 A
IfB
BRICKLAYERS: ELECTRICIANS b LIIIEMEN 12.05 77/8X+.4 13'•iX SX 5/8X {A
Nassau County: ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS 10.12 .495 .32+a b+c .02
Bricklayers (Rehabilitation ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS HELPERS 7.59 .495 .32+a b+c .02
work on residential structures ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS HELPERS
over 4 stories to include (PROB.) 5.06
demolition, repair and ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS REPAIR 8.50 .495 .32+a b+c .02
alteration on existing struct- ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS REPAID
ures which are intended for HELPERS 6.38 .495 .32+a b+c .02
predominantly residential use) 8.62 1.13 1.33 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MODERN-
Bricklayers 10.69 1.13 3.38 .30 .01 IZATION 9.35 .495 .32+a b+c .02
Cement Masons 9.50 1.36 1.13 1.75 .01 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MODERN-
Plasterers 9.60 1.55 .35 .01 IZATION HELPERS 7.01 .075 .32+a bic ,D2
CA. ENTERS: Nassau County Except thatpart south of the GLAZIERS 10.70 .66 1.66 ,47 ,01
Southern State Parkway, West of I
Seaford Creek -- also Smithtown
Islip line on the east. Long
Island Sound on the north, and
Middle Island Railroad track
on the south:
t
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 93-FRIDAY, MAY 13, 1977
Page 3 Page 4 1�z
Fringe Benchts Payments Fringe Bene(its Payments
DECI'+10\ NO. NY77-3113 Basic DECISION NO. %)77-3013 Basic
Hourly Education Hourly Education
Rates H 6 W Pensions Vacation dior Rates H 6 W Pensions Vocatron and or
on
Appr Tr Appr.Tr
IRO:8•i1raz:RS, STRUCTLRAL 11.75 1.30 3.00 1.60+1 .07 PLU'MERS, NASSAL COUNTY: 10.75 .80 1.05 1.05 .20
IRONWO K..RS, OR:.li:LNTAL FINISHERS 10.33 1.06 2.44 .78 .04 PLV"BERS, SUFPOLK COL'ITY: 10.40 .1.37 1.45 1.30 .21
IROV, 0,�a;ERS, REIN-07 CINC 10.10 .785 1.765 .75+h .01 r ROOFFRS:
LABOKEPS, W,:ILDING): Composition, damp and water-
Leboiers, mason tenders, and proofing 9.45 1.01 2.28 1.50 .01
mortar mixers 7.25 10% 13% .75+e Slate and tile 10.82 .55 1.20 1.75
LATHERS, METAL 10.41 .945 1.985 .75+h .03 SHEET METAL WORKERS:
LATI:L!.S N11L-ON SUFFOLK COUNTY: 11.35 .94 .20 Fishers Island, Suffolk County 10.95 .50 .66 .07
LEAD BLR.;ERS 10.75 .40 .25 d .01 Remainder of Suffolk County
HARBLL CARVERS 10.15 1.13 1.19 g and all of Nassau County 11.095 3';+.g0 4%-1.20 3%+.75 1,.+.03
MARBLE Ci.TTERS 6 SETTERS 10.00 1.13 1.19 g STEAMI'ITTERS AND SPRI.1^,(LER FITTER 10.52 2.65 1.12 .86 .07
MARBLE SAWERS, RUBBERS AND STONE DrRRICMTN AID RICCERS 11.42 .98 1.01
POLISHERS 9.77 1.13 1.19 g STONEMASONS 10.25 .50 1.00
MARBLE HELPERS, CRANE OPERATORS TERRAZZO WORKERS 10.38 1.21 1.50
6 DERRiCKYS'N 8.28 1.13 1.19 g TILE SETTERS 8.75 .80 2.10
MILL-<R1GHT5 10.92 1.25 1.73 .65 .04 TILE SETTERS' FINISHERS 7.90 .50 1.27
PAINTERS, SUFFOLK COUNTY: TRUCK DRIVERS, (BUILDING):
Brush 7.65 2.25 .60 .50 .10 Ready-mix concrete, sand gravel
Structural steel S spray 10.59 2.25 .60 .50 .10 6 asphalt, bulk cement 8.87 .9675 1.8525 a+f
PAINTERS, NASSAU COUNTY: Euclid andstournapulls operators 8.725 .9675 1.8525 a+f
Inwood, Lawrence, Cedarhurst, TUCK POINTERS:
Woodmere, Hewlett, Hewlett Bay, Tuckpointers it waterproofers 8.72 .70 1.44 .50 .015
Hewlett Neck, Hewlett Park, Steam cleaners 8.97 .70 1.44 .50 .015
!� East Rockaway, part of Ocean- Sandblasters 9.72 .70 1.44 .50 .015 Z
side, part of L)nbrook, part TRUCK DRIVERS, (HEAVY): C
of Rockville Center, Atlantic Euclid and turnapull operators 8.825 .9675 1.8525 e+f -4
d- Beach, Lung Beach, Liao Beach, TRUCK DRIVERS, (HIGH RISE) 8.94 .9675 1.8525 a+f A
^ nt Lookout, Gibson and part M
C: -!ley Stream: M
Painter 9.20 slliX Si+j 3%
Spray 6 scaffold 11.17 8!% 57+j 3%
Fire escape 10.51 8�% 51+j 3%
West of Port Washington Blvd.
and north of Powerhouse Road on
the shore and west of Long
Beach Road and South of Sunrise
Highway on the South Shore: ,
Structural steel 7.50 8% 11%
Structural steel, spray 8.50 82 11%
Remainder of County:
Painters 8.66 .97 1.50 .50 .03
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 93-FRIDAY, MAY 13, 1977
Page 5 Page 6 _-
DECISION NO. hY77-3013 MCISION NO. NY77-3013 MoBourc Fr.ny.B.n.lir■PoTTenr.
urlT
PAID HOLIDAYS: HEAVY AhD HIGHWAY COXSTRUCTION
Rol- H L• P...I... V.eHbn Ace Tr
A-New Year's Day; B-Memorial Day; C-Independence Day; D-Labor Day; E-Thanksgiving
Day; F-Christmas Day. LABORERS:
Concrete and curb form setters,
FOOTNOTES: Asphalt rakers T-85 10% ]. .75+a
a. Employer contributes $7.00 per day to Annuity Fund.
Asphalt workers and roller boys,
b. Holidays: A through F; Lincoln's Birthday, Washington's Birthday; Columbus I Asphalt top shovelers and
Day; Armistice Day b Election Day. I smoothers, Asphalt tampers 7.65 10% 13% .75+a
C. Employer contributes 6.4% of basic hourly rate for 5 years or more of cervice I Jackhammers, and drill men,
or 4.2% basic hourly rate for 6 months to 5 years of service as Vacation Pav Hoppermen, Carpenters' tenders,
Credit. Pipe pointers and setters,
Concrete laborers (structures),
d. Holidays: A through F; Washington's Birthday, Xmas Eve and Cnod Friday, Stone spread.ng laborers,
providing employee has worked 30 full days during the 90 calendar days prior Trackman, Grauing and excavating
to the holiday and the regular scheduled work days immediately preceding and laborers, Yard laborers,
following the holiday. Puddlcrs on concrete pavement,
Laborers (other than above) on
W e. Holidays: A through F, Lincoln's Birthday, Washington's-Birthday, Columbus i concrete pavement, Landscape
' Day, Election Day, Veteran's Day, (providing employee works two days in the laborers, Asphalt plant
_ calendar week in which the holiday falls and each remaining workday during
(hatcher and hopper men) 7.25 10% 13% 75+a
such calendar week).
n f. For each 15 days worked within the contract year an employee will receive one
day's vacation with pay, with a maximum vacation of three weeks per year. z
g. Hr.i'ays: 4 days pay for Labor Day.
h. Work on Christmas Eve and New Year's Eve will terminate at noon, but employees I M
will receive a full day's pay. IPAID HOLIDAYS:
works a full-half day on the IA-New Year's Day; B-Memorial Day; -Independ nce Day; D-Labor ay;
i. New Years Eve and X-Has Eve: If an employee
y IE-Thanksgiving Day; F-Christmas Day.
working day immediately preceeding New Years day and X-Mas day, they shall I1
receive a full days' pay. FOOTNOTE•
a. Holidays: A through F, Columbus Day, Lin oln's Bi thday, W shingtonls
J. Employer contributes $5.00 per day to an Annuity Fund. Birthday, Veterans' Day; Election Day, pr vrded en loyee w•o ks or shapes
up the scheduled day before and the sched Le day a ter the Ioliday. '
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO 93—FRIDAY, MAY 13, 1977
• - Page 7 Page a
N.Y.-5-PEO-1- A I of 2 C4
DECISION NO. NY77-3013 _ N.Y.-5-PEO-1 - A- 2 of 2 ,G.
Bo.lc Frl.pe b-I.t.P.ym•.,. DECISION NO. lIY 77-3013
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION Hy SUILDI'G D'75i UCiIG:i Ho1` I Fr.ny<Benef,.P.rm•^..
Rel•• It 6.I P...lo•. I V...uon I ..---� Rciei Ir It a v I v....... v......
L iov r.
POWER EQUIFX.F'!T OPERATORS: POT.r' r'UIPYZNT C- -,TORS (CO.;'D):
Asphalt spreader $ 11•T3 IA I 1.65 a ,IS Cri'e with clan s.•ell bucket 12.,n5 8% 1.65 a .15
Backhoe, draglire, gradall, piledriver, Crate, crawler oL truck:
Shovel 12.005 8% 1.65 a •15
Bo.,n lengths of 100' (includi.lo jib)
Batchiig plant (on site of Job), power i but less than 1`0' 12.255 8% 1.65 a .15
winch (used for stone or steel), power, Boon lengths of 130, (including jib) _
winch truck mounted (used for stone or� but less than 25GI 12.505 M 1.65 a .15
steel), pumn (concrete) 31.905 8% 1.65 a .15 Boom lengths of 2:01 (including jib)
350�h less than Bending machine, generator (small), but 12.755' 8;6 1.65 a .15
Vibrator (1 to 5), dinky locomotive 10.555 8% 1.65 a .15 Boom lengths of 350' 13.255' % 1.65 a .15
Boiler, bulldozer, compressor (on crane I Curb rachi^r- (asphalt or concrete),
compressor (pilework), compressor curing machine, purp (sub^ersLble), l+
tower crane maintenance man
(stone setting), concrete breaker, con I 11.50 8% 1.65 a• .15
Dredge veyor, generator (pLle4ork), loading � g 11.8E 8q 1.65 a
machine (front end), maintenance Blevat , forklift, hoist (1 drum) 11.93 I 8% 1.65 a j .15
engineer, r^echanical compactors I Forklift-(walk-behind, power operated) 11.72 E$ 1.65 a .15
(machine drawn), powerhouse, power Grader 11.33 8% 1.65 a .15
winch truck mounted (used for otner Hoist (2 and drum) 12.07 1.65 a .15
Hoist (multiple lacfo n) 14.60 1.65
than steel or stone), pu1vL-mixer, ? P a .15
power winch (used for other than i Herhanical co_pactors (hand operated),
stone or steel), pump (double action trench machine (hand) 10.1E P1% 1.65 a .15
dbsphragm), pump (gypsum_), pump Hoist Lander• platforn 12.98 81.6 1.65 a .15
(hydraulic pump (;et), pump (single Hydra-ha.:,er, ridge cutter 10.72 84 1.65 a .15
action - 1 'to 3), pump (well point), Lead engineer _ 13.205, 8% 1.65 a .15
welding'and burning, welding machine Loading machine (with capacity of_� Z
(pilework) - - -- r a .15 10 yds or over =a II.l-4 gg� 1.65 a .15 I Q
W Boom truck, crane (crawler or truck), u.555 1.65 8
Oiler, stump chipper 10.2Q5 r 1.65 a 15
Power buggies I m
conveyor-multi, plant engLreer. stone I 10.43 8$ 1.65 a .75
spreader (self-propelled) 11.755 1.6 $ .15 Roller, trenc-h machine 11.805 I 8� 1.65 I a .15 i to
O ( 5 Scoop, carry-all, scraper in tandem i
Compressor, compressor 2 or more in I P 12._8 8% 1.65 a .15
battery), generator, 'mulch machine, Sideboom tractor -(used in tank work) 12.265 8% 1.65 a .15
O- pin puller, portable heaters, pump (4 Striping machine 11.23 I 8� 1.65 a .15
k Tank work inch or over), track Carper (2 12.03 1.65 a .15
Tower crane (engineer) d
engineers a±ch), :+eldLrg ^achLne 11.305 896 1.65 a .15 ) 12.50 E,. 1.65 a .15 I
Crane and boom truck (setting structural Tower crane (tile=) a
I 10.055 87� 1.65 .15
or stone) - 12.13 I 8% 1.65 a .15 Welding machine, structural steel - 11.78 &% I 1.65 a .15
Bulldozer (used for excavation), I
fireman, loading machine, powerboom, i
scoop (carry-aLl scrapper), vac-all 11.18 8% 1.65 a .15 PAID HOLIDIY:
CHI or maxi's spreader, concrete A-New Year's Day; B-2Iemorial Day; C-Ind[ endence Day; 0-L•wti r Day; E Thanks3LJLn; Dr;i;
spreader, derrick, siceboon tractor 12.105 8¢ 1.65 a .15 F-Christmas Dal. I
Compressor (structural steel) i 11.705 8% 1.65 a .15 ( I I I
Concrete saw or cutter, mixer (with OOT"OTE: i
skip) mixer (2 small, with or without
iklp), pu-p (up to 3 inches), -a, Holdays: A through F; Lincoln's Bir[_hday, Wa9hLngton'1,`1Lithday Columbul Day, I
tractor=
Election Day and Veterans, Day. I I t
ueer;111er or -heel f 10.805 896 1.65 a •15 i b. Basic hourly rate Lnc!u_'os ;1.00 t'c I•t:o^ f ^.d.
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 42, NO. 93-FRIDAY, MAY 13, 1977
• Page 9 Page 10
NY-6-PEO-2-3-A _ 1 of 2_
DECISION NO. NY77-3013 NY-6-PCO-2-3 2 of 2
Basic Fringe Bsnal,i■Pay+++nrs DECISION NQ. NY77-3013 -
WAVY AND HICHWAY CONSTRUCTION Hourly, rZ Basic._ _- Fringe Eon-Lis Poy+n.nb
Robs H a M 1>.•s..ns V-shen ADD•T•• I 0n. HEAVY AND HICHWAY CONSTRUCTION Hourly -- - -�
pOUF.R EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: Rains Ita r P.. v...r+e Asp.T.. p
Asphalt spreader, boom truck, boring POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS•.(Cotitld.) - ..,•
Chine (other than post holes), CHI i Concrete breaker, concrete saw or CuLt
or maxim spreader, crane (crawler or ez, forklift (walk-behind, power oper
truck), conveyor (multi), plant engi- I sted), hydra hammer, mixer (with skip
neer, concrete spreader, sideboom mixer (2 small with or without skips)
tractor, stone spreader,(self-pro- mixer (2 bag or over with or without
pelled), cherry picker 11.73 ea 1.65 a .15 skip), power buggies, power grinders, )
Dackhoe, crane (stone setting), crane ridge cutter 9.83 St' 1.65 a .15
(structural steel), dragline, gradall Dredge 11.565 8t• 1.65 a .15
piledriver, road paver, shovel 12.10 8%. 1.65 a .15 Generator 10.8L Sa 1.65 a .15
matching plant (on site of job), crane Generator (small) 9.515 St 1.65 a .15
(on barge), derrick, sideboom tractcr' Grader 11-135 S%- 1.65 a .15
(used in tank work), tank work 11.955 8% 1.65 a .15 Hoist (3 drum), power winch (truck
Bending machine, mechanical compactors mounted, used for stone or steel),
(hand operated), pump (centrifugal, power winch (used for stone setting
up to 3 inches), trench machine (hand 9.48 et 1.65 a .15 and structural steel), trench machine 11.945 et 1.65 a .15
07 Boiler 11.23 Ba 1.65 a .15 Lead engineer 113.83 ea• 1.65 a .15
1 Boring machine (pest holes) 11.67 8% 1.65 a .15 Mechanic - ;;5533 St 1�((55 a .15
Bulldozer, concrete finishing machine, Mechanic helper 3.13 Ba• 1.65 a .15
conveyor, curb machine (asphalt or Mechanical compactors (machine drawn),
Concrete), curing machine, dinky loco roller (over 5 tons) U.27 1.65 a .15
(D motive, fireman, forklift, hoist (1 Oiler, root cutter, stump chipper,
drum), loading machine, maintenance tower crane (oiler), track tamper (2
engineer, pulvi-mixer, pump (4 inches engineers, each) 9.50 St' 1.65 a .15
um et Portable heaters 11.695 8s• 1.65 a s15
or over , pump (hydraulic), pump (je
t:
pure (se:bmersible), pump (well point) powcrbroom _= 9.975 St- 1.65 a •15 Z
roller (5 ton and over), scoop (carryte Pump (concrete) 31.19 B►• 1.65 a .15 0
all, scraper), maintenance man,( war Scoop (carry-a11, scraper in tandem)-[ 0
Crane), vac-all, welding and burning 8t .15 tower c ane (engineer) 12.255 St. 1.65 a .LS el
Compressor 10.92 1.65 a Tractor lcaterpilla or wheel) es• 1.65 a .15 9.305 m
p (on crane), generator (pile ?A
work), welding machine (pile work),
power winch (used for other than stone _ I I
or structural steel), power house,
loading machine (front end), compress-
or (pile work), power winch (truck ----• - ---
amounted, used for other than stone or FOOTNOTES:
steel), hoist (2 drum) 11.455 8% 1.65 a .15 ■. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day;_Lincoln's Birthday; Washington's Birthday; Memorial
Compressor (2 or more in battery) 11.15 81 1.65 a •15 Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Columbus Day; Election Day; Veterans' Day;
Compressor (stone setting), compressor Thanksgiving Day and Chris tmas_Day.Provided employee is employed the day before
(at-.Ctural steel), welding machine and after the ho.iday
(structural steel) 11.615 8% 1.65 a .15 -
Compressor, mulch machine, pin puller, '
pu=p (double action diaphragm), pump -•-
(gyPaum), pump (single action 1 to 3) _ 3
7.1striping machine, welding machine 10.545 I
St. 1.65 a .15
Loadl,M9 cuchiee, with bucket capacity ,-
Of 10 yards or over 11.17 - 8t 1.65 a .15
Qf
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 42, NO. 93-FRIDAY, MAY 13, 1977
In accordance with Section 103A, General Municipal Law, upon the refusal
of a person to sign a waiver of immunity against subsequent criminal prosecu-
tion, or to answer any relevant question when called before a Grand Jury to
testify concerning this contract, such person and any firm, partnership or
corporation of which he is a member, partner, director or officer shall be
disqualified from selling, bidding, receiving awards, or contracting with the
Owner, its departments, agencies, or officials therof, for goods, work or
services, for a period of five years after such refusal. The Owner may term-
inate any and all contracts made by its departments, agencies, or officials,
thereof with such person, and with any firm, partnership, or corporation of
which he is a member, partner, director or officer without incurring any
penalty or damages. However, any monies owing for goods delivered or work
done prior to cancellation shall be paid.
B - II
The undersigned also declares that he has carefully examined and fully
understands Information for Bidders, the Contract Agreement, Specification!:,
Plans and the Proposal and he hereby proposes to.furnish all the materials,
adequate equipment, incidentals and sufficient labor, to progressively do
all the work to construct, finish and complete the work within the time
specified for the project as outlined inArticle 4 of the Contract Agreement,
and other incidental work included in this proposal, in accordance with the
prices given below, at his own proper cost and expense, and in a first
class manner and in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, Notice
to Bidders and Instructions to Bidders, all of which are a part of the
Contract to such extent as they relate to or govern the obligations herein
proposed to be assumed, and in accordance with the plans, and specifica-
tions and detailed directions or instructions as may from time to time be
given by the Engineer at the following prices, viz;
B - 12
1
FORM OF BID PROPOSAL
Town Board
Town Ha I I
53095 Main Road
Southol d,N Y 11971
Gentlemen:
The undersigned, in accordance with your advertisement and
Invitation for Bids and the Information for Bidders relating thereto,
having visited the Site and becoming familiar with local conditions
affecting the cost of the work, and with the Contract Documents
including the Equ al Opportunity Requirements, General Conditions,
Specifications and Addenda therefor, entitled:
TOWN HALL ADDITION
CONTRA
AT BID" GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
as prepared by Greenman-Pedersen Associates, P.C., Consulting
Engineers and on file at the office a+ 100 West Main Street, Babylon
New York, hereby proposes to furnish all materials, labor, services
and equipment necessary and required to complete the work for the
sum of:
B - 13
CONTRACT "A"
UNIT PRICES - General Construction
A. Contractor shall include Unit Prices herein specified.
The Unit Prices wi I I be used as the basis for
computing credit to the Owner for such work that may
be authorized to be deducted from the work required by
Contract Documents and the Owner.;
B. For work which may be added to the Contract as
authorized by the Owner, the Contractor will be
allowed an additional 15% over and above the
Unit Prices stipulated.
C. Unit Prices shall be based upon furnishing all materials,
labor, equipment and appliances necessary for installing
in place and completing--the work.
1 . Excavation for pits and trenches
by hand per cu. yd
2. Excavation for pits and trenches -
Power Equipment _ per cu. yd
3. Excavation, general - by hand per cu. yd
4. Excavation, general - Power
Equipment per cu. yd
r - -
5. Reinforcing steel per ton
6. Structural steel per ton-
7. Steel Joists per ton
8. Control I ed Concrete
including Forms per cu yd
9. Split Face Unit Masonry Block
Exterior per sq.ft.
10. Load Bearing 12" Unit Masonry
Block per sq.ft.
11 . Load,Beari ng 8" Unit Masonry
Block per sq.ft.
B - 13 a
UNIT PRICES - General Construction - Continued
12. Non Load Bearing 6" Unit
Masonry Block per sq.ft.
13. Non load Bearing 4" Unit
Masonry Block per sq.ft.
14. Glazed Wall finish per sq. ft.
15. Painting - 3 coat finish per sq. ft.
16. Catch Basins - Complete Each
17. Drywells - Complete Each
18. Trench Drains - Complete Each
19. Concrete Walks and Curbs per lin.ft.
20. Asphaltic Concrete paving -
Drives and Parking per sq,ft.
21 . Asphaltic Concrete Paving -
Walks and Curbs per sq.ft.
22. Fine Grading, Fertilizing
and seeding per sq.ft.
f3 ►3--Al
The above signed hereby acknowledges receipt of the ALTERNATIVES
specified under DIVISION NO. 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01100 ALTERNATIVES
ALTERNATE NO. DEDUCT
1. Omitting 6" Exterior Walls and
substituting 4" Exterior Walls $
2. Omitting cupola as designed and
substituting a simpler stock design $
3. Omit cupola $
4. Omit counter and cabinets in
tax receiver room 120 $
5. Omit counter and cabinets in
assessors department room 102 $
6. Omitting carpet in tax receiver
room 120, office room 118, historian
room 116, map room 103, assessors
department room 102, office 105 and
office 104, and substituting vinyl
asbestoes tile. $
7. Omit metal and glass partitions
in assessors department room 102 $
8. Omitting full basement and substituting
partially excavated basement for rooms
numbered B1,B2,B3,B5, and B6.
Omit exterior stair substitute concrete
slab on grade for first floor in lieu
of wood framing for unexcavated area $
ADD
9. Omitting roof truss with slope of
4" to 5" and substituting roof truss
with slope of 5" to 12" $
B-13B
FORM OF BID PROPOSAL
Town Board
Town Ha I I
53095 Main Road
Southold,NY 11971
Gentlemen:
The undersigned, in accordance with your advertisement and
Invitation for Bids and the Information for Bidders relating thereto,
having visited the Site and becoming familiar with local conditions
affecting the cost of the work, and with the Contract,Documents
including the Equ al Opportunity Requirements, General Conditions,
Specifications and Addenda therefor, entitled:
TOWN HALL ADDITION
CONTRACT " B " PLUMBING
BASE BID
1
as prepared by Greenman-Pedersen Associates, P.C., Consulting
Engineers and on file at the office at 100 West Main Street, Babylon
New York, hereby proposes to furnish all materials, labor, services
and equipment necessary and required to complete the work for the
sum of:
B - 13 c
FORM OF BID PROPOSAL
Town Board
Town Ha 11
53095 Main Road
Southold,NY 11971
Gentlemen:
The undersigned, in accordance with your advertisement and
Invitation for Bids and the Information for Bidders relating thereto,
having visited the Site and becoming familiar with local conditions
affecting the cost of the work, and with the Contract Documents
including the Equ al Opportunity Requirements, General Conditions,
Specifications and Addenda therefor, entitled:
TOWN HALL ADDITION
CONTRACT "C " - HEATING , A .C . AND VENTILATING
BASE BID
as prepared by Greenman-Pedersen Associates, P.C., Consulting
Engineers and on file at the office of 100 West Main Street, Babylon
New York, hereby proposes to furnish all materials, labor, services
and equipment necessary and required to complete the work for the
sum of:
B - 13 d
FORM OF BID PROPOSAL
Town Board
Town Hall
53095 Main Road
Southold,NY 11971
Gentlemen:
The undersigned, in accordance with your advertisement and
Invitation for Bids and the Information for Bidders relating thereto,
having visited the Site and becoming familiar with local conditions
affecting the cost of the work, and with the Contract Documents
including the Equ al Opportunity Requirements, General Conditions,
Specifications and Addenda therefor, entitled:
TOWN HALL ADDITION
CONTRACT " D " ELECTRICAL
BASE BID
as prepared by Greenman-Pedersen Associates, P.C., Consulting
Engineers and on file at the office of 100 West Main Street, Babylon
New York, hereby proposes to furnish all materials, labor, services
and equipment necessary and required to complete the work for the
sum of:
B - 13 f
BIDDERS QUESTIONNAIRE
_ Name and Address of Bidder
Bidders will furnish the following information: list only similar type of work performed:
CONTRACT DATE
FOR WHOM PERFORMED AMOUNT COMPLETED
Bidders will answer the following questions:
i 1) Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you?
If yes, state where and why
2) Has any officer or partner of your organization ever been an officer or partner of
some other organization that failed to complete a contract?
If yes, state name of individual, other organization and reason therefore:
3) Has any officer or partner of your organization ever failed to complete a contract
handled in his own name? If yes, state name of individual and
reason therefore:
4) In what other lines of business are you financially interested?
5) The work, if awarded to you, will have the personal supervision of whom?
6) Do you have, or can you obtain, sufficient men and equipment to commence work
when required by "Information for Bidders"?
7) Name the surety company to whom you intend to apply for a performance bond:
(Answer only if bond is required)
B -
BIDDER'S QUESTIONNAIRE (Continued)
8) What Long Island units of government can you give as a reference?
9) In emergencies, either day or night, what telephone or telephones should
be called for immediate action?
Dated this day of , 19
by:
Title of person signing
IMPORTANT: THIS AND PREVIOUS PAGE MUST BE FILLED OUT OR BID WILL
BE REJECTED.
B - 15
THE APPROPRIATE SECTION OF THIS PAGE MUST BE
SIGNED BY ALL BIDDERS
NON-COLLUSIVE BIDDING CERTIFICATION
SEC. 103-d GENERAL MUNICIPAL LAW
By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any
bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid, each party thereto certifies as
to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of his
knowledge and belief:
I. the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without
collusion, consultation, communication or agreement, for the purpose
of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices
with any other bidder, or with any competitor;
2. Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted
in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to
opening, directly, or indirectly to any other bidder or to any compeitor;
and
3. No attempt has been made or wi I I be made by the bidder to induce
any other person, partnership or corporation to submit or not to submit
a bid for the purpose of restricting competition.
hereby affirm under the penalties of
Affix Seal perjury that the foregoing statement is
if Principal true.
is Corporation
IF A CORPORATION
The following is a certified copy of resolution authorizing the execution of this
certificate by the signator of this bid or proposal in behalf of the corporate bidder
resolved that be
authorized to sign and submit the bird or proposal of this corporation for the project
on items described, herein, in the Notice to Bidders, Bid
and to include in such bid or proposal the Certificate as to non-collusion require
by section 103d of the General Municipal Law as the act and deed of such corpora-
tion, and for any inaccuracies of misstatement in such certificate this corporate
bidder shall be liable under the penalties of perjury.
The foregoing is a true and correct copy of the resolution adopted by
corporation at a meeting of its
Board of Directors held on the day of ,19
Seal of Corporation
B --I6 Secretary
The above - name bidder affirms and declares:
I. That said bidder is of lawful age and the only one interested in this bid;
and that no person, firm or corporation other than hereinabove name has
any interest in this bid, or in the contract proposed to be entered into.
2. That this bid is made without any understanding, agreement or connection
with any other person, firm or corporation making a bid for the same
materials, supplies or equipment, and is in all respects fair, and without
collusion or fraud.
3. That said bidder is not in arrears to the Owner upon debt or contract, and
is not a defaulter, as surety or otherwise, upon any obligation to the
Owner or any other Municipality or School District in the County of
Suffolk.
4. That he has carefully examined the site of the work, that from his own in-
vestigation, he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the
work, the character, quality and quantity of existing materials, and all
difficulties likely to be encountered, the kind and extent of equipment
and other facilities needed for the performance of the work, and general
and local conditions, and all other items which may, in any way, affect
the work or its performance.
5. On acceptance of this proposal for said work the undersigned does or do
bind himself or themselves to enter into written contract with the Owner
as specified in the "Information for Bidders".
B - 17
6. In default of the performance of any of the conditions required in making
this bid the undersigned agrees that the Bid Bond which is herewith
deposited with the Owner shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated
damages for such default or fraud, otherwise the Bid Bond will be returned
to the successful bidder when the construction bond is accepted and
filed and when 10% of the work is completed.
Legal name of person, firm or corporation making bid:
by:
B - 18
NOTES
I. Where a bidder is a firm, the bid must be signed in the name of the firm
by a member of the firm, who must sign his own name immediately there-
under, as A. & B. Co., by C.A., Partner.
2. Where a bidder is a corporation, the bid must be signed in the name of
the corporation by some duly authorized officer or agent thereof having
knowledge of the matters stated in the bid, and such officer or agent shall
also subscribe his own name, as: A. B. Company, by D.C., President,
and the seal of the corporation must be affixed.
3. The bid must be sworn to by the person signing it, in one of the following
forms:
B - 19
(Form of affidavit where bidder is an individual)
STATE OF NEW YORK)
) ss.:
( COUNTY OF )
being duly sworn, says: I am the person des-
cribed in and who executed the foregoing bid and the several matters therein
stated are in all respects true.
Signature of person who signed the W1
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this day of , 19
Notary Public
County of
(Form of affidavit where bidder is a Partnership)
STATE OF NEW YORK)
ss.:
COUNTY OF )
being duly sworn, says: I am a member of
the firm described in and which executed the foregoing
bid. I subscribed the name of the firm thereto on behalf of the firm, and the several
matters therin stated are in all respects true.
Signature of person who signed the i
Subscribed and swom to before me
this day of 19
Notary Public
County of
B - 20
(Form of affidavit where bidder is a corporation)
Q
STATE OF NEW YORK)
ss:
COUNTY OF )
being duly sworn, says: I am the
of
Corporation, the above named corporation whose name is subscribed to nd
which executed the foregoing bid. I reside at
in the Town of , New York. I have knowledge of
the several matters therein stated, and they are in all respects true.
Signature of person who signed the bid
Subscibed and sworn to before me
this day of , 19
Notary Public
County of
B - 21
***** DISCLOSURE STATEMENT *****
In connection with the submission of this bid for
Name of Contractor
I, the *(appl i cant herein), (an officer or
agent of the corporate applicao namely its *(swears) or
(Title)
(affirms) under the penalties of perjury that:
1. The following persons have a direct or indirect interest in this bid:
Month Day Year
Name Address Date of Birth
Name Address Date of Birth
Name Address Date of Birth
Name Address 15ate of Birth
(In case of corporations, all officers of the corporation, and stockholders owning
more than 5% of the corporate stock must be listed. Attached an additional sheet,
if necessary.)
2. The following persons listed in (1) above are related by blood or marriage
to an officer or employee of the Owner.
Name Relationship Rome/Position of Emp oyee/
Officer
Name Relationship Rome/Position of Employee/
Officer
3. The following persons listed in (1) above are state or local officers or
employees, or members of a board of commissioners or local public authorities, or
other public corporation within Suffolk (exclusive of a volunteer fireman or civil
defense volunteer):
Name Employee Position
Name Employee Position
False statements made herein are punishable as a Class A misdemeanor pursuant to
210.45 of the Penal Law.
*Cross out phrases that are not
applicable. B - 22 SIGNATURE
MINORITY BUSINESS UTILIZATION COMMITMENT
A. The bidder agrees to expend at least $ of the
contract (as outlined below) if awarded for minority business enterprises. For
purposes of this commitment the term "minority business enterprise" means a
business at least 50 percent of which is owned by minority group members or, in
case of a publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is
owned by minority group members. For the purposes of the preceding sentence
"minority group members" are citizens of the United States who are Negroes,
Spanish-speaking, Orientals, American Indians, Eskimos and Aleuts. Minority
business enterprises may be employed as construction subcontractors or as vendors
or suppliers. The bidder must indicate the minority business enterprises it intends
to utilize in this document as follows and as indicated in paragraph B below:
Name and Address Nature of Dollar Value of
of Minority Firms Participation Participation
Total Dollar Amounts to be expended for Minority Business Enterprise
This Amount must exceed
Contract "A" General Construction $ 16,800.00
Contract "B" Plumbing $ 2,800.00
Contract "C" HVAC $ 2,500.00
Contract "D" Electrical $ 1,900.00
B. The bidder agrees to furnish implementation reports as required by EDA to indicate
the minority business enterprises which it has or intends to utilize. The first report is due
5 days after notification to the lowest bidder. The second report is due at 40% comple-
tion, prior to the second Letter of Credit being issued. Breach of this commitment
constitutes breach of the bidder's contract, if awarded.
C. The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she has read the terms of this commit-
ment and is authorized to bind the bidder to the commitment herein set forth.
Name of Authorized Officer
Date: B - 23 ,igna ure ot AuthorizedOfficer
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this day of ,
19 , by the Town of Southold, hereinafter referred to as Owner
acting by and through the' Supervisor pursuant to the statue, and
a ccrporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York,
a partnership consisting of
an individual trading as
of the city of in the State of ,
hereinafter called the "Contractor".
WITNESSETH, that the Owner and the Contractor, for the consideration herein-
after named, agreed as follows:
A-1
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 1 . WORK TO BE DONE
The Contractor shall (a) furnish all the materials, appliances, tools
and labor of every kind required, and construct and complete the work in
the most substantial and workmanlike manner, as shown on the Plans and
in the Specification.
A - 2
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 2. DOCUMENTS FORMING THE CONTRACT
The Contract (and Contract Documents) shall be deemed to include
the "Notice to Bidders", the "Information for Bidders", the "Proposal", the
"Contract Agreement", the "Specifications" referred to above; the plans,
any addenda to specifications if the same are issued prior to the date of
receipt of proposal; special specifications; and all provisions required by
law to be inserted in the Contract whether actually inserted or not.
A - 3
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 3. EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND SITE
The Contractor agrees that, before making his proposal, he carefully
examined the Contract Documents, together with the site of the proposed work
as well as its surrounding territory, and is fully informed regarding all of the
conditions affecting the work to be done and labor and materials to be furnished
for the completion of this contract, including the existence of poles, wires,
pipes and other facilities and structures of municipal and other public services
corporations on, over or under the site, and that his information was secured
by personal investigation and research and not from the estimate or records of
the Owner, and that he will make no claim against the Owner by reason of
estimates, tests or representations of any officer or agent of the Owner.
i
A - 4
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 4. DATE OF START AND COMPLETION
The Contractor further agrees that he will begin the work herein embrace
within ten (10) days of the date hereof, unless the consent of the Owner, in
writing, is given to begin at a later date, and that he will prosecute the same so
that it shall be entirely completed and performed within maximally 180
calendar days. Under no circumstances shall work begin after December 22, 1977
No extension beyond the date of completion fixed by the terms of this
Contract shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Owner. Such ex-
tension shall be for such time and upon such terms and conditions as shall be
fixed by the Owner, which may include a charge for engineering and inspection
expenses actually incurred upon the work. Notice of Application for such ex-
tension shall be filed with the Owner as soon as it is evident that there will be
a problem meeting the date of completion fixed by the terms of this agreement
or at least thirty (30) days prior to that date whichever is greater.
A-5
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
f
Article 5. ALTERATIONS AND OMISSIONS
The said work shall be performed in accordance with the true intent and
meaning of the Contract Documents without any further expense o f any nature
whatsoever to the Owner other than the consideration named in this agreement.
The Owner reserves the right, at any time, during the progress of the
work, to alter the plans or omit any portion of the work as it may deem reasonably
necessary for the public interest; making allowances for additions and deduct-
tions at the prices named in the proposal, for this work without constituting
grounds for any claim by the Contractor for allowance for damages or for any
loss of anticipated profits, or for any variations between the approximate
quantities and the quantities of the work as done.
A - 6
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 6. NO COLLUSION OR FRAUD
The Contractor hereby agrees that the only person or persons interested
as principal or principals in the bid or proposal submitted by the Contractor
for this contract are named herein, and that no person other than those men-
tioned herein has any interest in the above-mentioned proposal or in the
securing of the award, and that this contract has been secured without any
connection with any person or persons other than named, and that the propo-
sal is in all respects fair and was prepared and the contract was secured with-
out collusion or fraud and that neither any officer nor employee of the Owner
has or shall have a financial interest in the performance of the contract or in
the supplies, work or business to which it relates, or in any portion of the
profits thereof.
A - 7
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued
Article 7. NO ESTIMATE OF CONTRACTOR'S NON-COMPLIANCE
It is further agreed that so long as any lawful or proper direction concern-
ing the work or material given by the Engineer shall remain uncomp lied with, the
Contractor shall not be entitled to have estimate made for the purpose of payment,
nor shall any estimate be rendered on account of work done or material furnished
until such lawful or proper direction aforesaid has been fully and satisfactorily
complied with.
Article 7A. PAYMENT OF ESTIMATES
On the faithful performance of the work of the contract and its acceptance
by the engineer of the Owner, the Owner hereby agrees to make payments to the
Contractor therefore based upon the proposal made a part of this contract in the
following manner, to wit; the Engineer shall once each month, on such days as he
may fix, make an estimate of the quantity of work done and of material which
has been actually put in place in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
contract, during the preceding month and compute the value thereof, and the
Owner shall pay to the Contractor all monies due as computed in said estimate as
completed and accepted. If, however, the amount earned by the Contractor in
any one month except the month in which the final estimate is rendered should be
less than five (5) percent of the contract amount or $1 ,000, .00, whichever is the
lesser, no monthly estimate wi II be given for that month.
A - 8
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 8 FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK
When, in the opinion of the Engineer, a contractor has fully performed the
work under the contract, the Engineer shall recommend to the Owner the
acceptance of the work so completed. If the Owner accepts the recommenda-
tion of the Engineer, they shall thereupon, by letter, notify the Contractor of
such acceptance.
A - 9
0
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 9 FINAL PAYMENT
After the final acceptance of the work, the Engineer shall prepare a final
estimate of the work done from actual measurements and computations relating to
the same, and he shall compute the value of such work under and according to
the terms of the contract. This estimate shall be certified to as to its correctness
by the Engineer and shall be submitted to the Owner for approval. The right,
however, is hereby reserved to the Owner to reject the whole or any portion of
the final estimate, should the said certificate of the Engineer be found or known
to be inconsistent with the terms of the agreement or otherwise improperly given.
Within th i rty(30) days of the final estimate, the monies found to be due
and owing to the Contractor shall be paid. As security for compliance with
Article 10 before final payment for the work in this contract, the Contractor
agrees to give a maintenance bond for a period of one (1) year, and any
additional guarantees as outlined in the specifications, with a surety company
acceptable to the Owner for 100% of the total amount of the contract as
shown on the Engineers final certificate.
A - 10
CO NTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 10. CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE
The Contractor hereby agrees to repair any imperfections that may
arise and to maintain, in a manner satisfactory to the Owner, all of his
work for a period of one (1) year (and in addition some items for a period
longer than one (1) year where specified) from the date of fi na I acceptance
of the contract. The Contractor also agrees, for this period, to indemnify
and save harmless the Owner, its officers and agents from any injury done
to property or persons as a direct or alleged result of imperfections in his
work.
A-11
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article II. RIGHT TO SUSPEND WORK & CANCEL CONTRACT
It is further mutually agreed that if any time during the prosecution
of the work the Engineer shall determine that the work upon the contract is not
being performed according to the Contract, or-for the best interests of the
Owner, that the Engineer may suspend or stop the work under the Contract
while it is in progress, and that the Owner shall thereupon cause the work to
be completed, in such manner as will be in accord with the Contract, plans
and specifications and be in the best interest of the Owner.
Whenever the Engineer determines to suspend the vo rk or stop the work
under the Contract, he shall immediately notify the Owner in writing who
shall send a written notice of such suspension by mail to the Contractor at his
address and to the sureties at their respective addresses and such written notice
shall be sufficient notice of the Owne?s action in the premises.
A- 12
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 12. DETERMINATION AS TO VARIANCES
In case of any ambiguity in the plans, specifications or maps, or between
any of them, the matter must be immediately submitted to the Engineer, who
shall cause the same to be adjusted, and his decision in relation thereto shall
be final and conclusive upon the parties.
A - 13
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 13. REMOVAL OF REJECTED WORK & MATERIAL
The Contractor agrees that all work or material which may be rejected by
the Engineer shall be at once removed from the site of the work by the Contractor
at his own expense, and replaced by work or material satisfactory to the Engineer.
l i
A - 14
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article . 14 SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNMENT
The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, convey, sublet or otherwise dispose
of this contract or of his right, title or interest in or to it, or any part thereof, or
his power to execute it or assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, any of the
monies due or to become due under this agreement unless the previous written con-
sent of the Owner shall be first obtained thereto, and giving of any such consent
to a particular subcontract or assignment shall not dispense with the necessity of
such consent to any further or other subcontracts or assignments.
Before making any subcontracts, the Contractor must submit a written state-
ment to the Owner giving the name and address of the proposed subcontractor, the
portion of the work and materials which he is to perform and furnish any satisfac-
tory evidence tending to prove that the proposed subcontractor has the necessary
facilities, skill, integrity, experience and financial resources to perform the work
in accordance with the terms and conditions of this contract. At the same time,
the Contractor must furnish the Owner with a certificate of workmens compensa-
tion coverage of the employer of the proposed subcontractor.
If the proposed subcontractor is approved, the Contractor shall promptly, upon
request, file with the Owner a conformed copy of the subcontract. The Owner may
revoke approval of the subcontractor when, in its opinion, such subcontractor
evidences an unwillingness or inability to perform the work in strict accordance
with this contract.
No assignment will receive approval unless the instrument of assignment con-
tains a clause to the effect that the funds to be paid the assignee are subject to a
prior lien for services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the
work in favor of all persons, firms or corporations rendering such services or
supplying such materials.
A- 15
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 14. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNMENT (continued)
The Owner's approval of the subcontractor shall not relieve the contractor
of any of his responsibilities, duties and liabilities hereunder. The Contractor
shall be solely responsible to the Owner for the acts or default of his subcon-
tractors and of such subcontractor's officers, agents and employees, each of
whom shall for all purposes be deemed to be the agent or employee of the
Contractor. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any
contractural relationship between the sub-contractor and the Owner.
A - 16
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
Article 15. LABOR LAW
The Contractor specifically agrees to conform to all provisions of the Labor
Law of the State of New York applicable to the employment of labor at the site
of the project and to the applicable laws of the Federal Government, including
the Davis Bacon Act.
Schedules of the minimum hourly wage rates as determined by the Industrial
Commissioner of the State of New York and the Federal government pursuant to
the Labor Laws is intended to comply with such laws and are included herein.
A - 17
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 16 EXTENT OF THE OWNERS LIABILITY
The Contractor specifically agrees that the contract shall be deemed
executory only to the extent of the monies available, and no liability
shall be incurred by the Owner beyond the monies available for the pur-
pose.
A-18
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 17. INSURANCE
The Contractor agrees to procure and maintain during the life of this con-
tract, insurance of the kinds, types and limits required by the State of New
York -® apartment of Labor.
The Contractor shall furnish the Owner a certificate or certificates of
insurance in form satisfactory to the Owner, which certificates sha I 1 list the
various coverages and shall state that the policies shall not be changed nor
cancelled until thirty (30) day's notice has been given to the Owner. The
Contractor shall not permit any subcontractor to begin work on the contract
until such subcontract is officially approved by the Owner and until all
necessary insurances covering said subcontractor are on file with the Owner.
See Page B - 6 Article 9 - Information for Bidders
A - 19
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 18. INCREASE -.DECREASE QUANTITIES
In entering into this contract, the Contractor agrees that the quantities
of work as stated in the Notice to Bidders, or indicated on the plans or in the
specifications, are only approximate and, that during the progress of the
work, the Owner may find it advisable and it shall have the right to omit
portions of the work and to increase or decrease the quantities and that the
Owner reserves the right to add or to take from the amount of the work up to
a limit of twenty-five (25%) percent of the total amount of the contract based
upon the said estimated quantities. The Contractor shall and will at no time
make claim for anticipated profit or less or profits, because of any difference
between the quantities of the various classes of work actually done, or of the
material actually furnished and the said estimated quantities.
A - 20
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 19. ADDITIONS-DEDUCTIONS-DEVIATIONS
The Contractor, in entering into this contract, understands that the Owner
reserves the right to modify the some with respect to the arrangement, character,
alignment, grade or size of the work or appurtenances whenever, in its opinion,
it shall deem it necessary or advisable to do so. The Contractor shall and will
accept such modifications when ordered in writing by the Owner through the
Engineer and the same shall not violate or void this contract. Any such modifi-
cations so made in excess of 25% of the total contract shall not, however, sub-
ject the Contractor to increased expense without equitable compensation, which
shall be determined by the Owner. If such 'modifications, or any part thereof,
result in a decrease in the cost of work involved, exceeding 25% of the total
contract value an equitable deduction from the contract price, to be determined
by the Owner, shall be made. The Owner's determination of any such additional
compensation or of any such deduction shall be based upon the bids submitted and
accepted. In any event, no modifications in the work shown on the plans and
described in the specifications shall be made, unless the nature and extent thereof
has first been certified by the Owner in writing and sent to the Contractor.
A - 21
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 20. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY
The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to life and property
due to activities of the Contractor, his sub-contractors, agents or employees,
in connection with his services under this Agreement. The Contractor specifi-
cally agrees that his sub-contractors, agents or employees sh3II possess the
experience, knowledge and character necessary to qualify them individually
for the particular duties they perform. Further, it is expressly understood
that the Contractoi shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from claims
suits, actions, damages and costs of every name and description resulting
from the negligent performance of the services of the Contractor under this
Agreement, and such indemnification shall not be reason of enumeration of
any insurance coverage herein provided. Negligent performance of service,
within the meaning of this Article, shall include, in addition, to negligence
founded upon tort, negligence based upon the Contractor's failure to meet
professional standards and resulting in obvious or patent errors in the progres-
sion of his work.
Nothing in this Article or in this Agreement shall create or give to third
parties any claim or right of action against the Contractor or the Owner beyond
such as may legally exist irrespective of this Article or this Agreement.
A - 22
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 21. SHOP OR SETTING DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall submit promptly to the Engineer two copies of each
shop or setting drawing prepared in accordance with the schedule predetermined
as aforesaid. Shop drawings at the time of submission to the Engineer, must
bear the stamp of approval of the Contractor as evidence that such drawings
and/or details have been checked by the Contractor. Any drawings submitted
without such stamp of approval will be returned to the Contractor for resubmission
and will not be considered; in such event it will be deemed that the Contractor
has not complied with the requirements of this Article, herein specified, and shall
bear the risks of delays as if no drawings or details at all had been submitted.
Shop drawings which involve change or variance with Contract Drawings
-shall be so noted by Contractor. Engineer shall be duly advised, in writing, at
the time of submission of drawing of recommended change and reason therefor.
After examination of such drawings by the Engineer and the return thereof, the
Contractor shall make such corrections to the drawings as have been indicated and
shall furnish the Engineer with two corrected copies. Regardless of corrections
made in or approval given to such drawings by the Engineer, the Contractor will
nevertheless be responsible for the accuracy of such drawings and for their con-
formity to the Plans and Specifications, unless he notifies the Engineer, in writing
of any deviations at the time he furnishes such drawings.
A-23
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 22. MATERIALS, SERVICES AND FACILITIES
It is understood that, except as otherwise specifically stated in the contract
documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools,
equipment, water, light,power, transportation, superintendence, temporary
construction of every nature, and all other services and facilities of every
nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete, and deliver the work within
the specified time.
Any work necessary to be performed after regular hours, on Sundays or
1
Legal Widays, shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner
and shall be undertaken only upon approval by the Labor Department or other
jurisdictional governmental agencies.
A - 24
CONTRACT AGREEMENT - (continued)
Article 23. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS
All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall
be subject to adequate inspection and testing in accordance with accepted
standards. The laboratory or inspection agency shall be selected by the Owner.
The Owner will pay for all laboratory inspection service direct, and not as a
part of the contract.
Materials of construction, particularly those upon which the strength and
durability of the structure may depend, shall be subject to inspection and testing
to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended.
A 25
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 24, SURVEYS, PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS
Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this contract, the Owner will
furnish to the Contractor vertical and horizontal control points.
it is the Contractor's responsibility to verify data and to survey the project
himself for construction purposes. The Contractor shall procure and pay for all
permits, licenses and approvals necessary for the execution of this contract.
The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, orders, and regu-
lations relating to the performance of the work, the protection of adjacent pro-
perty, and the maintenance of passageways, guard fences or other protective
faci Iities.
A - 2 6
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 25. CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS
The Contractor shall and will, in good workmanlike manner, do and perform
all work and furnish all supplies and materials, machinery, equipment, facilities
and means, except as herein otherwise expressly specified, necessary or proper
to perform and complete all the work required by this contract, within the time
herein specified, in accordance with the provisions of this contract and said
specifications and in accordance with the plans and drawings covered by this
contract and any and all supdemental plans and drawings, and in accordance
with the directions of the Engineer as given from time to time during the progress
of the work. He shall furnish, erect, maintain and remove such construction
plant and such temporary works as may be required. The Contractor shall observe,
comply with, and be subject to all terms, conditions, requirements, and limitations
of the contract and specifications, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire
work to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Owner.
A-27
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 26. WEATHER CONDITI ONS
In the event of temporary suspension of work, or during inclement weather,
or whenever the Engineer shall direct, the Contractor will, and will cause his
subcontractors to protect carefully his and their work and materials against dam-
age or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion o f the Engineer, any work or
materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of
the Contractor or any of his subcontractors to so protect his work, such materials
shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor.
In the event that a winter shutdown is required during the construction of this
project, any additional work or any work that has to be done due to this shutdown
shall be included in the price bid for the various contract items. No.additional
payment will be made for these work operations.
A - 28
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
Article 27. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
The Contractor shall at all times safely guard the Owner's property from
injury or loss in connection with this contract. He shall at all times safely guard
and protect his own work, and that of adjacent property, from damage. The
Contractor shall replace or make good_any such damage, loss or injury such be
caused directly by errors contained in the contract or by the Owner, or his
duly authorized representatives.
A - 29
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
r'
� 1
Article 28. INSPECTION
The authorized representatives and agents of the offi ce of the
owner shall be permitted to inspect all work, materials, payrolls,
records of personnel, invoices of materials, and other relevant data and
records.
A - 30
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 29. REPORTS, RECORDS AND DATA
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of quantities and
costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and other data
as the Owner may request concerning work performed or to be performed under this
contract. See attached Form 257'Monthly Utilization Report," weekly payroll
reporting form WH3.47, Contractors Certification concerning Labor Standards
and Prevailing Wage Requirements Form 119, Sub-contractor's Certification
concerning Labor Standards and Prevailing Wage Requirements Form 120 and
in some cases ED746 if attached.
A - 31
FORM 257 AND INSTRUCTIONS FOLLOW
(To be Completed by Contractors)
A - 31 A
�o n
`��—�—��---��------ '—��0 Fn( )orc |`or� �..n
c �
of Crollv
191.06
� ---'-----�--�� ' \___ L- - '' |-_--- ----'-/'-----'| ---�-----'| -- -'--|-- |
-�^- l —'' [ ----' -- -- -----' ------ |----'|'----- |----'' |-'--'
'------�-----'------'-- '--' | !
) i- .'___. | _ -
-__- --__- - �� u .. .�, . . .
--- �����-- ' � r, w/J '. ' ' � ' ' `� ��x,o �
m��o�^ C»'' `' � ' � ' � ~ (Inolvd, / r^
pxr"
31B
11:5'lltuC:l•1()n WR I I LIM 1.'ff-i (t:;li:!i'i' UTI1.1 Mi M: I;i;l'OWI (SI'-257)
The Employment uli 1 i zaLion Sport is to he c(Implc tcd l, each subject contracLor
(both prime and subconlractorS) and oigncd by a rr.r.punsiblc officfr,l of the
r;on9puy. The rep„rt< are to be f i led on Lhe day rc rlui rr d, Inch month, duvin;,
the Ler„ of We cont , acl., and they shall include• Lila total work-fours xx,rk-d for
each er:ployet level in each dcsignaNd trade for Lhc enriie r( porlit,,; period .
The prime rani ractr)r sh.11 I suhmi t. a rr pvrt for its aEgi vgat.e wni l; farce and ;•h 4 1
' 1 fcr each subcant.racLor ' . ayricgate work force Lo the
collect a:r1c, :•u uni I. r� pc,rts
Federal Compliance Agency Lhat is funding Lheir con;•IrucLron project..
Reporting Period . . . . . . . . . Self-cxplanaLory.
Compliance Agency . . . . U. S. Governtt;cM conlractin;; or acinlini
Wring vgrrcy rebponsiblr• f(,r equal employ-
ment. opporl.uaiLy on the projecL.
ConLrrcLor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Any contiactr,t a:ho h n c:,:1:,truclir}n coil-
tract. with the u . S . GovC,rnmjir:nt or a:ppl.icJ!nt
(Sc-e 01 CCP i:c f;;. . 60-1 .3) .
1. Ccnrpany' s time . . Any contracUr or subcontractor who l s a
f( ricral ly i r,%solved cont r ac 1. .
2. L1.^& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ony Lho,` ' ci .us CrJ.,•v. , & Ilodcr :ppl. rahl .
Federal EIO bid cundi Lic•:1:: .
3. Wo'"k-hours of Emplcyment. . . . Tho total. .lut,11)r•1 of hours :•:(„ i:c() by aft.
crployecS sch cl insifictltion: the Mol.
r,u; her of I „1r!. t: ,. i.crl },;, cPHI ''11i .,,,ri t•,
f;rr.up in ca ►1 c ' . ,sificaLion and Lhc Lot al
work-hours for )cu1)E11.
ClasFificaLlun . . . . . . . . . Ilic lcvcl of ar rc,t•i-1 i s' ^tent u: 5 t , t!s r,f
Lhc vorl.,, r i n the t . (C = Ct a f tc r : t:r r -
Qual iCied, %.It. - Apprc-nLicc, Ti
4 . rc rrcnt of riinot i t y wc'Yk-
Aqurs of total vork-hours . ih- pc rcrnL.'t c of Wal rftltly t1 1 "i %-i out. s
woUnd of allwork—linurs unpila.d . ( ihr :inn of
columns b, c, d a.nd e divided by coIUv;I1 a. )
5. Tcl ;tl Nt.-brr cf winori ty
cniploycc. . . . . . . . . .
e e�nl t rye I'c,t •�, ;t C(;atr t,u: l, force due iul;
t ( hur l i lig 1-1-i od.
6. Total Number of I.t,•ployccs . . . . l: -Wr of all cr:dryccs mirking in can-
' s a force durin ,
t r nc t r t i;f,r ci;;.Le work 1'
irporW6 ieiiod.
lino i Ly V dul inod as inrludin n lit. r! q, IIiFI):hies, Ai.-iorican Indians and
Asian and racific lslacucicts - both m. n NIA wu:ntn.
CPO 000261
A - 31C
,
FORM WH-347 FOLLOWS
(To be Completed by Contractor)
A-31 D
y—,
U S DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PAYROLL Fonu Budget Bureau No.44-R1098
WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION
(For Contractor's Optional Use;See Instruction,Form WH-347 Inst.)
NAME OF CONTRACTOP iJ OR SUBCONTRACTOR C ADDRESS
PM ROLL NO FOR WEEK ENDING PROJECT AND LOCATION PROJECT OR CONTRACT NO
III (210 v (3) F (41 DAY AND DATE (5) (6) (7) (BI (9)
K (9
NAME ADDRESS.ANC 9a, Ir r_ CROSS GEDUCnONS NET
IS
SCCU RITY NUMBER F .WORK O -- TOTAL RATE WAGES
�2 CLASSIFICATION HOURS OF PAY AMOJNT WITH- I TOTAL PAID
C�Et:PLOVEE _ a O EARNED FICA HOLD-NO I OTM£R DF3TOTAL.N15 FOR WEEK
HOURS WORKED EACH DAY lA%
I0
S
I I_
D "
s
I
0
I
S
D jo� 1
t
w
m
S• � I
I
0
s �
0 s
I
i
0
S
0
s
FOR•'V.H 347(1/63j-°.DaV--lLY SOL 184—FI RCHASE THIS FORAI DIRECTLY FROV THE SCP'T.OF DOCI'VE\TS
Date in the contract have been or will be made to appropriate programs for the
benefit of such employees,except as noted in Section 4(c) below.
1' (Name Of signatory Party) Title)
(b) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID IN CASH
I
do hereby state: ❑ —Each laborer or mechanic listed in the above referenced payroll has been
paid, as indicated on the payroll, an amount not less than the sum of the
(1) That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by applicable basic hourly wage rate plus the amount of the required fringe
benefits as listed in the contract,except as noted in Section 4(c) below.
on the
(Contractor or subcontractor) (Building or work) (c) EXCEPTIONS
that during the payroll period commencing on the
day of 19_, and ending the_day of , 19 EXCEPTION(CRAFT) EXPLANATION
all persons employed on said project have been paid the full weekly wages earned, that no rebates
have been or will be made,elther directly or indirectly to or on behalf of said
from the full
(Contractor or subcontractor)
weekly wages earned by any person and that no deductions have been made either directly or
Indirectly from the full wages earned by any person, other than permissible deductions as defined
in Regulations, Part 3 (29 CFR Subtitle A),issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland
Act, as amended (48 Stat. 948,63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967;76 Stat.357;40 U.S.C. 276c),and des-
cribed below:
U_
- M
Q
REMARKS
(2) That any payrolls otherwise under this contract required to be submitted for the above
period are correct and complete, that the wage rated for laborers or mechanics contained therein
are not lea than the applicable wage rates contained in any wage determination incorporated into
the contract; that the classifications eel forth therein for each laborer or mechanic conform with the
work he performed.
(3) That any apprentices employed in the above period are duly registered In a bona ode
apprenticeship program registered with a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau
of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department of Labor, or if no such recognized
agency atists in a State, are registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United
States Department of Labor.
(4) That: NAME AND TITLE SIGNATURE
(a) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID TO APPROVED PLANS, FUNDS,
OR PROGRAMS THE WILFUL FALSIFICATION OF ANY OF THE ABOVE STATEMENTS MAY SUBJECT THE COY rq r•.)H
0— In addition to the basic hourly wage rates paid to each laborer or mechanic OR SUBCONTRACTOR TO CIVIL OR CRIMINAL PROSECUTION. SEE SECTION 1001 OF TITLE y vJ
listed in the above referenced payroll, payments of fringe benefits as listed SECTION 231 OF TITLE 31 OF THE UNI rED STATES CODE.
®Pe WB—lE-9:/17-1 417•-406
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION
INSTRUCTION FOR COMPLETING PAYROLL FORM, W11.347
General The use of Wit 347. payroll formal, is not mandatory 'This form has been mad.ivaduble for the con. FRINGE III NFFITS — ('untraua.ro who av all rqunrrd fringe benahls A conlraclur who a s fringe benefits
veneence of contractors and subeuntedclors required by their Federal or Federal) aided tunslrutllon Ifunds.
_ -er-----" p ) g
Y ype tunlruca lit appruud plans, Lund a, air pn.grnms w n.0 na n.:leaf Than were determined m the Applicable wage decision
and subcunlrails to submit weekly puyrolb Properly filled out, this form wall salofy the requirement of Ragu- of the Secretary of Labor shall cunnnue to show on the face of the payroll she baste cash hourly rate and over.
lotions. Paris 3 and S (29 CF R. Sublide A), as to payrolls submitted tit connection with cndracls subject to the lime role paid to his employees just as-he has always dune Such a conlraclur shall check paragraph 4(al of the
Davis Bdcon and related Acts alidedic rl on the reverse of the payroll to indicate that he is also paying to approved plain,funds,or programs
nut I.s■ than The amount predetermined as fringe benefits for each craft Any exception shall be noted in Section
This form en-lb needs resulting from the amendment of the Davit Flacon Act to include fringe benefits provisions 4(c)
Under this amender) law, she wnrructor Is raquued all pay not less than fringe benefits as predetermined by the
Depanmenl of Labor, in addition to payment of nail less than the predetermined rules The contractor's obligation Contractors who pay nit fringe benefits A contractor who pays no fringe benefits shall pay to the employee,and
Ili pay fringe brothls may be into either by payment of the fringes ro the varluus plans,funds,or programs or insert us the straight time hourly rule column of tilt payroll, an amount not less than the predetermined rate for
by making Ihr+e payments to the employees as sash in lieu of fringes each clasalicalion plus the amount of fringe benefits de•Iermined for each classification in the applicable wage de.
cision Ina.nmth as it is not necessary to pay lime and a half on cash paid in lieu of fringes,the overtime tale
This payroll pruttdes for the contractors showing an the face of the payroll all monies paid to the employees, shall be nut Its. than the win of thebane predetermined rate,plus the half time premtom on basic or regular rare,
whether as ba.ec rates or as cash inlieu of(ranges and provides for the contractor's rtpresenlation fit the stale plus the required each In Items of fringes as the straight time rate In addition,the contractor shall check paragraph
cement of tomplianaa•am she rear all the payroll that he Is paying to others fringes required by the contract and not 4(b) .1 she siatiment on the reverse of the payroll to indicate that he is paying fringe benefits In cash directly to
pond a+cash tit lieu of fringes Dtsatled imbleuuions tunurmng the prepalatiun of the payroll follow: hit employees Any exceptions shall be noted Its Section 4(c)
Use of Section 4(e),kscepuons
Contractor Or lub(unlrauur Fill In your farm'&name and check appropriate box
Any contractor who Is making paymenl to approved plans,funds,or programs In amounts Ins than the wage
Address Fall In your firm'&addreas determination requires Is obliged to pay the deficiency directly to the employees as cash In lieu of fringes Any _
1 exceptions to Section 4(a) or 4 m Section
(b), whichever the contractor }y check,shall be entered In 4(c) Enter In
the Exception column the craft,and enter In the Explanation column the hourly amount paid the employee as cash -
t.lumn I_ Nam., Adds— ,aid Suual Sturdy number of_Employer The employee's full name must be shown In lieu of fringe and the hourly amount paid to plane,funds,or programs as fringes The contractor shall pay,
on each work l) payroll subnuuad Ihr tmpluyer% Address mu.l also be shown on the payroll covering she first and shall show that he Is paying to each such employee for all hours(unless otherwise provided by applicable
G) wrek .e which the ran pluyee works ran the prujeel The addrmb need not be shown on subsequent weekly payrolls determination) worked on Federal or Federally assisted project an amount not Ins than the predetermined rate
unites+ his addrms+ Chung. Although not requred by Regulations,farts 3 and S.space is available In the name plus cash In Ileac of fringe as shown In Section 4(c) The rate paid and amount of cash paid In lieu of fringe
and addrese aealiust sit that Social Securely numbers ntay be listed benefits per hour should be entered in column 9 on the payroll. See paragraph on'Contractors who pay no fringe
bendalse for compululion of overtime.aje.
Ccalumn ! Withholding Fxrny.Wnta Thus Caribbean la merely Inserted file the employer's convenience and is not
a rquitrnanl of 1l1tgiatauant,farts 3 and 5 Column 7_Gross Arnow nit F.uned Enter gross amount earned on this project 11 part of the employees'weekly
wage was tarn.d on pru)tels other than the project described on this payroll. enter in column 7 first the amount
turned tin the Federal or Federally assisted project and then the gross amount earned during the week on all
Culurean J W.rk Cla.asficubuns Lest clr.0 icallon descriptive of work actually performed by employms Con projal.,Ihu. 163 00/120 00
suit claaufu rliuns and an I us. -age schedule art forth in runlraas specihcauons If addmunal clas.lhcultons are
dremnl necessary, see Contracting (Nhter or Agency repre•.cnlazive Employee may be shown as having worked C.Iarnn a Deductions Five culumns are provided fair showing deductions made If more than live deductions
in more 11-an one classifecaliun provided accurate bnakduwn of hours so worked as maintained and shown on should be involved,use first 4 columns,show the balance of deductions under 'Other' column, show actual total
submitted payroll by me of.cparale line entries under 'Total Deductions' column and In the dllachmenl to the payroll describe the deductions contained In the
"Other" column All deductions muss be in accordance with the provisions of the Copeland Act Regulations,29
(F R. Part :1 If the employee worked on other jobs In addition to this project,show actual deductions from his
Column 4 - Hours Worked pit all conlrar•la subject to the Contract Work ldou Standard.Act enlar as over witkly grit»wage,but indicate that deductions art based on his gross wages
June twuis all hours worked in excess of a hours per day and 40 hours a week
Column 9-Nrl Wages ti Pa fur R Lk Self explanatory
('ulurnn S Tulal S(If explanatory ------- --id---
Totals Space has Is— Ill at the bail... of the columns sit that total%may be shown it The contractor so desires
('ailunin G Kato of pay,a tling_F nn1;e Itr_n_eiva In etr.ughl lime box, hat aUual lint city role pe Ihr e ed mploye --
fur tight umr wurked a plus stay cash m lieu d fringes paid she cn.pluyea Whan resnrding the+traighl itma Slah•m ual 1(equrt•d by ReI_ulabuns, Par,. 3 and S While this form need not be notarized,she statement on the
huurty rate, may cash paid ui lieu ail frmngt-s may be shown separa.ly from the basic rate,thus 9.125/40 This back of lime payroll a hjecl lit the facnali a provided by 1a USC 1001, namtly,possible imprisonment for S
IN •d a%uilarur tit currently et tuputing uverll..e See'F noge liembls- below jai overlm.e box %huw ovenirnc hourly years of 1111110000 fine or both Accordingly.the party signing the required slalemrnt should have knowledge
late P.O. plus any t,ah .I hall of f.ngc.pail the employee See -F tinge Benefit' below Pa.ymenl of nut Its. of the fads repreacued as true
Ilia' .me and ant hall she beau us regular talc paid is r"pored fur ovt•rhme under sht Contratl Work lluurs _
Standard% Au of IbfaS In adJmuo w paying nut Iss.shin the predylermmed rile fur jhe cla.sdtcatiun in which Spica has been pra.valcd between items I I) and (2) of the.latemeral for describing any deductions made If all
she rmpiu)— wurk., slat- aunifictur shall pay lit approved plan,funds,air programs or shall pay ab cash in Jiro daduUwns made are adegtaildy ducrabcd in she 'Deductun.' ud.inn above,sidle 'See Deductions culutatn in this
ail Itinges amwni. Pred.LLrnuncd A. fringe benahta in the wage demon made part of she contract. Sct-'FRINGE payroll' See paragraph eitldled 'PRINCE lIF.NEFITS' above fur utslrutbons conaermng filling awl paragraph
B LN LF I fS'below 4 of the.lmemerd
FORM 119 FOLLOWS
(To be Completed by Contractor)
A-31 H
FORM ED-119 OMB No.41-It2433
(REV. ED-1 Approval Expires June 30. 1976
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTUATION
CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER REGARDING
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
EDA Project Number
GENERAL
In accordance with Executive Order 11246 (30 F.R. 12319-25), the implementing rules o,.d regulations [hereof, and
orders of the Secretary of Labor, a Certification regarding Equal Opportunity is requited of bidders or prospective
contractors and their proposed subcontractors prior to the award of contracts or subcontracts.
CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER
Bidder's Name
Address '
Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number
1. Participation in a previous contract or subcontract.
a. Bidder has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal
Opportunity Clause. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yer. No
6. Compliance reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract
or subcontract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes j_] No
C. Bidder has filed all compliance reports required by Executive Orders 10925, 11114,
11246 or by regulations of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission issued
pursuant to 7 itle Via of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 Yes [] No
d. If answer to item a is "No," please explain in detail on reverse side of this certification.
2. Dollar a�iount of bid $
3. Anticipated performance period days.
4. I3xpected total number of emplovees who will perform the proposed construction
S. Nonaegici;atcd facilities
a. Notice to Prospective Federally-Assisted Construction Contractors
(1) A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities, as required by the May 9, 1967, order (32 F.R. 7.139, May 19,
1967) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities, by the Secretary of Labor, must be submitted to the recipient
prior to the award of a federally-assisted construction contract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from
the provisions of the Equal Oplortunity clause.
(2) Contractors receiving federally-assisted construction contract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not
exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity claut'c will be required to provide for the forwaiding
of the following noticc to prospective subcontr•Ic tor.s for supplies and construe tion contracts «here the
subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Oppouunity cl.iu%c:
A-3I I
b. Notice to t,ro:.pective Subcontractors of Requirement fur Certificatior, of Nonsegregated Facil;tie:,
(1) A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities, as re.uired by the May 9, 1967, order (32 F.R. 7439, May 19,
1967) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities, by the Secretary of Labor, must be submitted prior to the
award of a subcontract cxcecd{ng S10,OOO.which is not.exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity
clause. '
(2) Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of
the Equal Opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of this notice to prospective
subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed 510,000 and are not
exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause.•
e. Certification of Nonsegregated facilities
The federally-assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees
any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform
their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilatie:; are maintained. The federally-
assi,;ted construction contractor certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any
segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he n•ill not permit his employees to perform their
services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintal tied. The federally-
assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Oppor-
tunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any wait-
ing rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and othereating areas, time clocks, locker
rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fount-tins, recreation or entertainment areas,
transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive of
are in fact segregated on the basis of rice, creed, color, or national origin, becauseof habit, local custom, or
other«•ise. The federally-assisted constnietion contractor agiecs that (except uhere he has obtained identical
certifications from proposed subcontractors-for specific time period;) he will obtain identical certifications in
duplicate from proposed subcontractors prior to the awardof subcontracts exceeding $10,000 %%hich are not ex-
empt from the provisions of the hqual Opportunity clause, and that he•will retain the duplicate of such certifi-
cations in his files. The contractor will include the original in his Bid Package.
6. Race or ethnic group designation of bidder. Enter race or ethnic group in the appropriate box:
E1 Negro [, Spanish American [_I Oriental American Indian
[D Eskimo [-1 Aleut [_ white (other than Spanish American)
REMARKS:
Certification - The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Name and title of signet(Pieuse type)
Signature Date
NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001.
A-31 J
FORM 120 FOLLOWS
(To be Completed by Subcontractors)
A-31 K
n,I.,I I.1►,r 141 11,nC X) I�„
m.v/Itiltr 11i Or- COO."At It(L
i CCO146IAIC W.VI.LO VVLNi A 01.11rt I l 11 A 11014
CERTIFICATION BY PR01'OSFP SUI;CONTRACT01: REGARDING '
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT 01111ORTU1d1TY
r
^flame of Prune Contractor r, Ef)A Ptujccl ;Co.
GENERAL
Jn accordance with Executive Order 11246 (30 F.R. 12319-25), the intplenlenting rules and rCilUlations thereof, and
orders of the Secretnry of LRbor, a Certification regarding Equal Opportunity is required of bidders or prospec•tivc
contractors rod their proposed subcontractors prior to the award of contracts or subcontracts.
SURCOt:7l21;C i 0!Z'S Cf:RTIFIC/►'f i0!1
Subcontractor's Narnc
Address
Internal Revenue Service Employer Mentificarion Number
a. F.ttti il.ation in r p•evio,l< contract or subcontract.
o. S:Il.,coMractor has p:iticipated in a picvious contract or subcon(ract subject to the
Equal Oj,purtunity Clause . / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No
b. C'omp!i:,r,ce reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract
or �uhcontract . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . �� Yes [�No
4• Subcontractor has filed all compliance re;>^rt� required b, E::eeutivc Orclet; 10,25,
31114, 112.16 or by mgNar' n of the Equal Employment Oj partunjty Commission
issued pursuant to '!'isle \'li of Elie Civil Rights Act of 1964. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . es Na
el. Jf answer to itern e is "No," please explain in detail on reverse side of this; certification,
2. Dollar amour( of proposed subcontract
3. Anticipamd performance period
f. Expected Locod number of employees who wi11 perform the proposed subcontract
j. Nonscj.legatcd facilities.
G. Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of 11cquirclncut for Certification of Nonselregated Fac•ilitic•s
(1) i. Celtific.:tien of Nonsegrerntrd Facilities, as required by the Nay 9, 19A Wcr (32 F.A. 7.43%
May 1), 19;i7) on Flimjn,ttion of Serre,r,aterl Facilities, 11 ' the Sec Unq c.f 101, 0, lltME h•• SO,-
inim-d to the ctmoctur iNq t0 the nuaid of „ ;t'bc""act cxc;•c.;ng S10,000 y1kh r.. not E. -
etrrpt frvnt Elie provisions of the Equal Opportunity cl.ur:.e. _
(2) Unnactor . Icccivinr snhconuac_c nv•,113•. exceeding $10,009 Mach are not exempt firm the provi-
Vas c,f be Qual t)Torcmity clnv%e will he tccluimd to piovic!,• for do fc,:c+ ;It mh of Ads Nmk c•
ti c •,1,hc_0ultl.lc Luis for :.ul l,lic u uc c,n trl c nn:. r t cn;rt: +c t_ hctr the 'A-31 L
ce d `•�1,t09 and ar .,i1r r xr•MPE f1ri,. It•c' h:.•t'I .I: .,• t+� (:I,- Vip.1.11 ll:):,r:lut lh' r lat
i
b. Certification o_ Nonscgregnted facilities
'Elie federally-.issistcd construction contractot certifies that he dart; not maintain of provide for Iris c;aPl,"
ces any 5egreisted facilities at any of his establishments, and that he doesnot hcrrnit hi:: employe-er top,,
forth th,:ir srrvices at any location, tinder his control, where segregired facilities ,are nwincnincrl• IN fid.
erally-assisted construction, contractor certifies furthr.r that he will not maintain or provide: f,.,r I:i•;
any segrega ccd facilirics at any of his csc:blishrnents, and that he aural not 11cru6c hi-; em.ploy,•,;s, ;o i crfcr,
their sctvices 6any location, under his control, where segregated facilities arc• maintained. The federal:-
assisted construction contractor ngrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the l:r;rt,tl Oppur
[unity clause in this contract. As used in this; eettification, the term ..segrcr;ated facilities" means any
waVng rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wrish rooms, restaurants and other r acing mn as, tirr.c cocks,
Wei- rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, clrinking fountains, recreation[ or entertain-
MCM n reas, tr:anspotcation, and housing facilirics pmvWed fat e•t,rhloy,_es which nre srgreg tc-d by explicit
directive a, arc in fact segregated on the bask of race, uen% color, or nadonnl origin, because of habit,
local custom, or otherwise. The federally-assisted construction contractor of-fees that (e•)rape where he
hoe obtained idencic.rl certifications from proposed subcontractor•: for -.pecific time perioc'•.,) h- v.ill ch,i l
icicrtical t•cttifir•,ation:• in duplicare from proposed subconcracrors prior ro rho a•.vard of, s:hc•c 'In-Ns excr•.•,'
ing SInC100 which are riot ezernpc frorn the provisionsof the Eclual Opportunity clar•r- •end that he will rctn'
the duplicate of such ecrcifieations in his files. The subcontractor will include the original in his Did Pr.c"
agc.
G. Race or ethnic group designation of subcontractor. Enter race or ethnic group in rl:t appropriate box:
CI l:rg ro C Spanish American [=1 Oriental [1 American Indian [1 Eskimo
L_] A leaf [,] White (other than Spanish American)
7. The conswrctior, s:uhcontrarcor,cert;fies that he is not affiliated in any manner with the Gt,anterf
Dcr:errcr of Az UNSAY assisted a,nsuuction prcjecr.
6
REMARKS:
Certification - The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowlcdi-e and belief.
J.
Namp and title or aigne• y-- —�---- '--
Sttnature _—�--• � llarc
NOTE: The penalty for making false stateinents in offers is prescribed in Ia iJ.S.C:. 1001.
A-31 M
FORM ED - 746 AND INSTRUCTIONS FOLLOW
(To be Completed by Contractor)
A-31 N
ED•!al
PL.-
C,,
L �a sec, 1C: I. .. _ _ _ -_ .. __ _
Ana ' s P L T.r I �r REi oir CJ"!'Ll-11 , l,; T lr.i Jr
ILOCAL PUBLIC WORKS PAYROLL REPORTING FORM
Proles Name P101M Local,an City c-Toys County,Statel I
PLEASE yr PITE NUMBERS LIKE THIS
t
.,0% .$E UNL1 {Feaera•P'o,ect No Employe:s IRS No, P„Pw.00 Enaee P3110"Nu-_c• s!Payroll - J>PR'NT %ITH PALL-DINT PEN OR TYPE
11 La
C z _EAV „LAN
- Ii1
Sr c :. •1 0 ran•: •(•• I` 1 I- _ I'-"I I- - I P, I A:',.t• I c e.s^�- _ �-" i • I -1 = = I
pay.ereZ _ayes j
171
- - — i-- I i
I �19
21
O r� -- --- ----- —1-"-- -----,--- - - 1- ---'dal I-- ----� I I '
25
26
It3 - r -- - - ---
I • -- - - -- - 23 --- — I I I
•c+v L,, rem L n,ares a•_ c,c .c c ,.
CATE PREPA-ED
`•P. -_-_-____ — -- ---_ ;BAIL TO Chief Ir,lcr-ahon Systems and Services Dlvtslen
-• Conlractor ECon J'MC De,eloprent Administration
••• A�c•ess U.S Deoarlaent of Com^erte
_ __ _-- SuEconlnclor I 101•'�LzC at nphl I„ Rod-:6 615 h',aln Commerce Bldg
c t, s',;e ZIP
Ate., r+�trPr 17tr St and Constitution Avenue.N.W
/---- Yrasnington D.C.20230
TELEPHONE C _ _ Grantee I Telncno•+:•No of Centac' Are.Cooe \ Nu-Der -
EL--—MIL LILVELOP I,.N T ADWNI.I HA-.ION
LOCAL PUBLIC WORKS PAYROLL REPORTING FORM
INSTRUCTIONS
Report SuDmission Reotri:e-e^ls STrec-f:,jnsjrj:--c!,s tot of-,Co elpl-on Occuo3lion Code R,iw the rio,t twee Gross Amount E3rned on this Protect tar this Pay
Th, to ,ilg tt- 11 j to. L OZ 11:1", "In, J."...11 I Period S Grut,= amount earned (onl% for work on the
F, ZD-7 L)CIi V.011, P.','Oi: I",pw:lr, %ariou,La i-oos 1',,i-LID III, I.:-i,-, The-..nut it Iho},i, twr%o-1 DLt1'r- Ll)',,. P11I)t I') I the got.,of the Larnings during the pay
Ilrr"to li, V;,- I,Ine LPI;% P..%.oll For:- on. M�n- 0"I TAI) n'. g110:I--' h, nost pericit! Ihewre-i%-ductiom.1 for vegulit time 'corked and
ab 1 E,ovu .. _. EPA. 3�e
%z Etc,-C ::-!I. Pr 't i11' 1 tn for 0,0.tl-c %%.,rked (.1 of whether th,,
to Z., to; ---Ie .11 Lne e%.1-1�1 If th, Loe.,l zi-'he .Inc .1 e,c, C_, rij,k..We oI ini, in,,vIctiur, `Tv,t Fig :he third virpl-ce I.pa,G on a Salaried basis, an hourly basis.
LPI.-I IT;,_--,it-. T; a!th, Proj�:t Llc-t.on 4 Yn "L ;rl. It it :h. ()I. (-a., 1,_ 'S, or U or a curbivi, - of ',oil, Not To be included in the
It A 01 Ile LILI. Fe_. . cv-, Is 1I. It- 'hV AOTI gro,- j�vj ..re arty binge benefits or other
IT,, I I(, An, S, or 1-1.11;1lik 1 corlp,ns�t:.n% SUL'I ,s palrrent for use at personal
ne, :,,I,: '�:_:c --2-- F,7 Cl-1 I o- NN't"1-1 it%%,, At ., '.i I ,,T01OLZ `t ICC' 1 f0' LA Ulu I&1.'- 0'- ED 10' U S it &I.m_%Z-0 D 11 -1Plo%1"" %L PIA a COL'.T)* %%n,- in, xtaiptir, -v sE ti, ll-.of car, c\ptr,,c ..ccount Lompensation. etc. Record
.I - Dro-
ro..,.- n li- It tth , I (uj.,t% Sl- of, NIL:_",I. rt at IT, 101 J: �L_-'Vd [I,,- J Gross Arount Earrvil in dollars and cents. ;nsertun&
-LIZ an I Pit. I'-To:' Fiz- !jz ea(IT r,.i\ t)l! ST%-I K It"1";'70""t -:11 IJIL ;111 n gr..- It ir.o.ivi, nLh:, ,-. "I"."; p,., .11 the cents to 1om,, of the preprinted decimal point
W'..- Tit, r,- I,r. -tIer, 1'-01 l i' L; 'U 'I jLIV O'C t'J' ;Mlod The
t.", Ill— "l-I fe o e T-I I_IrcZ.z LN u her R., Ird !1,- 1',lie.i I I. -t el-tp: Wit ':.,- "4 Previct!sly Rei.rlai "he- rcpr;!:ng an emploi,Le for
'.i... It, �%I
11, ,01. 1, -e,,,rd 'N' to indicate that data
or,; L1-.'i1'Te-''11; tO'-e [Ile ITT I. 11�. "11-0 t Ip- 0" Co„ W r I pIrIjinine, to '-.e cirplo,ee was not included on all%
sno,n on zn, o I •r-4 'on- u, tp1 o" 110LIII not-nt:)LI,e da% or IrIP 'Iell.-IZ:III,:j:,I!, LPW Payroll Form and t2) com'-
asS. sal.:
J. Pan L.rpenter,,would nbe.cod,d a, -06S plere all D rlil,n, Lin the torm requeatinpg data per-
An IRS'Io R,-L or 1 %out 'IT.-I lj��',..' .0
An T .-I Ou".Ltur IT -L -,IT: NOTE 11, et( �holi ',e n,sto� in tit-i-%, c) th,l vTp!o\e, When the same employee is
iol. nut _�L
ce,o--2, Ll'.. run-'-. 11",1 IRS "'I. :h.": N,k r t, ottoi�r,o- :ode tort,snuadi^t; to the at worker report"' on subin.-ted -arms. (Drecord
-U."t, Pn07In;;':.1 '131 Z'1- il... ..._,>t. TlILl , -IDJ It 'Quit, "Y" and I",c, -ot-itor data in tl,c-c:Iainunq colu.nnq
be under Coe- 05 113r.%I.. v.-Sturic-nawri). for Preliousi. Um-ml,oed. WL-L,.s Unwnnlo%ed. From
> P zv P-,!oG Emied R%coru OIL ditt, vnich t -to fill 'he thir ,1,.,IL',-I U' ,wil'."1100- Designated A,:a. Pit Votl,holddin;Exemolions Cla,mod.
I P-n PL.'I',j to[ -.%:,[L!l an LI1W P.vroil For-,.I,bow. Lnbum-s-lot ClgJj.10:e UnUO' L.� ol tat:Lotles listed these cata ite-il should be reported onll one time for
Ge,ival Instr.,ctiors lot Form Cor;^Ietion
G) coniolvi,,,l. Ente--n:runt') da% and%var )rtl,-r It tne will c.-ne,.11% ho oih-d as"15 U (liborer,unqtillod) each employee. _c_--
Time I-, V, 4 1977 lot I--irviv rmom theoate it� -
'Ll: on-1 2 a-a -,I bmit all Previously U,e-olnved If the eriplo%ee ilaq unern-
-oi F,I- :u "-:.1 :0 vjc^---.,!a -e
Lal. Period rode RL -III: t.11 1.'.17..,1....t 0 1--' POTio': plo%,d "'a"'-" 1"v 'hin 20 1-ours per week)unme.
'U.-_ :"t on, no-I-vi Fes, 11*,'1-:Der Rouoro I ..,0. 11 r.11 T,-.tin ( --, -I,'- "., -'j,'.2", -Tv.,
'! j., is dia,el, prior',,::IS b,, -.I,%%ori,on:.he LIP1% project,
of r, 1:7 - h rIL07- 2 on 0. !o I- bt-m-, 7,00 Ti, not 11, t--, record 1: not. enter "N."
of .1*: :,a.-, Ir. Ot-L'LOUtIV mol: 1- "it: nv,t pa r,al :,,oW 3 on for a,vi.1, ou ;,V, 1! *I- Pj%
to .,;h- TO' I v.-Iod 0-1 Ih:rC •.1 "1'! 1 IC RLI-IT" dw 1., pe,lu I-u,:- - I,,. a, 1.010", Wee�s Unerr;2!�ved \zi,,,er )nl% ifY" wa,;recorded
I v r vu-1- n:,r. o-, a, not :,,r- jl� nu-,),- in !II, r,i,- I z le
IT as I ic ariv.,,- o ilro,i,,usl% Une-plo%,,d. Record the
bee,d rit 1) or an, ailie, Sp-, To, !.I-- -.)It ont- F %I V�-' 12 total ti�-a-t e,s-iiii: the umpla%cc was conS('LU-
C., I- Ji, "'flou 'hict, 'or', to, _I ,I,- "IQ n..11,1 E I% -tM%
not oe:� no to- -a "'o. potiod). L, If) E T t I uner 0.In imr,u:, . prior to beginning
Bi I—, ko B 111. %kor- ,it lie 1-P%. protect Include all ugeripluved time
re-)` "IC PNI-l' NJ-.L FV1:0T.II A I-,.,%S ovv a ol t-,I I-, I i it St-.1 ...... S if, ret,-Irdleqs at %hpihet or not une-iolo".ent cumoen-
;........ \.-,_,er E-.- o, 1RS Per- r. be, -n --tio, io.-
Ent, Doc. �%Td, "..,;,ti:Vj-U,1 1-. ..�c 'r in '11chge, IQ:11". E;. satw benefits %%e,e recet%ed The last digit of the
v.i�e --niv- 93�-3?-5990 as tot o-v. entr.. under v-1% nur-be: of wiv:-plo-,ed weeks should appear in the
Last Pal tall R-oo! �n L in IhL I.J1t Proll Actual Hours V.ori,ed I?,,wd :,c actiol -,ju,--.i4orked, rigH-most po�it.kin of the space provided R(-,-n,d 12
-1 -it - - - - - - --- -,To% wCeL.s of unv-zlo%ment.for example.as
v I, I. : I I"�. ,,11 Pon:, zo1,1:— U117tiv Li nro,I I I n I- .,v I,--�.I,
li,,qt( IT' '1,11 :1)f ,De: 111, W:. -)r r- u-- total '%0f, 't7 ot,.: i-1 I P'% -eport 62
d "all to LI—r ICL1171 all I`C- pf"Iel! O!"IL: "IC sP.n t 'h I. '-JIq bl.ln,. 0111% 11tot pwt: :,)" o. ou From De5�n:ilcd Area Record -Y" J the employee
I." ""or
ILA.' b-2 to �,Il I h.it- Social Secirit.- ',Ijrner R.t,iu in, s- .,! �_t- nou' is 7, Indicated as the DrOject area
is in _Ji -.,:,-n mlo Ou -I- IULV i.-.n 1 2 -tot .-i, For dppllL,-.11'.0 M 1 :1 :14 u-Ill,n.-O", I)q th, oa for LP\% lunds. If not. enter N.-
d �u,,�L 'LCXQ I'le C^3'.,1--t I SUL'P, eg clutin-, :-I,- o�% p,,,,:ro.-,-rdl.- of %h,t v,thv n(. e\j-.ut, 39 h,-Ul, T10- .,na 11 1 4
I- o", 0- it hour 311 ljjQf'. 11:1 Ill :'I It Withholding•lie Ili I 'Ur. 11 IU-.I 1_xeL-11otlons Claimed Record the%%ithholl
9 To' -1 j, -if -zv [Tot, -it I lie-%,-r rcIu-,999 I I a 99-`99". A,I It '..o,Iv, n the I,-,-I of :he unE� Lxer'lPth-1, cLa,mea to-Tedural InLome Tax With-
D I PC" V ILCII^.Il I or I et t i T-wr o.uv -I,-,,,I: _ ' ... . 1-1 L! u F 4 .11
noi_l,ng ln..-cjte marital Status( hl,, or ,S,,) In th,
c.. Tile- ar2 %trIL-Te •hit I no M. Aa� PVf1UT_Lt1 hcc...Iw let(-most COI-n.and the number of exemptions claimed
pelf III dun 11 a.. .1,1 or- or h...!.,M. I..I. wll.-r'-d- 51 in the-icntiost cn!umn
w �. a1R A v D:2S
Cooe CONSTRUCT;ON OCCUPATIONS Code! CONSTRUCTION OCCUPATIONS - Continued Codel CONSTRUCTIOt, OCCUPATIONS- Continued r
dl I is ,:T�$ ',�:..EF$Ai:!' ..S'_LAT;.., IrS�'a'r�!';rr,er I -- -
t
C' 14 1 • ,••^C ES — Rt,,.F'JRC'!;G Re^!rc,C lwi e.: ,et, 27 SOFT FLOOR LAVER "a_c,
. Inc- , P ' I _ La'.ei, Resit i
'•c, t; -, �: 1'tsu:a':r TaC gent The Ayer, 1
Brcxer Irs ,,., Hese-aa r: S�r•ei Resilient S^ee! Gc-cs -
15 I LF ^nrE F:o;:tS: li
B2 i AS-!iA'-T P:,,,,- A'„ 'L_.T=C A= R- " CT _ CL', EC I:, 4'rt 7HER 28 STRUCTURAL Sar Blasting,etc.
l.r i E�2i RY
�3 B�,,.i,,. _ E' TJi_ _`,=__:'1 . _ , 29 TILE T ERR;22 A%I? E_� SETTER Tile SeVei.Tile
t l 16 LATHER Mao, Tne ..asc- Terc:- i;tiftcia! "at:le1l;r6er,
04 BOILEP' ,_R° E- Ir. .. _ Be :et-a,e• Fr,te• Bciler• _ Floor Grmoe% ar5re Se.tet
l ma,c .,...: ,+ , 5: ,_ _,. 11;. _._ ao 17 •••EC`Ai+ICA',% ;,:;'I'tc :Ali„_,;A;::EFE°SON ••
18 I 30 TRUCK DRIVER L lgl•'T.uc, CrCe;, Conciete':iXrng-True
f 5 E :!• _. ' - S- .F' _ ?, B•. ! :ILL„R:GHT =I',s!,-, :1on'.'a, %'amne I Drivei,Du-r•-Truce Or ve• ,..,et Het: TILCi,Driver
^E'._ .:.. ,,_ i E:._„ ^_ - y 31 t!ATERFR30FER A:;: :__�,E_ :CZJP 4Ti3'.S
CEs Dr;;.all Hanc=_, Drywal:Taper 19 OPERATING EJ.C!':EER BaC;n--Opeta!,r. Bullecz:'Oper-
CARPENTERS rXC
I I alot, Crane- acvc,- C:ag,ne 0'eratar, Front-End Leader 32 IVELDER- FLA.'E OR ARC CUTTER
iS, =057
p Operaler, Grader Oeer!r Pump and Compressor Operetor, _
e"i CE' A'; CC',C-CTE =r:l';G A';i FI:.ISH!'.0 Ce cnl I Ro:Ic:L'per,;.l,Sc,p,2t C:c:atc',Tractor Oce�a,.', Trencher 33 OTHER CON'STRL'CT10'; C3ArTS,'":+T CL ASSIFIE^ '
_
Fir"stt� Cc C= Fa Cct :ere F,n et Op:nic:, al,, E,; Hca;-au. Oerrc,,- r><ca•
va!,h G,zd'r 'tine aerz O,Ic:.Greaser
)78 DT•„A'__ :` LE RE C'• :.a A; 'ic:.: Di,.-.,a h+s.a!, -- - -
I L,., _ 28 I FA:;,T ES - _�.H ,'.-EB F:.n•c C,,., _ •P , ant I
c' +•,•' ;3'_ _ !^c c' n .,a Ha, =t, D'V- 5 sr _ P_ Code AD',!INISTRATIVE CLERICAL. AND SER:'IC=OCCUPATIONS
1 v.a F.i !,n . D,yxa'^Taper a — ^:2 , _ �..
gg ELECT-R,,.'A%. ELECT-FI'CAL ASSE'. 'LING I!;STALLING 21 PILE CiIVE PEP,„T:R 97 I THIS CATEGORY IN^ ALL THE PERSOW.EL '%-
ELE^ r EQUIP VOLVEC IN THE PR--jECT BJTH ON- ANC OFF-S'TE
A:;C =EFAIRI':C _Tr„ AL ( ., I I;CL'JCl';G 22 i PIPEFiTTER P,6r!i!tei, Sa.;WeT F tier THAT ARE INVOLVEC 1% THE PROJECT SCPERGT!C';
1iIR:-4G EXCL Ir-S Lire-a„ (S, =7D)
OR AD:iI%IS-RATION I!;ZL!IDES Accountant, Au-Iot,
23 i PLA"EP.Eo - REL ATEC OCCUPATIONS Ad-,inis!Iative Ass-staa% Purcnasing Manager, Inspector,
18 ELECTRICIANS-LIi,E:' :; I Investigate•, Shop Siev.a•:. Superintendent, Surveyor, Fore-
24 ' PLG';'BER man, Diatts-,art, Civil i-agineet,Estimalot,Secretary Stetiog-
11 ELEVATOR COt;STRL'CTOP. Ele:atu: B�'Idet. Ele:ato: raphei, Typist, File C!et•, Office 1.tachine 0 f
i Cc-,-. Ele.a';r E,__.:r Ele:_„ ."C1YiC y BYice
E -•I pent;,:,
25 R'J:1F 5 R• 'o ti:ot Sh•aF!et Esc^ '^ES keeoe!, Prethctiv^ S `
R-e•cr, rS„ erv,ce Occupations, Building Service
12 I GLA.— Ei G',. + CI__: __':e,G'a.,t.cr,er I -_G OcCt.palions
26 SnEE' 'ETA, 7:Crvrc T rs-1 Ducl
13 IRT• CR - ,'AL STi,LCTJRAL Oina-eital c - t9 Ceporrs�il�, _ , 98 OTHER AD.1 NISTP,ATIVE. CLERICAL,AND SERVICE OC-
IIr- ., 0' Cn^ta Iron EleC{O SNUCIUP! Irat .,,reef, Iasi.l -cf. :e;, :.e:, r,e 2r, ;e:: anie CUPAT!ONS NOT CLASSIFIED ABOVE.
Stn.cl_ .' Stce e,c•,e , Slee Erector 99 OTHER OCGUPATIO%S i;OT CLASSIFIABLE6 ELSE H:_-
(RExtOVC BEFORE SUBvITTING FORM) --
CONTRACT 'AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 30. EXTRAS
Without invalidating the contract, the Owner may order extra work of the
kind bid upon or make changes by altering, adding to or deducting from the work,
the contract sum being adjusted accordingly, and the consent of the Surety being
first obtained where necessary or desirable. All the work of the kind bid upon
shall be paid for at the price stipulated in the proposal, and no claims for any
extra work or materials shall be allowed unless the work is ordered in writing by
the Owner or its Engineer, acting officially for the Owner, and the price isstated
In the order.
A - 32
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 31 . RIGHT OF THE OWNER TO TERMINATE CONTRACT
In the event that any of the provisions of this contract are violated by the
Contractor, or by any of his subcontractors, the Owner may serve written notice
upon the Contractor and the Surety of its intention to terminate the contract,
such notices to contain the reasons for such intention to terminate the contract,
and unless within ten (10) days, after the serving of such notice upon the Con-
tractor, such violations or delay shall cease and satisfactory arrangement or
correction be made, the contract shall, upon the expiration of said ten (10) days,
cease and terminate. In the event of any such termination, the Owner shall
immediately serve notice thereof upon the Surety and the Contractor, and the
Surety shall have the right to take over and perform the contract; Provided,
however, that if the Surety does not commence performance thereof within ten
(10) days from the date of the mailing to such Surety of notice of termination,
the Owner may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by con-
tract or by force account for the account and at the expense of the Contractor, and
the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for any excess cost
occasioned by the Owner thereby, and in such event the Owner may take possession
of and utilize in completing the work, such materials, appliances, and plant as
may be on the site of the work and necessary therefore.
A - 33
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 32. MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS
If, through acts of neglect on the part of the Contractor, any other Con-
tractors or any subcontractor shall suffer loss of damage on work, the Contractor
agrees to settle with such other Contractor or subcontractor by agreement or arbi-
tration if such other Contractor or subcontractor will so settle. If such other Con-
tractor or subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on account of
any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall ratify the Contrac-
tor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim.
A - 34
r
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 33. SAFETY & HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION
In order to protect the lives and health of his employees under the contract,
the Contractor shall comply with all pertinent provisions of the Contract Work
Hours and Safety Standards Act, as amended, commonly known as the Construction
Safety Act as pertains to health and safety standards, and shall maintain an ac-
curate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring
medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of and in the
course of employment on work under the contract.
The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency, and
adequacy of his plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage which may
result from their failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation.
A - 35
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 34. EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL LABOR
The mcximum feasible employment of local labor shall be made in the con-
struction of public works and development facility projects receiving direct
Federal grants. Accordingly, every Contractor and subcontractor undertaking
to do work on any such project which is or reasonably may be done as on-site
work, shall employ, in carrying out such contract work, qualified persons who
regularly reside in the designated area where such project is to be located, or in
the case of Economic Development Centers, qualified persons who regularly
-reside in the center or in the adjacent or nearby redevelopment areas within
the Economic Development District, except;
a. To the event that qualified persons regularly residing in the designated area
or Economic Development District are not available.
b. For the reasonable needs of any such Contractor or subcontractor, to employ
supervisory or specially experienced individuals necessary to assure an effi-
cient execution of the contract.
c. For the obligation of any such Contractor or subcontractor to offer employ-
ment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective
bargaining contract, provided that in no event shall the number of non-
resident persons employed under this subparagraph exceed fifty percent of
the total number of employees employed by such Contractor and his subcon-
tractors on such project.
Every such Contractor and subcontractor shall furnish the United States
Employment Service Office in the area in which a public works or development
facility project is located with a list of all positions for which it may from time
to time require laborers, mechanics, and other employees, the estimated numbers
of employees required in each classification, and the estimated dates on which
such employees wi II be requi red.
A - 36
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 34. EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL LABOR (Continued)
The Contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants
referred by the local employment service, but is not required to employ any job
applicants referred whom the Contractor does not consider qualified to perform
the classification of work required.
The payrolls maintained by the Contractor shall contain the following infor-
mation. The employee's full name, address and social security number and a
notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside in
the area in which the project is located, or in the case of an Economic Develop-
ment Center, in such center or in an adjacent or nearby redevelopment area
within the Economic Development District as well as an indication of the ethnic
background of each worker.
The Contractor shall include the provisions of this condition in every sub-
contract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work.
A - 37
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 35. CLEAN AIR ACT & FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT
The Contractor agrees to comply with Federal clean air and water standards
during the performance of this contract and specifically agrees to the following;
a. The term "facility" means (a) any building, plant, installation, structure,
mine, vessel or other floating craft, location or site of operations (b) owned,
leased, or supervised (c) by the contractor and the subcontractors (d) for the
construction, supply and service contracts entered into by the contractor.
b. That any facility to be utilized in the accomplishment of this contract is
not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency's List of Violating
Facilities pursuant to 40 CFR, Part 15.20.
c. That in the event a facility utilized in the accom;lishment of this contract
becomes listed on the EPA list, this contract may be cancelled, terminated
or suspended in whole or in part.
d. That it will comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Air Act
and Section 308 of the Water Act relating to inspection, monitoring, entry,
reports, and information, as well as all other requirements specified in
Section 114 and Section 308, respectively, and all regulations and guide-
I i nes.i ssued thereunder.
e. That it will promptly notify the Government of the receipt of any notice
from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, Environmental Protection
Agency, indicating that any facility utilized or to be utilized in the ac-
complishment of this contract is under consideration for listing on the EPA
list of Violating Facilities.
f. That it will include the provisions of paragraph a. through g. in every sub-
contract or purchase order entered into for the purpose of accomplishing
this contract, unless otherwise exempted pursuant to the EPA regulations
implementing the Air or Water Act (40 CFR, Part 15.5), so that such pro-
visions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor.
g. That in the event that the contractor or the subcontractors for the construc-
tion, supply and service contracts entered into for the purpose of accomplish-
ing this contract were exempted from complying with the above requirements
under the provisions of 40 CFR, Part 15.5 (a), the exemption; shall be nullified
should the facility give rise to a criminal conviction (See 40 CFR, Par 15.20)
during the accomplishment of this contract. Furthermore, with the nullifi-
cation of the exemption, the above requirements shall be effective. The
contractor shall notify the Government, as soon as the contractor or the sub-
contractors facility is listed for having given rise to a criminal conviction
noted in 40 CFR, Part 15.20.
A-38
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 36. 10 PERCENT MINORITY BUSINESS UTILIZATION COMMITMENT
The contractor agrees to expendmotiies as outlined gn Page B -23.
if awarded, for bona fide minority business enterprises. For purposes of this
paragraph the term "minority business enterprise" means a business at least 50
percent of which is owned by minority group members or, in case of a publicly
owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by minority
group members. For purposes of the preceding sentence "minority group mem-
bers" are citizens of the United States who are Negroes, Spanish-speaking,
Orientals, Indians, Eskimos, and Aleuts.
The contractor further agrees to cooperate with the Owner in furnishing
the Economic Development Administration with reports on minority business
enterprise utilization after award and at 40 percent completion of the project.
Failure to comply with the terms of the above Paragraph constitutes breach
of this contract.
A List of Minority Business Enterprises are available for your viewing at
the Engineer's office.
A - 39
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued
Article 37. COPELAND " ANTI-KICKBACK" PROVISIONS
These provisions of this section.29 CFR Part 3, prescribe "Anti-Kickback"
regulations under section 2 of the Act of June 13, 1964 as amended
(40 U.S.C. 276c) , popularly known as the Copeland Act.
Each Contracror or subcontractor shall furnish each week a Statement of
Compliance, Form ED-162, to accompany the weekly submission of pay-
roll forms.
Section 1001 of Title 18 of the United States Code (Criminal Code and
Criminal Procedure) shall apply to such statement as provided in 72 Stat.
9'67 (18 U.S.C. 1001, among other things, provides that whoever knowingly
and willfully makes or uses a fraudulent document or statement of entry,
in any matter within the jurisdiction of any department or agency of the
United States, shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned not more
than five years, or both).
The requirements of this section shall not apply to any contract of $2,000
or less.
Upon a written finding by the head of a Federal agency, the Secretary of
Labcr may provide reasonable limitations, variations, tolerances, and
exemptions from the requirements of this section subject to such conditions
as the Secretary of Labor may specify.
Deductions made under the circumstances or in the situations described in
the paragraphs of this section may be made without application to and
approval of the Secretary of Laborf
a. Any deduction made in compliance with the requirements of Federal, State ,
or local law such as Federal or State withholding income taxes and Federal
social security taxes.
b. Any deduction of sums previously paid to the employee as a bona fide
prepayment of wages when such prepayment is made without discount or
interest. A "bona fide prepayment of wages" is considered to have been
made only when cash or its equivalent has been advanced to the person
employed in such a manner as to give him complete freedom of disposition
of the advanced funds.
c. Any deduction of amounts required by court process to be paid to another
unless the deduction is in favor of the Contractor, subcontractor, or any
affiliatedperson, or when collusion or collaboration exists.
f
A - 40 (a)
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 37 (continued)COPELAND "ANTI-KICKBACK" PROVISION
d. Any deduction constituting a contribution on behalf of the person
employed to funds established by the employer or representative of employees,
or both, for the purpose of providing either from principal or income, or
both, medicil or hospital care, pensions or annuities or retirement, death
benefits, compensation for injuries, illness, accidents, sickness, or disability,
or for insurance to provide any of the foregoing, or unemployment benefits.,
vacation pay, savings accounts, or similar payments for the benefit of employees,
their families and dependents: Provided however, that the following standards
are met: (I; The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law: (2) it is either:
(i) voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the
period in which the work is to be done and such consent is not a condition
either for the obtaining of or for the continuation of employment, or (i i)
provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between the
Contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees (3) no profit
or other benefit is othewise obtained, directly orWirectly, by the Contractor
or subcontractor or any affiliated person in the form of commission, dividend, or
otherwise, and (4) the deductions shall serve the convenience and interest of
the employee.
e. Any deduction contributing toward the purchase of United States Defense
Stamps and Bonds when voluntarily authorized by the employee.
f. Any deduction requested by the employee to enable him to repay loans
to or to purchase shares in credit unions organized and operated in accordance
with Federal and State credit union statutes.
g. Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for making of contri-
butions to governmental or quasi-government agencies.
h. Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for m13king of contri-
butions to Community Chests, United Givers Funds, and similar charitable organiza-
t ions.
i. Any deductions to pay regular union intiation fees and membership dues, not
including fines or special assessments; Provided, however, that a collective bargain-
ing agreement between the Contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its
employees provided for such deductions and deductions are not otherwise prohibited
by law.
j. Any deduction not more than for the "reasonable cost" of board, lodging,
or other facilities meeting the requirements of Section 3(m) of the Fair Labor
Standards Act of 19381 as amended, and Part 531 of this title. When such a deduc-
tion is made, the additional records required under 5516.25(a) of this title shall be
kept.
A - 40 (b)
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 38. EMPLOYMENT OF ILLEGAL ALIENS
During the performance of this contract the contractor agrees not
to employ on such project any alien in the United States in violation of
the Immigration and Nationality Act or any other law, convention, or
treaty of the United States relating to the immigration, exclusion,
deportation, or expulsion of aliens.
The contractor will include the provisions of the preceding paragraph
i n every subcontract so that such provi si ons wi I I be bi ndi ng upon each
subcontractor.
a
A-el
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (continued)
Article 39 . UTILIZATION OF UNITED STATES PRODUCTS
The contractor agrees to use and cause to be used in such project by
all his subcontractors, only such unmanufactured articles, materials, and
supplies as have been mined or produced in the United States, and only
such manufactured articles, materials, and supplies as have been manufactured
in the United States substantially all from articles, materials, and supplies
mined, produced, or manufactured, as the case may be, in the United
States. EDA may determine that for specific projects this requirement does not
apply.
A - 42
CONTRACT AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 40. EMPLOYMENT OF VETERANS
The contractors agrees to provide certification that special consideration
consonant with existing applicable collective bargaining agreements and
practices, shall be given to the employment on the project of qualified
disabled veterans as defined in 38 USC 2011(1). and to qualified Vietnam-era
veterans, as defined in 38 USC 2011 (2) (A).
A - 43
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY
Article 41 .
I. Employment Practices:
During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows:
a) The contractor will not discrimate against any employee or applicant for employ-
ment because of race, creed, color or national origin. The contractor will take affirma-
tive action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated
during employment without regard to their race, creed, color or national origin. Such
action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading
demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoffs or termation;
rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to
employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the State Department
of Labor setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause.
b) The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed
by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive con-
sideration for employment without regard to race, creed, color or national origin.
c) The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with
which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a
notice to be provided by the State Department of Labor advising the labor union or
workers, representative of the contractor's commitments under this Section II-1 and
shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and
applicants for employment.
d) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of
September 24, 1965 and of the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary
of Labor.
e) The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order
No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations and orders of the Sec-
retary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and wi II permit access to his books, records and
accounts by the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance
with such rules, regulations and orders.
0 In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses
of this contract or with any such rules, regulations or orders, this contract may be
cancelled,terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be
declared ineligible for further Government,contracts or Federally-assisted construction
contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of
September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as
provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation
or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.
A-44
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY (continued)
g) The contractor will include the provisions of this Section II-1 in every subcontract
or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of
Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24,
1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The
contractor wi II take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the
State Labor Department may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including
sanctions for non-compliance: Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes
involved in, or is threatened with litigation with a sub-contractor or vendor as a result
of such direction by the Dept. , the contractor may request the United States to enter
into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
2. Selection of Subcontractors; Procurement of Materials, and Leasing of Equipment:
During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and
successors in•interest(hereinafter referred to as the "contractor"), agrees as follows:
a) Compliance with Regulation: The contractor will comply with the Regulations of
the Department of Commerc--e—r-eTative to nondiscrimination in Federally-assisted programs
of the Department of Commerce (Title 15, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 8, herein-
after referred to as the Regulation), which are herein incorporated by reference and made
a part of this contract.
b) Nondiscrimination : The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it after
award and prior to completion of the contract work, will not discriminate on the ground
of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors,
including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor wi II not
participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 8.4 of
the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program
set forth in Appendix A-II of the Regulations.
c) Soliciatations: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation
made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procuFe-
ments of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor, supplier, or
lessor shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract
and the Regulations relative to non-discrimination on the ground of race, color or
national origin.
d) Information and Reports: The contractor will provide all information and reports
required by the egu ations, or orders and instructions issued pursuant thereto, and will
permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information and its
facilities as may be determined by the concerned degurtments to be pertinent to ascertain
compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information re-
quired of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to
furnish this information, the contractor shall so certify to the State Labor Department
and the Federal Government as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made
to obtain the information.
A-45
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY (continued)
e) Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the contractor's noncompliance
with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Section II-2, the State Department of
Labor ,shall impose such contract sanctions as it of the Federal Government may,
determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to,
(1) withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contract
until until the contractor complies, and/or
(2) cancellation, termination or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part.
f) Incorporation of Provision: The contractor will include the provisions of Section
II-2 in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases-of equipment,
unless exempt by the Regulations, orders, or instructions issued pursuant thereto. The
contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract, procurement, or
lease as the State Department.of Labor, or the Federal Government may direct as
a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance; Provided
however, that intthe event a contractor becomes involved in, br is threatened with,
litigation with a subcontractor, supplier, or lessor as a result of such direction, the
contractor may request the State to enter into such litigation to protect the interests
of the State, and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter
into such litigation to protect the interests of the United gates.
A-46
Article 42. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
For all Non-Exempt Federal and Federally-Assisted Construction Contracts to be Awarded in
Nassau/Suffolk Counties, New York
PART I: The provisions of this Part I apply to bidders, contractors and subcontractors with
respect to those construction trades for which they are parties to collective bargaining agreements
with a labor organization or organizations who together with such labor orgainizations have agreed
to the Nassau/Suffolk Area Construction Program for equal opportunity (but only as to those trades
as to which there are commitments by labor organizations to specific goals of minority manpower
utilization) between the local general contractors and general contractors associations, the sub-
contractors and subcontractors association and the coalition together with all implementing agree-
ments that have been and may hereafter be developed pursuant thereto, all of which documents are
incorporated herein by reference and are hereinafter cumulatively referred to as the Nassau/Suffolk
Plan.
Any bidder, contractor or subcontractor using one or more trades of construction
employees must comply with either Part I or Part II of these Bid Conditions as to each such trade.
Thus, a bidder, contractor or subcontractor may be in compliance with these conditions by its in-
clusion, with its union, in the Nassau/Suffolk Plan as to trade "A", provided there is set forth in
the Nassau/Suffolk Plan a specific commitment by that union to a goal of minority manpower utili-
zation for such trade "A", thereby meeting the provisions of this Part I, and by its commitment to
Part II in regard to trade "B" in the instance in which it is not included in the Nassau/Suffolk Plan
and therefore, cannot meet the provisions of this Part I.
To be eligible for award of a contract under Part I of this invitation, a bidder or
subcontractor must execute the certification required by Part III hereof.
A-47
PART II : A. Coverage. The provisions of this Part II shall be applicable to those bidders,
contractors and subcontractors, who, in regard to those construction trades to be utilized on the
project to which these bid conditions pertain:
(1) Are not or hereafter cease to be signatories to the Nassau/Suffolk Plan
referred to in Part I hereof;
(2) Are signatories to the Nassau/Suffolk Plan but are not parties to collec-
tive bargaining agreements;
(3) Are signatories to the Nassau/Suffolk Plan but are parties to collective
bargaining agreements with labor organizations who are not or hereafter
cease to be signatories to the Nassau/Suffolk Plan;
(4) Are signatories to the Nassau/Suffolk Plan but as to which no specific
commitment to goals of minority manpower utilization by labor organi-
zation have been executed pursuant to the Nassau/Suffolk Plan; or
(5) Are no longer participating in an affirmative action plan acceptable to
the Director, OFCC, including the Nassau/Suffolk Plan.
B. Requirement - An Affirmative Action Plan. The bidders, contractors and subcon-
tractors described in paragraphs 1 through 5 above will not be eligible for award of a contract un-
der this for Bids, unless it certifies as prescribed in paragraph 2b of the certification specified in
Part III hereof that it adopts the minimum goals and timetables of minority manpower utilization()
and specific affirmative action steps set forth in Section B. 1 and 2 of this Part If directed at in-
creasing minority manpower utilization by means of applying good faith efforts to carrying out such
a program pursuant to Section B 3 of this Part If.
-- ------------------------------ ------------ --- ------ -- ------ -- --
1. "Minority" is defined as including Negroes, Spa nish Surnamed Americans, Orientals and
American Indians, and includes both men and women.
A-48
1. Goals and Timetables. The goals of minority manpower utilization required
of the bidder and subcontractors are applicable to each trade not otherwise bound by the provisions
of Part I hereof which will'be used on the project in Nassau/Suffolk Counties, New York (herein-
after referred to as the Nassau/Suffolk area):
Goals of Minority Manpower
Utilization Expressed in
Percentage Terms
Until 12/31/72 2.0% - 4.0%
From 01/01/73 to 12/31/73 4.0% - 6.0%
From 01/01/74 to 12/31/74 6.0% - 8.0%
From to -
In the event that under a contract which is subject to these Bid Conditions any
work is performed in a year later than the latest year for which acceptable goals of minority man-
power utilization have been determined herein, the goals for 1979 shall be applicable to such
work.
The percentage goals of minority manpower utilization above are expressed in terms
of manhours of training and employment as a proportion of the total manhours to be worked by the
bidder's, contractor's and subcontractods entire work force in that trade on all projects (both Federal
and Non-Federal) in the Nassau/Suffolk area during the performance of its contract or subcontract.
The manhours for minority work and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of
the contract, on all projects and for each of the trades. Further, the transfer of minority employees
or trainees from employer-to-employer or from project-to-project for the sole purpose of meeting
the contractor's or subcontractor's goal shall be a violation of these conditions. In reaching the
goals of minority manpower utilization required of bidders, contractors and subcontractors pursuant
to this Part II, every effort shall be made to find and employ qualified journeymen. Provided,
however, and pursuant to the requirements of Department of Labor regulations, 29 CFR 5a, ap-
pretices or trainees shall be employed on all projects subject to the requirements of these Bid
A-49
Conditions and, where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices or trainees employed on each project
shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or training.
In order that the non-working training hours of trainees may be counted in meeting
the goal, such trainees must be employed by the contractor during the training period, the con-
tractor must have made a commitment to employ the trainees at the completion of their training
subject to the availability of employment opportunities and the trainees must be trained pursuant
to established training programs which must be the equivalent of the training programs now or
hereafter provided for in the Nassau/Suffolk Plan with respect to the nature, extent and duration
of training offered.
A contractor or subcontractor shall be deemed to be in compliance with the terms
and requirements of this Part II by the employment and training of minorities in the appropriate
percentage of his aggregate work force in the Nassau/Suffolk area for each trade for which it is
committed to a goal under this Part II.
However, no contractor or subcontractor shall be found to be in noncompliance
solely on account of its failure to meet its goals within timetables, but such contractor shall be
given the opportunity to demonstrate that it has instituted all of the specific affirmative action
steps specified in this Part II and has made every good faith effort to make these steps work toward the
attainment of its goals within its timetables, all to the purpose of expanding minority manpower
utilization on all of its projects in the Nassau/Suffolk area.
In all cases, the compliance of a bidder, contractor or subcontractor will be de-
termined in accordance with its respective obligations under the terms of these Bid Conditions.
Therefore, contractors or subcontractors who are governed by the provisions of this Part II shall be
subject to the requirements of that Part regardless of the obligations of its prime contractor or low-
er tier subcontractors.
All bidders and all contractors and subcontractors performing or to perform work on
A-50
projects subject to these Bid Conditions hereby agree to inform their subcontractors of their re-
spective obligations under the terms and requirements of these-Bid Conditions, including the pro-
visions relating to goals of minority employment and training.
2. Specific Affirmative Action Steps. Bidders, contractors and subcontractors
subject to this Part II must engage in affirmative action directed at increasing minority manpower
utilization, which is at least as extensive and as specific as the following steps:
(a) The Contractors shall notify community organizations that the contractor has
employment opportunities available and shall maintain records of the organizations' response.
(b) The Contractor shall maintain a file of the names and addresses of each minority
worker referred to him and what action was taken with respect to each such referred worker, and
if the worker was not employed, the reasons therefor. If such worker was not sent to the union
hiring hall for referral or if such worker was not employed by the contractor, the contractor's file
shall document this and the reasons therefor.
(c) The contractor shall promptly notify the EDA when the union or unions with
whom the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement ryas not referred to the contractor a
minority worker sent by the contractor or the contractor has other information that the union referral
process has impeded him in his efforts to meet his goal.
(d) The contractor shall participate in training programs in the area, especially those
funded by the Department of Labor.
(e) The contractor shall disseminate his EE0policy within his own organization by
including it in any policy manual; by publicizing it in company newspapers, annual reports, etc.,
by conducting staff, employee and union representative's meetings to expl,ain and discuss the policy;
by posting of the policy; and by specific review of the policy with minority employees.
(f) The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy externally by informing and dis-
cussing it with all recruitment sources; by advertising in news media, specifically including minority
A-51
news media; and by notifying and discussing it with all subcontractors and suppliers.
(g) The contractor shall make specific and constant personal (both written and oral)
recruitment efforts directed at all minority organizations, schools with minority students, minority
recruitment organizations and minority training organizations, within the contractor's recruitment
area.
(h) The contractor shall make specific efforts to encourage present minority em-
ployees to recruit their friends and relatives.
(i) The contractor shall validate all man specifications, selection requirements,
tests, etc.
(j) The contractor shal I make every effort to promote after school, summer and va-
cation employment to minority youth.
(k) The contractor shall develop on-the-job training opportunities and participate
and assist in any association or employer-group training programs relevant to the contractor's em-
ployee needs consistent with its obligations under this Part H.
(1) The contractor shall continually inventory and evaluate all minority personnel for
promotion opportunities and encourage minority employees to seek such opportunities.
(m) The contractor shall make sure that seniority practices, job classifications, etc.,
do not have a discriminatory effect.
(n) The contractor shall make certain that all facilities and company activities are
non-segregated.
(o) The contractor shall continually monitor all personnel activities to ensure that his
EEO policy is being carried out.
(p) The contractor shall solicit bids for subcontractors from available minority sub-
contractors engaged in the trades covered by these Bid Conditions, including circulation of minority
contractor associations.
A-52
3. Contractors and Subcontractors Deemed to be Bound By Part 11. In the event
a contractor or subcontractor, who is at the time of bidding eligible under Part I of these Bid
Conditions, is no longer participating in an affirmative action plan acceptable to the Director
of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, including the Nassau/Suffolk Plan, he shall
be deemed to be committed to Part II of these Bid Conditions. Further, whenever a contractor
or subcontractor, who at the time of bidding is eligible under Part 11 of these bid conditions,
uses trades not contemplated at the time he submits his bid, he shall be committed to Part II for
those trades. Whenever a contractor or subcontractor is deemed to be committed to Part If of
these bid conditions, he shall be considered to be committed to the minority manpower utili-
zation percentage goal of the minimum range for that trade for the appropriate year.
4. Subsequent Signatory to the Nassau/Suffolk Plan. Any contractor or subcon-
tractor subject to the requirements of this Part II for any trade at the time of the submission of
his bid who together with the labor organization with whom it has a collective bargaining agree-
ment subsequently becomes a signatory to the Nassau/Suffolk Plan, either individually or through
an association, may meet its requirements under these Bid Conditions for such trade, if such con-
tractor or subcontractor executes and submits a new certification committing himself to Part"I
of these Bid Conditions. No contractor or subcontractor shall be deemed to be subject to the
requirements of Part I until such certification is executed and submitted.
5. Non-Discrimination. In no event may a contractor or subcontractor utilize the
goals, timetables or affirmative action steps required by this Part II in such a manner as to cause
or result in discrimination against any person on account of race; color, religion, sex or national
origin.
A-53
Part III: Certifications
A. Bidders' Certifications. A bidder will not be eligible for award of a contract
under this Invitation for Bids unless such bidder has submitted as a part of its bid the following cer-
tification, which will be deemed a part of the resulting contract:
BIDDERS' CERTIFICATION
certifies that:
(Bidder)
1 . It intends to'use the following listed construction trades in the work under the
contract
and
2. (a) As to those trades set forth in,the preceding paragraph one, hereof for which
it is eligible under Part I of these Bid Conditions for participation in the Nassau/Suffolk Plan, it
will comply with the Nassau/Suffolk Plan on all construction work (both Federal and Non-Federal)
in the Nassau/Suffolk area within the scope of that plan, those trades being:
, and/or
(b) As to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply
with Part II of these Bid Conditions. Further, whenever a contractor or subcontractor, who at the
time of bidding is eligible under Part II of these bid conditions, uses trades not contemplated at
the time he submits his bid, he shall be committed to Part II for those trades. Whenever a contrac-
tor or subcontractor is deemed to be committed to Part II of these bid conditions, it adopts the mini-
mum minority manpower utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps contained in said
Part II, for all construction work (both Federal and Non-Federal) in the Nassau/Suffolk area sub-
ject to conditions, those trades being:
and
A-54
3. It will'obtain from each of its subcontractors and submit to the contracting or
administering agency prior to the award of any subcontract under this contract the subcontractor
- certification required by these Bid Conditions.
Signature of Authorized Representative oFBT33eTr
B. Subcontractors' Certifications. Prior to the award of any subcontract under
this Invitation for Bids, regardless of tier, the prospective subcontractor must execute and submit
to the Prime Contractor the following certification, which will be deemed a part of the resulting
subcontract:
SUBCONTRACTORS' CERTIFICATION
certities that:
u contractor
1 . It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the
subcontract
2. (a) As to those trades set forth in the preceding paragraph one hereof for which
it is eligible under Part I of these Bid Conditions for participation in the Nassau/Suffolk Plan, it
will comply with the Nassau/Suffolk Plan on all construction work (both Federal and Non-Federal)
in the Nassau/Suffolk area subject to these Bid Conditions, those trades being:,
and/or
(b) As to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply
with Part II of these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority manpower utilization goals and
the specific affirmative action steps contained in said Part If for all construction work (both Federal
- and Non-Federal) in the Nassau/Suffolk area subject to these Bid Conditions, those trades being:
and
A-55
3. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors prior to the award of any subcon-
tract under this subcontract the subcontractor certification required by these Bid Conditions.
Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder
In order to ensure that the said subcontractors' certification becomes a part of all
subcontracts under the prime contract, no subcontract shall be executed until an authorized repre-
sentative of the -Economic Development Administration had determined, in writing, that the
said certification has been incorporated in such subcontract, regardless of tier. Any subcontract
executed without such written approval shall be void,
C. Materiality and Responsiveness. The certifications required to be made by the
bidder pursuant to these Bid Conditions is material, and wi II govern the bidders performance on the
project and will be made a part of his bid. Failure to submit the certification will render the bid
nonresponsive.
PART IV: Compliance and Enforcement. Contractors are responsible for informing their sub-
contractor (regardless of tier) as to their respective obligations under Parts I and II hereof (as ap-
plicable), Bidders, contractors and subcontractors hereby agree to refrain from entering into any
contract or contract modification subject to Executive Order 11246, as amended, of September 24,
1965, with a contractor debarred from, or who is determined not to be a "responsible" bidder for,
Government contracts and federally assisted construction contracts pursuant to the Executive Order.
The bidder, contractor or subcontractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of
the equal opportunity clause including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcon-
tracts as may be imposed or ordered by the administering agency, the contracting agency or the
Office of Federal Contract Compliance pursuant to the Executive Order. Any bidder, or contractor
or subcontractor who shall fail to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be deemed to be in
noncompliance with these Bid Conditions and Executive Order 11246, as amended.
Nothing herein is intended to relieve any contractor or subcontractor during the term
of its contract on this project from compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the
Equal Opportunity Clause of its contract, with respect to matters not covered in the Nassau/Suffolk
A-56 -— ---
Plan or in Part II of these Bid Conditions.
Violation of any substantial requirement in the Nassau/Suffolk Plan by a contractor
or subcontractor covered by Part I of these Bid Conditions including the failure of such contractor
or subcontractor to make a good faith effort to meet its fair share of the trade's goals of minority
manpower utilization, or of the requirements of Part II hereof by a contractor or subcontractor
who is covered by Part II shall be deemed to be non-compliance by such contractor or subcontrac-
tor with the Equal Opportunity Clause of the contract, and shall be grounds,for imposition of the
sanctions and penalties provided at Section 209 (a) of Executive Order 11246, as amended.
Each agency shall review its contractors' and subcontractors' employment practices
during the performance of the contract. If the agency determines that the Nassau/Suffolk Plan
no longer represents effective affirmative action, it shall so notify the Office of Federal Contract
Compliances which shall be solely responsible for any final determination of that question and the
consequences thereof.
In regard to Part II of these conditions if the contractor or subcontractor meets its
goals or if the contractor or subcontractor can demonstrate that it has made every good faith to
meet those goals, the contractor or subcontractor shall be presumed to be in complaince with
Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these
Bid Conditions and no formal sanctions or proceedings leading toward sanctions shall be instituted
unless the agency otherwise determines that the contractor or subcontractor is not providing equal
employment opportunities. In judging whether a contractor or subcontractor has met its goals, the
agency will consider each contractor's or subcontractor's minority manpower utilization and will
not take into consideration the minority manpower utilization of its subcontractors. Where the
agency finds that the contractor or subcontractor has failed to comply with the requirements of
Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these
A-57
Bid Conditions, the agency shall take such action and impose such sanctions as may be appro-
priate under the Executive Order and the regulations. When the agency proceeds with such
formal action it has the burden of proving that the contractor has not met the requirements of
these Bid Conditions, but the contractor's failure to meet his goals shall shift to him the re-
quirement to come forward with evidence to show that he has met the "good faith" require-
ments of these Bid Conditions by instituting at least the Specific Affirmative Action steps listed
above and by making every good faith effort to make those steps work toward the attainment of
its goals within its timetables. The pendency of such formal proceedings shall be taken into
consideration by Federal agencies in determining whether such contractor or subcontractor can
comply with the requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and it is, therefore, a
"responsible prospective contractor" within the meaning of the Federal procurement regulations.
It shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective
bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority employees.
The procedures set forth in these conditions shall not apply to any contract when the
head of the contracting or administering agency determines that such contract is essential to the
national security and that its award without following such procedures is necessary to the national
security. Upon making such a determination, the agency head will notify, in writing, the Direc-
tor of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance within thirty days.
Requests for exemptions from these Bid Conditions must be made in writing, with
justification, to the Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance, U. S. Department of
Labor, Washington, D. C. 20210, and shall be forwarded through and with the endorsement of
the agency head.
Contractors and subcontractors must keep such records and file such reports regulating
I
to the provisions of these Bid Conditions as shall be required by the contracting or administering
A-58
agency or the Office of Federal Contract Compliance.
For the information of bidders, a copy of the Nassau/Suffolk Plan may be obtained
from the contracting officer.
r '
A-59
CONTRACfi AGREEMENT (Continued)
Article 43, -6UCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
This agreement shall bind the successor, assigns and representatives
of the parties hereto,
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands
and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused these presents to
be signed by their duly authorized officers,
Town of Southold
Owner
By:
Supervisor
Party of the First Part
By:.
Contractor
Party of the Second Part
A-60
STATE OF NEW YORK )
ss..
COUNTY OF )
On this day of
Nineteen Hundred and before me personally appeared
the duly elected, qualified and acting
of the
the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, to
me known and known to me to be such and he being by me duly sworn did
depose and say: that he is
of the
that he resides at
in New York;
that he knows the corporate seal of the said ;
that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; and that he
executed the same as
for the purposes therein mentioned.
Notary Public
New York, No.
Term Expires
A-61
(Acknowledgement by Contractor, individual)
STATE OF NEW YORK )
ss..
COUNTY OF )
On this day of 19
before me personally appeared
to me known to be the person described in, and who executed the foregoing instrument
and who acknowledged that he executed the same.
Notary Public
(Seal) New York, No.
Term Expires
(Acknowledgement by Contractor, if a Partnership)
STATE OF NEW YORK )
ss..
COUNTY OF )
On this day of 19
before me personally came
to me known and known to me to be a member of
the firm described in and which
executed the foregoing instrument and he acknowledged to me that he subscribed
the name of said firm thereto on behalf of said firm for the purpose therein mentioned.
Notary Public
New York, No.
Term Expires
A-62
(Acknowledgement by Contractor, if a Corporation)
STATE OF NEW YORK )
ss.
COUNTY OF )
On this day of 19
before me personally came
to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at
in
that he is the
of the
the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he
knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed by order of the Board of
Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like order.
Notary PubI is
New York, No.
Term Expires
A-63
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1 . Scope
The work under each contract includes all labor, materials, equipment and
appurtenances required for the complete construction of all items of work
necessary or required to make the installation complete and correct in every
respect and guaranteed to be substantial, safe, and ready for regular operation
and use by the owner. Only new materials will be acceptable for use on the
projects.
2. General
All materials and workmanship shall be of the best quality and shall be
subject to the approval of the owner. No deviation from the provisions of
the detailed specifications shall be made without written approval of the
owner,
Whenever the words, "Inspector", "Engineer", "Superintendent", et.
al., appear in these S;peci fi cations, they shall mean the Qvner or authorized
agents,
3. Laws and Regulations
The Contractor shall comply with all Municipal, County, State, and
Federal Laws and Ordinances and also those of the local utility companies
having jurisdiction.
All Electric Work shall be installed in strict accordance with the requirements
of the National Electric Code, the utility company, and all other authorities
having jurisdiction at the time of the execution of the electrical work herein
required, including all necessary Fire Underwriters inspections and approvals.
All building contractors shall conform to the State Building Construction
Code, February 20, 1956 and as amended.
The Contractor hereby agrees that he will ascertain all facts necessary and
give notices required by Section 1918 of the Penal Law of the State of New
York and hereby agrees to indemnify the owner and his agents, servants,
and employees, for and to hold them harmless against any cost, damage,
liability, or expense which they or any of them may incur or pay arising
out of or connected either directly or indirectly, with the Contractor's
failure for any reason to ascertain such facts or give such notice.
G - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS (Continued)
4. Work Schedule
This work is under the highest time priority and field construction work
is to commence within ten (10) days after Award of Contract.
A. The Contractor shall at the execution of the Contract, notify the
Engineer in writing of the names of sub-contractors proposed for the
principal parts of the work and for such others as the Engineer may
direct and shall not employ any that the Engineer may, within a
reasonable time object to as incompetent or unfit. The 10% Minority
Business Enterprise Clause as outlined in theA,reementSection of
this Contract requires special consideration by the Contractor.
Before starting work, the Contractor shall submit to the owner for
approval an outline of his proposed methods and manner of executing
the work including the sequences of operation and a time schedule
of performing them. The Engineer reserves the right to direct the
Contractor at which points to begin work.
5. Unsatisfactory progress - Contract Cancellation
If the Contractor shall not properly man the job with the proper personnel
and construction equipment in sufficient number so as to maintain a
reasonable construction rate each and every working clay until work is
complete, the owner or their agent shall so notify the Contractor. Thereafter,
if Contractor still fails to meet rate of construction requirements or place
work in accordance with these specifications, this shall be sufficient cause
for the cancellation of this contract at date of such default. This decision j
is the sole discretion of the owner. Ten (10) days after written notice of '
contract cancellation shall represent approval for the owner to contact the i
next lowest responsible bidder to complete the work, All increased costs
are to be defrayed by said Contractor, and or his bonding company.
6. Survey
Surveys for line and grade will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Vertical and horizontal control points will be established and furnished
to the Contractor prior to the start of the work. jf
I
7. Fire Hydrants 1
All hydrants within or adjacent to the construction
I s ruction limits shall be kept
and maintained readily accessible to fire apparatus at ail times. No
obstruction shall be placed within fifteen feet of any such hydrant. i
I
I
I
G - 2
GENERAL CONDITIONS (Continued)
8. Necessary Details Not Specifically Mentioned
All work called for in the specifications and not shown on the plans, or
shown on the plans and not called for in the specifications, shall be
furnished and executed by the Contractor as if designated in both these
ways and should any work or materials be required which is not denoted on the
plans and specifications either directly or indirectly, but which is, neverthe-
less, necessary for the proper carrying out of the intent thereof, it is under-
stood and agreed that the same is implied and required and the Contractor
shall perform such work and furnish such materials as fully as if they were
completed delineated and described.
9. Neatness
As the work progresses, all rubbish, refuse, and unused materials and tools
shalt be removed from the site and all work on completion shall be left in a
neat and orderly condition ready for use.
Upon work completion, all work areas shall he carefully cleaned up and all
excess materials shall be removed from the site by the Contractor as directed.
10. Inspection of Work
All work shall be subject to continuous inspection by the'Owner.. The
Contractor shall perform any work requested and required for this inspection
and shall make all accessible to the owner at all times.
The work of the inspector will not include any supervisory duties. Supervisory
duties will remain the sole responsibility of the Contractor at all times.
It shall be solely the responsibility of the Contractor to see that the plans
and specifications are being followed. Failure of the-owner to immediately
reject any unsatisfactory materials or workmanship or to notify the Contractor
of his deviation from the Specifications shall not relieve the Contractor of
his responsibility to replace unsatisfactory work.
Any material or finished work which, in the opinion of the QVner, does not
comply with these Specifications shall be removed by the Contractor and
replaced at his own cost and expense.
G - 3
GENERAL CONDITIONS - (Continued)
11 . Sanitary Provisions
Sanitary conveniences for the use of all persons employed on the work shall
be provided and maintaned by the Contractor in sufficient manner, in such manner, and at such places as shall be approved. The Contractor shall
vigorously prohibit the committing of nuisances at the sit ie of the work. Any
employee found violating these provisions shall be discharged and not again
employed. Such sanitary conveniences shall be construIted in compliances
with all laws, ordinances, or regulations governing the same. See Section
01100 Temporary Facilities of Specifications.
12. Utilities
Any utilities encountered during the work shall be maintained and protected
in their existing location unless otherwise provided. The Contractor shall
cooperate in every way with the owning companies or agencies to make it
possible for them to provide uninterrupted service.
Trench excavation shal I not be started unti I al I gas mains, water mains, an d other
service mains have been located and flagged by a utility inspector or
engineer. A gas inspector shall be available on this project at all times whenever
excavations are in close proximity to gas mains and/or service lines.
Any existing utilities, including individual house services, in the way of
proposed storm water drain, shall be readjusted by the supplying'utility
company; except where the utility is publicly owned. The Engineer shall,
whenever possible, adjust alignments of storm drains and structures in order
to expedite the contract and to prevent unnecessary hardship and expense to
any utility company. The Contractor shall notify the utiiility companies
sufficiently in advance of construction to permit ample time to do such work
as necessary to provide clearance for the storm drain. The Contractor shall
satisfy himself as to the exact locations and extertof all utilities that he may
encounter in the work.
The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1918 of the Penal Law, as
amended, that - "The Contractor shall not excavate in a y existing street,
highway, or public place unless notice in writing shall have been given at
least 72 hours in advance to the person, corporation or municipality engaged
in the distribution of gas in such territory".
13. Protection of Work and Property
The Contractor shall at all times safely guard the public against, and the
Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with t�e contract. He
shall at all times safely guard and protect the public, his own work and that
of adjacent property from damage, loss or injury. All passageways, guard
fences, lights, and other facilites required for protection, by all authorities
or local conditions must be provided and maintained.
G - 4
GENERAL CONDITIONS - (Continued)
t 13. Protection of Work and Property - continued
It is further understood and agreed that loss or damage arising out of the
nature of the work to be done under this Contract or from any unforseen
obstruction or difficulties which may be encountered in the performance
of the same or from the action of the elements, public or from encumbrances
on the line of work or from any injury done in consequence of acts or
omissions on the part of the Contractor, subcontractor, their employees, or
agents in carrying out any of the provisions or requirements of this Contract
shall be borne and assumed by the Contractor
14. No Waiver of Legal Rights
The Owner shall not be precluded or estopped by any measurement,
estimate, or certificate made either before or after the completion and
acceptance of the work and payment therefore, from showing the true
amount and character or the work performed and materials furnished by
the Contractor, nor from showing that any such measurement, estimate
or certificate is untrue or incorrectly made nor that the work or materials
do not, in fact, conform to the contract. The owner shall not be precluded
or estopped not with standing any such measurement, estimate, or certificate
( any payment in accordance therewith, from recovering from the Contractor
or his sureties, or both, such damages as it may sustain by reason of his
failure to comply with the terms of the Contract. Neither the acceptance
by the Engineer, or any other representative of the owner, nor any payment
for or acceptance of the whole of any part of the work, nor any extension of
time, nor any possession taken by the owner shall operate as a waiver to any
portion of the Contract or any power herein reserved, or of any right to
damages.
15. Subsurface Conditions - Dewatering
The Contractor is particularly reminded of the possible encountering of
ground water and unsuitable material during his construction operations.
All excavation for structures and pipelaying must be kept reasonably free
of water. Sufficient pumps or pumping machinery must be provided and
maintaned in working order by the Contractor. The cost of dewatering
shall be included in the appropriate items.
G - 5
GENERAL CONDITIONS - (Continued)
16. Final Inspection
When, in the opinion of the Contractor, the work or portions thereof
is complete and ready for final inspection, he shall so notify the
Engineer in writing and the Engineer will arrange to give the work a
minute and thorough inspection.
Before approval for final payment is given, all work shall be complete
in every detail.All building materials, construction equipment, dirt,
form work, stakes, shanties, etc., shall be cleared from the area, and
all piper catch basins, and manholes shall be free from construction dirt,
silt and form work.
17. Construction Progress Photos
Photographs shall be taken by a professional photographer as follows:
1 . Preconstruction photographs shall show the general area prior to any
construction.
2. Monthly photographs shall show the work as it progresses. Four
views taken from the same point or as directed by the Engineer.
3. Final photographs shall show the work after it is completed.
The following procedure shall be followed for all three of the above cases.
The General Contractor shall deliver four photographs in duplicate (eight
prints) 8" x 10" in size, in color, on glossy double weight paps:, . All
photographs shall be properly identified on the front. The title block shall
be imprinted on the lower right side and shall be 1 " x 3" in size and shall
contain the following information:
Contract Name
Town County State
Engineers: Greenman-Pedersen,Associates, P.C.
Contractor:
Photographer:
Date: Print No. View Looking
Photographs shall be mounted on linen with binding edges.
The monthly progress photographs shall be taken approximately ten days to
the end of the requisition period in order that they can be delivered by the
requisition period. No monthly requisitions will be processed without
receipt of the photographs.
G - 6
GENERAL CONDITIONS - (Continued)
17. Construction Progress Photos - continued
No direct payment shall be made for the photographs. The cost shall
be included in the price bid for the Contract,
Additional photographs required upon Project Completion.
A. The General Contractor is required to submit to the Owner at least
two prints each of not less than two photographs of the project at
time of completion.
B. The following information will be typed and attached to the back
of each photograph:
1 . Project Number
2. Name of Grantee
3. Identification of building or facility
4. Name of Contractor and Architect/Engineer
5, Date taken
6. Any appropriate descriptive remarks, e.g., other
buildings, unusual features, etc.
C. Prints shall be 8" x 10" in size, black and white, medium weight,
glossy finish, and unmounted. The prints shall be submitted in a
regular photograph mailer marked "Photographs -- Do Not Bend."
The photographs shall be furnished-to the Owner at the time of
the Project Completion.
G-7
Index
Page 1
I N D E X
to
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
for
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
TOWN HALL ADDITION
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD
SUFFOLK COUNTY, NEW YORK
CONTRACT "A'
PAGES
Title Pages 1-2
Index 1-3
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
Notice to Bidders
Information for Bidders 1-8
General Condition (AIA) Doc. A-201, Apr. 1970 Ed. 1-18
Supplementary General Conditions 1-29
Schedule of Wage Rates 1-4
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01100 Not Used on G. C. ---
DIVISION 2 - SITE
Section 02050 Preliminary Work 1-3
02100 Clearing 1-3
02200 Earthwork 1-10
02500 Site Drainage 1-2
02600 Paving; & Surfacing 1-4
02800 Landscaping 1-7
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 1-19
Index (GC)
Page 2
PAGES
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
Section 04100 Mortar 1-3
04200 Unit Masonry 1-10
DIVISION 5 - METALS
Section 05900 Miscellaneous Metal 1-15
DIVISION 6 - WOOD & PLASTICS
Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 1-7
06200 Finish Carpentry 1-13
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07100 Waterproofing 1-4
07150 Dampproof-ing 1-3
07200 Insulation 1-3
07300 Roof Shingles & Membrane Roofing 1-5
07400 Aluminum Siding & Trim 1-5
07600 Flashing & Sheet Metal 1-5
07800 Roof Accessories 1-2
07900 Sealants 1-5
DIVISION 8 - DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS
Section 08150 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal 1-11
08200 Exterior & Interior Wood Doors 1-4
08600 Wood Windows 1-2
08700 Hardware & Specialties 1-2
08800 Glazing 1-5
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Section 09250 Gypsum Wallboard 1-6
09300 Tile 1-5
09500 Acoustical Treatment 1-5
09650 Resilient Flooring 1-4
09680 Carpeting 1-5
09900 Painting & Finishing 1-14
09950 Wall Covering 1-3
Index (GC)
Page 3
PAGES
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
Section 10150 Compartments & Cubicles 1-4
10200 Louvers 1-3
10700 Miscellaneous Specialties 1-7
10800 Toilet Accessories 1-4
Division 11 thru 14 not used
CH
DIVISK)N NO . 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
SECTION 0100 ALTER14ATIVES
GENERAL
A. The description of all workmanship and materials under the various
Sections of these Specifications shall be understood as having the
some force and meaning when applied to similar workmanship and
materials under each Alternate; some shall be the best commercial
grades of their respective kinds and as approved by the Engineers.
B. The conditions and terms of the Basic Specifications shall govern all
work in connection with all Alternates.
C. All materials and labor required or incidental to the completion of
the work intended under each Alternate specified shall be provided
whether or not specifically described therein. Do all cutting, patching,
finishing, adjusting, protection and cleaning and provide all materials
and perform all operations of work specified in the Alternates and
related work toward the end that all work shall fit and come together
properly to the complete satisfaction of the Owner and Engineers.
.01 ALTERNATE NO. 1
I A. Contractor shall state amount he will DEDUCT FROM his Base Bid
for omitting 6" Exterior Walls and Substituting 4" Exterior Walls.
.02 ALTERNATE NO. 2
A. Contractor shall state the amount he will DEDUCT FROM his base bid
for omitting cupola as designed and substituting a simpler stock
design.
.03 ALTERNATE NO. 3
A. Contractor shall state the amount he will DEDUCT FROM his base bid
for omitting cupola.
.04 ALTERNATE NO. 4
A. Contractor shall state the amount he will DEDUCT FROM his Base Bid
for omitting counter and cabinets in tax receiver room 120.
.05 ALTERNATE NO. 5
A. Contractor shall state the amount he will DEDUCT FROM his Base Bid
for omitting'counter and cabinets in assessors department room 102.
Page 1
.06 ALTERNATE NO. 6
A. Contractor shall state the amount that he will DEDUCT FROM
his Base Bid for omitting carpet in tax receiver room 120, office room
118, historian room 116, map room 103, assessors department room 102,
office room 104 and office 105 and substituting vinyl asbestoes tile.
.07 ALTERNATE NO. 7
A. Contractor shall state the amount that -he will DEDUCT FROM
his Ease Bid for omitting metal and glass partitions in assessors department
room 102.
.08 ALTERNATE NO. 8
A. Contractor shall state the amount that he will DEDUCT FROM his
Base Bid for omitting full basement and substituting partially excavated
basement for rooms numbered B1,B2,B3,B5, and B6. Omit exterior stair.
Substitute concrete slab on grade for first floor in lieu of wood
framing for unexcavated area.
.09 ALTERNATE NO. 9
A. Contractor shall state the amount that he will ADD TO his Base
Bid for omitting roof truss with slope of 4" to 12" as shown on Drawings
and substituting roof truss with slope of 5" to 12".
I
page 2
Section 02050
DIVISION 2 Preliminary Wk.
Pa ge 1
SECTION 02050
PRELIMLNARY WORK
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all
work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) The work includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances
required for the complete execution of all Preliminary Work as
shown on the Drawings, specified herein and as required by conditions
at the Site and shall include but not be limited to the following:
(1) Notify all authorities owning utility lines running to or on
the property. Protect and maintain all utility lines that are
to remain on the property and cap those that are not required in
accordance with the instructions of the utility companies or
local authorities having jurisdiction over them.
(2) Clear site within contract limit lines, including removal
of all grass, brush, shrubs, trees, loose debris and
encumbrances except any trees marked on the Drawings
to remain or directed .by the Architect in the field to remain.
No trees outside the wall lines shall be cut or removed without
the Architect's approval.;
(3) Box or otherwise protect from damage all trees, shrubs, lawns,
etc., located within, the area designated on the Drawings which
are desired to be preserved. Trees shall be kept free from 6-LWlines. Remove all protection when work is completed and when
authorized to do so by the Architect.
(4) Remove topsoil to its full depth from area designated on the
Drawings and stack same where directed by the Architect.
(5) Move as indicated existing structures and foundations on the
site.
(6) Remove and backfill any inactive cesspools, cisterns, wells and
pits existing on the site within area designated on the Drawings.
(7) Dispose of, away from the site, all debris resulting from the
work of this Section.
(8) Temporary construction fence enclosing building construction
areas.
Section 02050
DIVISION 2 Preliminary Wk.
Page 2
20 CLEARING OF SITE
(a) Remove from the site within area designated on the Drawings all
trees, shrubs, stumps, roots, vegetable growth, paving, rubbish and
all other material not suitable for rough or; finished grading, except
trees or shrubs directed or indicated to remain.
(b) Excavation resulting from the removal of trees, roots and the like
shall be filled with suitable material as approved by the Architect
which shall be thoroughly tamped.
3. STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING EXISTING TOPSOIL
(a) Existing topsoil and sod on the site within area designated on
the Drawings shall be stripped to whatever dlpth it may occur,
and stored in location where directed.
(b) Free the topsoil of stones, roots, brush, rubbish, or other
unsuitable materials and remove the latter from the premises
before stockpiling the topsoil.
(c) Care shall be taken not to contaminate the
ltopsoil
with
om clay
or es
other unsuitable materials and remove the
before stockpiling the topsoil.
s DEMOLITION
(e) Existing driveway paving on the site, !including all foundation
materials shall be completely demolished and all debris removed from
the site. Demolition and removal shall include existing foundations.
(b) All work shall be executed in such a mannerias not to endanger the
safety of the workmen or the public. All barriers and precautionary
measures shall be erected in accordance with the requirements of the
authorities having jurisdiction.
I
5. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE
(a) Furnish, erect and maintain temporary fencing enclosing areas
alloted for construction purposes.
I
l
Section 02050
DIVISION 2 Preliminary Wk.
Page 3
(b) Temporary fencing shall be new or used "chain link" type fencing
610" high, consisting of hot dipped galvanized No. 9 gauge woven
wire fabric, line and corner posts set in concrete footings
through galvanized steel sleeves, rails, ties, clamps, bolts
and all other materials necessary or required to make a completely
-'rigid installation.
(c) Provide gates as required for the convenience of the work, with
locking devices.
(d) Install temporary fencing in accordance with metal fence
manufacturer's printed directions. Maintain in good repair
throughout the life of the Contract. After completion remove
same from the premises.
6. MOVING
(a) This contractor shall furnish all labor and materials
as required to complete the building moving phase of
this project as shown on the drawings or as herein
specified, or both.
(b) All work shall be executed in such a manner as not to
endanger the safety of the workmen or the public.
(c) The existing building to be moved has historical value
and shall be relocated in an orderly and careful manner
so as not to disturb any structural or architectural
components.
(d) The moving of this building shall be coordinated with the
various Town departments now housed in this building.
Section 02100
DIVISION. 2 Clearing
page 1
SECTION 02100
CLEARING
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete the installation
of all work of this Section and related work as indicated
on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not
necessarily limited to the following:
(1) Clearing and 'grubbing.
2. GENERAL = ''
(a) The Contractor shall clear and grub the entire area within the
Contract Limit Lines to the extent shown or noted on the
Drawings, or as herein specified.
Jb) Clearing and grubbing shall consist of the removal or destruction
of fences, poles, trees,:,roots, stumps, bushes, timbers, and
decayed or growing-organic matter above and below the surface
of the ground: '
The Contractor shall use every precaution to prevent injury to
any buildings, roads, curbs, walks, pipes, conduits, poles and
other structures above or below ground that are adjoining or
included in the area under Contract, and shall repair and
replace at his own expense any material or work damaged or
destroyed by his forces, while clearing the site.
Section 02100
DIVISION 2 Clearing
Page 2
(d) The Contractor shall exercise diligent care to protect existing
trees, shrubs and undergrowth not to be removed and shall
replace at his own expense any existing plants1 trees, shrubs
or other plant material removed, destroyed, disfigured or
damaged because of his negligence.
(e) The Contractor shall see that stock piles of materials and
storage of equipment are in cleared spaces. He shall prevent
his employees from tramping through woodland, existing plantings
and over established lawns except when it is necessary in
carrying out the work. He shall prevent equipment from being
taken through woodland or existing planting.
(f) Material removed under this Section, unless otherwise specified
or noted on the Drawings, shall become the property of the
Contractor, and be removed from the site and disposed of by the
Contractor. Burn no materials on the project site except by
permission of the Architect and in compliance with local
regulations.
(g) Trees to be retained will be determined in the field by the
Architect after the various site improvement areas have been
staked out by the Contractor. Trees 6" and over in diameter in
areas where the change of grade is less than 2411 and are in areas
outside of structures, pavements, absorption fields
shall not be removed without the approval of the Architect.
Trees retained shall be suitably protected during construction
operations. Particular care shall be taken in the use of heavy
machinery during excavation operation to prevent injury to roots
and branches. Any accidental injuries to the bark, trunk and
branches, shall be immediately repaired by dressing, cutting
and painting as may be required. Any branches which require
removal to eliminate obstructions shall be pruned in accordance
with standard modern practice and by experienced workman.
3. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
(a) Ascertain the location of all leaching pools, electric cables,
all conduit, all utility lines, oil tanks and supply lines,
and take proper precautions not to disturb any of these structures
or existing utilities.
Section 02100
DIVISION 2 Clearing
Page 3
(b) Should any structure or utility line be uncovered during
excavation or the placing of stakes, promptly notify the
Architect in writing. The Contractor will be held responsible
for any damage to structures or utility lines damaged during
the process of work under the Contract.
4. PRESERVATION OF SURVEY POIIVTS-
(a) Protect all land monuments, survey points and property lines
from disturbance or damage until an authorized agent has
referenced their locations, if required. Do not remove, cut
or disturb them without written permission from the Architect.
Section 02200
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
Page 1 -
SECTION 02200
EARTHWORK
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete the installation
of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on
the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily
limited to, the following;
(1) Erect and maintain barriers in accordance with Municipal
and State requirements.
(2) Remove all obstructions in the way of new construction
work which may be required in addition to clearing and
removal work specified under Section 02050 - PRELIMINARY WORK
and Section 02100 - CLEARING.
(3) Excavate for footings, foundations, walls) slabs on grade,
platforms, steps, trenches and for all other excavation
which may be required to complete the work and not specified
under other Sections.
(4) Shoring, sheathing and pumping.
(5) Backfilling all work within building lines to the required
grades.
(6) Rough grading outside building line for a distance of
510" around perimeter of building.
(7) Filling and grading. (Site)
(8) Finish grading of subgrade. (Site)
(9) Finished grades.
2. GENERAL
(a) All work shall be completed at locations and at elevations
shown on the Drawings, set all line and grades required for
the work.
I
I "
I
I Section 02200
DIVISION 2 E®rthwork
Page 2
I
(b) Contact land surveyor for location of bench mark. (Obtain name
of surveyor from Architect.)
i
3. GRADES
(a) The Drawings indicate existing grade elevations in addition to new
finished grade elevations. The existing elevations are given for
the convenience of the Contractor, to aid him in arriving at the
quantities of excavations, grading, backfiling, etc. required.
(b) The Contractor shall verify all elevations and satisfy himself as
to their correctness by visiting the site of the proposed work
and examining the actual conditions.
TEST BORINGS
I
(a) The plan and section of the test pits and or borings, and
information of stratification are availableland was obtained by
the Owner from a licensed Engineer.
I
(b) The elevations and descriptions of Boring Schedule as shown on the
Drawings shall not be held to be final and conclusive. The Owner
and Architect will not be responsible for ac'Icuracy of boring
information.
5. EXCAVATION
(a) materials to be excavated shall be non-classified and shall
include all rock, earth or other materials encountered in excavating
and grading operations for building or site 'Work. The contract
lump sum price covers the removal of all such materials to the
depth and extent indicated on Drawings and specified herein.
i
I
I
I
I
I
. 1
I
Section 02200
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
Page 3
(b) Excavate outside of walls, footings and grade beams not less
than 12" to allow for inspection, waterproofing, dampproofing,
removal of forms, etc. and leave trenches open until all
work has been approved by the Architect. Remove all loose
materials from excavations. Bottoms of all excavations shall
be properly leveled and trimmed to the lines and grades required
for the work. All footings shall bear on level well compacted
backfill as approved by the Architect.
6. SHEET PILING, BRACING AND SHORING
i
(a) The Contractor shall safely support and maintain adjacent
and abutting property and structures and shall maintain the
work safe to life, limb and property.
(b) Barriers, sheet piling, bracing and the like shall be installed
where required to maintain the excavation and the banks in a
safe and stable condition.
(c) All temporary sheet piling, bracing, shoring and other protective
work shall be removed after the necessity for same ceases to
exist, in the opinion of the Architect, and before backfilling.
(d) All work removed or damaged through the installation or removal of
the temporary protective work or through improper protective work
shall be replaced or repaired in an approved manner.
7. UTILITIES
(a) When encountered in the work, whether or not indicated on the
Drawings, all existing active utility services and structures shall
be protected at all times, and where required for the proper
execution of the work shall be relocated as directed by the
Architect. All existing inactive utility services and structures
which interfere with the execution of the work shall be removed,
capped or plugged or otherwise discontinued. All work under this
heading shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner.
(b) The Contractor shall notify all individuals, municipal agencies and
service utility companies having jurisdiction over the above
utilities, and_ all protecting, relocation, removal and discontinuing
of theses services shall be in accordance with their requirements.
I
Section 02200
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
Page k
8. SLma AND sU&suRFACE WATER
(a) Sub-surface spaces within the building lines shall be kept free
from water at all times during the life of this Contract, and the
Contractor shall provide all equipment and shall perform all
operations as may be required to accomplish this end.
(b) Surrounding soil shall not be disturbed or removed during pumping
operations.
(a) Water shall be disposed of by pumping to a point directed by the
Architect without damage to adjacent property.
. (d) The Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain adequate
equipment to keep the excavations free from water so that
the excavating, concrete work, membrane waterproofing and all
other work in the excavations will be performed in the dry.
Section 02200
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
Page 5
9• BACKFILLING AND GRADING (BUILDING)
(a) All excavations shall be backfilled as promptly as the work
permits but not before concrete has attained its full design
strength, and written permission of the Architect is obtained.
(b) The materials used for backfill shall be earth free from clay,
organic matter, loam, waste, or other objectionable matter.
Stones shall not be over 6" in greatest dimension and shall be
kept at least 12" below finished grade.
(c) No frozen material shall be used. Backfill shall be placed in
uniform horizontal layers of approximately 8" in depth. Each
layer shall be moistened during compaction to a,moisture
content such that the required degree of compaction may be obtained.
Compaction shall be done in a manner approved by the Architect
and shall be continued until fill is solid and no settlement will
occur.
(d) When sheeting, shoring and bracing is removed, all voids shall be
filled with sound materials and thoroughly tamped.
�. (e) Backfill operations shall be made to the new surface grades as
shown on Drawings.
(f) No backfilling shall be placed covering other work until after
such work has been inspected and approved. Any backfilling
placed on earth that has caved in and covered other work before
same has been inspected and approved shall be removed when so
directed.
(g) Ground outside the structure for a distance of 5'0" around the
entire perimeter of the building shall be graded to a level of 6"
below the finished natural grades, unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings.
(1) Contours and elevations marked on the Plot Plan are
approximately correct for the present natural grades, but
no guarantee is made as to their absolute accuracy. The
relative floor elevations with the present and established
grades as indicated on the Drawings must be maintained. Rough
grading around the building shall be smooth and free from
irregularities.
Section 02200
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
Page 6
10. FILLING AND GRADING (SITE)
(a) Suitable material removed from excavation shall be used
toward formation of proposed grade elevations, and in the
adjustment of grades and contours shown on Drawings or as
may be directed by the Architect. Filling material shall be
free from debris or any material subject to decay and shall be
porous, permitting free percolation of water, and shall consist
of soil, gravel, and small stones, with less than 15% by volume
of stone larger than 4" in greatest dimension.
(b) The work shall be prosecuted in such manner that all deep fills
are made first so that they be afforded a maximum time for
settlement.
(c) No stone or rubble over 6" in greatest dimension shall be placed
within 18" of the finished grade. Large stones shall not be
placed in nests, but shall be distributed over the area and the
interstices filled with spalls, finer fragments of earth to form
a compact mass.
(d) Fill, other than on hill slopes, shall be p ced in layers not
exceeding 9" in depth under pavements and 12" under lawns and
planted areas, and shall be consolidated by means of rollers
weighing not less than 330 pounds per lineal inch of tread of
rear wheels. In places where the character of the material
makes the use of this roller impractical, a lighter one may be
used.
(e) Excess material, if any, and all rubbish shall be removed
from the site or otherwise disposed of as may be directed
by the Architect.
(f) provide clean earth for all required additional-fill if a
sufficient quantity of suitable material therefore is not available
from the required excavation on the site. Remove and dispose of
all excess excavated material and. material not suitable for fill,
from the site, and provide for legal disposal of same.
Section 02200
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
Page, 7
11. FINISH GRADING OF THE SUBGRADE (SITE)
(a) Subgrades shall be parallel to and uniform with finished grades.
Place sufficient grade stakes for workmen to carry an even grade.
The finished subgrade shall be smooth and. even and shall not
vary more than 1" from true grade in lawn area and 1/2" in
110" under pavement.
(b) Before any paving material is placed upon the subgrade, it shall be
shaped in line and grade and compacted with an approved self-
propelled roller weighing not less than 8 tons. All soft and
spongy places shall be dug out from the subgrade and holes filled
with sandy material and thoroughly tamped. Hard, compacted
spots shall be loosened and tamped to provide the same bearing
power as the balance of the subgrade. All hollows and depressions
which develop under rolling shall be filled with suitable material
and shall again be rolled.
This process of shaping, rolling and filling shall be repeated
until no depressions develop. The subgrade shall not be muddy
nor otherwise unsatisfactory when the pavement is placed upon
it. If the finished subgrade becomes rutted or displaced
due to any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall regrade
same without additional payment.
(a) In grass areas, all surfaces and slopes shall be brought to the
required subgrade elevations by rolling with an approved machine.
Tops and bottoms of slopes shall be carefully rounded off in
easy transition curves. The borders of the area of ground disturbed
shall be merged with surrounding surface by compacting or other
means, to permit water runoff and to present a uniform slope. The
surfaces of the finished subgrades shall be maintained by depositing
additional fill to take care of any settlement or erosion. The
surfaces on which additional fill is to be deposited shall be raked
or otherwise satisfactorily prepared to insure a proper bond. The
subgrade for grass areas shall be 6" below final grades.
Section 02200
DMSION 2 Earthwork
Page 8
12. FINISHED GRADES
(a) The words "finished grades" as used hereinlmean the required
final grade elevations indicated on the Drawings. Should finish
grades shown on spot elevations conflict with those shown by
contours, the spot elevations shall govern. Where not otherwise
indicated, the site areas outside of building and pavement shall
be given a uniform slope between points fog which finished grades
are shown, or between such points and existing established grades,
except that vertical curves or roundings shall be provided at
abrupt changes in slope.
Section 02200
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
Page 9
13. OFF-SITE FILL
(a) The Contractor shall juLa,it to the Architect for approval, two
certified laboratory reports of Compaction Tests and Mechanical
Analysis on the off--site borrow material proposed for use. A
minimum of three samples shall be selected at random from the
proposed borrow pits. All costs incurred in connection with
sampling and testing of borrow material proposed for use, including
laboratory fees, shall be paid for by the Contractor.
(b) All fill shall be moistened or dried prior to compaction thereof.
No frozen material shall be placed or compacted. The entire depth of
fill shall be compacted in horizontal layers not greater than nine
inches in thickness before compaction to a density of 95 percent
(95%) of maximum density, at optimum moisture content, determined as
hereinafter specified in paragraph, "(c) Compaction" below. Each
layer of fill shall be tested, and approved by the Architect before
the Contractor will be permitted to place the succeeding fill
layer thereon. The Contractor shall plan his operations so as to
allow time for the compaction tests to be made prior to placing the
next lift of fill or backfill. Backfill within three feet of the
face of any wall, pier or column shall be compacted to the density
specified above with approved hand or machine tampers. Fill and
backfill shall be brought up evenly on all sides of walls and piers,
as far as practicable. Sloped ground surfaces, steeper than one
vertical to four horizontal, on which fill is to be placed, shall be
plowed, stepped, or broken up in such manner that the fill material
will bend with the existing surface as directed by the Architect.
(c) Compaction: The degree of compaction shall be determined and
controlled in accordance with the requirements of AASHO Standard
Method T180, Method D, with the following modifications:
(1) Sieve an adequate quantity of the representative pulverized
_ soil over a 3/4" sieve. All material over 3/4" in size shall be
removed and replaced with an equal weight of material between
0.187" (No. 4 sieve) and 3/4" in size.
(2) A separate batch of soil shall be used for each compaction test
specimen. No material shall be re-used.
(3) A minimum of five percent moisture-density points shall be
determined for each compaction test.
i
Section 02200
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
Page 10
i
14. DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATM MATERIAL
(a) A11 rubbish and other excavated material, which in the opinion
of the Architect is not suitable for fill or grading, shall be
removed and legally disposed of away from the premises.
(b) Approved excavated material shall be spread on the site in
locations as directed by the Architect.
(c) Excavated material in excess of that required for all filling,
backfilling and rough grading shall, upon the approval of the
Architect, become the property of the Contractor and shall be
removed from the premises and legally disposed of.
I
I
I
i
II
I
I
II
i
I
Section 02500
DIVISION 2 Site Drainage
Page 1
SECTION 02500
SITE DRAINAGE
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform
all operations required to complete the installation of all work
of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings
and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to,
the following:
(1) Storm water drainage system, including all drain inlet-
drywells, grates and covers.
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) The Contractor must inform himself fully of the conditions
relating to the construction and labor under which the work
will be performed. Failure to do so will not relieve the
Contractor of his obligation to furnish all labor and material
necessary to carry out the provisions of the Contract Documents
and to complete the work set forth in this Section. Insofar as
possible, the Contractor, in carrying out his work, must employ
such methods or means as will not cause any interruptions of or
interference with any work of other Sections.
(b) All work, material, whether incorporated in the work or not,
all processes of manufacture and all methods of construction,
shall be subject to the inspection of the Architect, who shall
be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the work,
materials, processes of manufacture and methods of construction.
Should they fail to meet the approval of the Architect, they
shall be forthwith reconstructed, replaced and/or corrected by
the Contractor, at his own expense. Rejected material shall
immediately be removed from the site.
i
Section 02500
DIVISION 2 Site Drainage
j Page 2
3. DRAIN INLET-DRYWELTS
(a) Drain Inlet-Drywells shall be installed where shown on the
Drawings and shall be constructed of pre-cast reinforced concrete
to the dimensions shown on the Detail Drawings.
(b) All concrete for pre-cast reinforced concretl structures shall
have a minimum compressive strength of 4,0001psi at 28 days. Metal
reinforcement shall be as shown on the Detail Drawings; the
deformed bars shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-15
and the mesh reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM A-185.
(c) Frames and covers or gratings for catch basins shall be of cast
iron of sizes and weights as indicated on the Drawings. All
castings shall receive two coats of bitur..astc paint before
leaving the foundry. Casting shall be manufactured by Flockhart
Foundry Co., Neenah Foundry Co., McKinley Ir�ln Works, or approved
equal.
I
I
'II
I
I
Section 02600
Paving & Surfacing
Division 2 Page 1
SECTION 02600
PAVING AND SURFACING
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section. - '
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform
all operations required to complete the installation of all work
of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings
and Specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to
the following:
(1) Concrete Walks
2. MATERIALS
(a) Portland cement shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 150
Type IA. Air Entraining. It shall be uniform in color and
consistency. Only one color shall be used for all curbs and walks.
(b) Aggregates for concrete shall conform to ASTM C-33•
(c) Water shall be clean and potable.
(d) Metal Reinforcement: There shall be deformed bars and intermediate
grades conforming to requirements of ASTM A 15. Mesh reinforcement
shall conform to ASTM A 185 .
(e) Premouldedjoint filler may be either non-extruding or resilient
type. It shall be of dimensions required -,o fill the opening between
concrete masses or slabs and shall be "Flexcell" as made by the
Celotex Corporation, cork as made by Johns Manville Co., or
approved equal and in accordance with AASHO Designation M 153-52-
Type H.
(f) Asphalt ,joint filler shall consist of homogeneous filler of asphaltic
cement and mineral flour, conforming to AASHO M 87-42.
Section 02600
paving & Surfacing
Division 2 Page 2
3. PROPORTIONING AND MIXING CONCRETE
(a) Concrete shall be composed of one part by volume of Portland
cement and not more than 6 parts of fine and coarse aggregates
measured separately. Subject to Architect's approval
establish the ratio of fine and coarse aggregates so as to
product a dense, workable concrete. Make any changes therein
ordered by the Architect to improve workability. Mixing water,
including free water in the aggregates, shall not exceed 6 1/2
gallons per sack of cement. Mix for a period of not less than
one minute after all materials are in the drum. Use 3000#
concrete for curbs, sidewalks and reinforced concrete paving. All
concrete shall contain from 3% to 6% entrained air.
(b) Retempering of concrete that has partially hardened, that is,
remixing with or without additional cement, aggregate or water,
will not be permitted.
(c) Transit mix concrete may be used provided it onforms to the
applicable requirements of ASTM C 94.
4. PLACING OF CONCRETE
(a) Place concrete only on a firm, moist subgrade, but on which there
are no pools of standing water. In no case place concrete on
frozen subgrade, or mix and place concrete when atmospheric
temperature is below freezing.
(b) Forms shall be strong enough to resist pressure of the concrete
without springing, and tight enough to prevents leakage. Forms
shall be staked, braced or tied together to maintain their
position and shape when concrete is compacted in place. Forms
for slabs on ground shall be set and maintained to line and 'at
exact finished grade. Forms shall be clean and those for
permanently exposed surfaces shall produce a smooth, even
finish without fins or board marks.
(c) Concrete shall be deposited so as to require �s little rehandling
as practical. Placing shall be continuous between transverse
joints or in individual sections of the work. Spade concrete
thoroughly along forms and, expension joints, aind work carefully
into corners. Tamp and screed to a dense mass.
Section 02600
Paving & Surfacing
Division 2 Page 3
5. CURING
(a) Cure all concrete by covering surface with burlap or cotton mats,
hay, sand, or other approved material and keeping such covering
wet for at least three (3) days after concrete is placed.
(b) Whenever the air temperature may be expected to reach the freezing
point, spread straw or other blanketing material to sufficient depth
to keep concrete from freezing, or provide enclosure and heating
device capable of maintiaining concrete temperature of at least 50
degrees F. Maintain such protection for at least five (5) days.
The Contractor shall be responsible for removing and replacing any
concrete injured by frost action.
6. CONCRETE WALKS
(a) All concrete walks shall be of concrete, one course construction,
5" thick placed on a base course of crushed stone or washed gravel,
+thick minimum, laid on compacted subgrade. Soft, spongy and
otherwise unsatisfactory material shall be removed from the subgrade
( ; and replaced with sand or cinders. The top 6" of the subgrade shall be
granular, free from fine material, non frost susceptible and non
plastic.
(b) Forms and metal dividing plates shall be set with their tops to
finished grade. Dividing plates shall be set straight and
perpendicular to the walk. Forms shall remain in place until
the concrete has thoroughly hardened but the dividing plates shall
be removed promptly after the concrete is of sufficient hardness
• to prevent the slabs from flowing together and to avoid breaking
edges or corners of slabs. The space left when the dividing plates
are removed shall be filled with dry sand.
(c) Upon the previously prepared subgrade after it has been dampened by
sprinkling with water, the concrete shall be poured in one layer
uniformly 4" in thickness when thoroughly tamped. The concrete
shall be consolidated and tamped to bring sufficient mortar to the
surface for finished, and the walks shall be screeded and finished
to true line, grade and shape. The top surfaces of the concrete
shall be finished to true, smooth planes by using wood or cork
floats to produce a float finish, acceptable to the Architect. The
color of these walks shall be uniform in all cases without the addition
of any coloring material. The finished surface shall be dense and
compact. The floating and finished of the surfaces shall be finished
the same day that the concrete is poured and while the concrete is
still wet and before it has set. The forms or strips for defining
Section 02600
Paving & Surfacing
Division 2 Page 4
i
the edge of the walks shall be left in place until the concrete is
set hard. Round all edges, including those along expansion joints
and grooves to a 1/4" radius. Where walks terminate at curbs,
finish walks 1/4" above curbs, providing neit bevel.
(d) Provide 1/2" transverse expansion joints with premoulded filler,
not more than 40' -0" apart, also at walk junctions and intersections,
at top and bottom of steps, where walks abut curb returns, buildings,
platforms, or other fixed structures or terminate at curbs. At
walk junctions and intersections the required expansion joints shall
be located at the end of each rounding or fillet. Expansion joints
shall be at right angles or radial to the slab and extend the full
depth thereof. Premolded filler shall extend to within 1/2" of 'the
walk thereof. Premolded filler shall extend to within 1/2" of the
walk surface, and the remaining void shall be filled with the poured
joint filler by means of hand pouring pots. Expansion joints in
sidewalks shall be as nearly as possible opposite the expansion
joints in the curbs.
(e) Between expansion joints, cut transverse groove 1/8" to 1/4"
wide and at least 1" deep at intervals of 5' -0" . If lengths
of the walk are not divisible by 5, panels shall be marked
uniformly as near 5' -0" as possible, cut longitudinal groove
in the center of walks which are over 6' -0"wide.
(f) Forms shall not be removed for 24 hours after pouring concrete.
Protect concrete sidewalks and walks from pedestrian traffic.
I
i
i
i
i
Section 02800
DIVISION 2 Landscaping
Page l
SECTION 02800
LANDSCAPING
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete the installation
of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the
Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily
limited to, the following:
(1) Topsoil
(2) Seeding
(3) Maintenance and Guarantee
2. TOPSOIL
(a) All areas that are not covered by buildings, pavement and other
structures, except as otherwise noted on the Drawings, and all
disturbed areas, shall be prepared for planting operations, by
scarifying and raking the subgrade, spreading and amending the
existing topsoil, if any, and furnishing additional topsoil from
outside sources if necessary to complete the work, and fine grading
by raking, compacting and otherwise manipulating the soil to form
smooth draining grades.
(b) Topsoil shall be the surface layer of soil with no admixture of
refuse or material toxic to plant growth and shall be free from
subsoil, stumps, roots, brush, stones, clay, lumps or similar
Section 02800
Division 2 Landscaping
Page 2
objects larger than 2 inches in greatest di eter. The organic
content shall be not less than 5% nor more than 20% as determined
by loss on ignition of moisture free samples dried at 100 degrees C.
The gradation (Mechanical Analysis ) shall be as follows:
PERCENT PASSING PERCENT RETAINED
1" Screen 100 0
1/4" Screen 97 - 100 0 - 3
No. 100 Mesh Screen 60 - 40 40 - 60
No more than 60 of the material passing they No. 100 mesh sieve
shall consist of clay, as determined by the Bouyoucous Hydrometer
or by the decantation method. All percentages shall be based on
dry weight of the samples.
Natural topsoil may be amended by the Contractor with approved
methods and materials to meet the foregoing specifications.
(c) The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval the
results of at least two (2) samples of topsoil from stockpiles
and/or outside source of topsoil The tests shall be made by
an approved laboratory and shall include the following information:
(1) Source
(2) Organic Content
(3) PH
(4) Mechanical Analysis, including percent of clay in material
passing the No. 100 mesh sieve.
(5) Chemical Analysis showing:
a. Nitrogen content in lbs. /acre/6" topsoil depth.
b. Phosphoric Acid content in lbs./acrl/6" topsoil depth.
c. Potash content in lbs. /acre/6" topsoil depth.
(6) No topsoil shall be spread until the subgrade elevations
and the topsoil have been approved by the Architect. Before
spreading topsoil, the subgrade shall be loosened to a depth
of 4" and manipulated to remove all ridges and depressions;
all stones over 1" in any dimension, sticks, rubbish and
other objectionable material shall be removed from the subgrade.
Section 02800
Division 2 Landscaping
Page 3
(7) Stockpiled reusable topsoil and topsoil stripped from site,
together with topsoil from outside sources as may be
required, shall be spread over the prepared and approved
subgra.de in sufficient quantity to obtain a minimum compacted
layer of 6" over subgrade at planted areas to finished grade.
All sticks, roots, brush, wire, masonry, all stones larger than
1/2" and other extraneous matter shall be removed from the
topsoil by raking, including hand raking, as may be required, or
other approved method. Topsoil shall be raked, compacted and
otherwise manipulated to form, after compaction, smooth draining
grades as shown on the plans.
(8) All topsoil areas shall be protected against trespassing and
damage at all times. Protection against trespassing shall
consist of a substantial barrier not less than 30" high.
(9) The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to protect slopes
from damage due to erosion, settlement of backfill, or other
causes. Topsoil areas damaged or injured shall be promptly
repaired to the satisfaction of the Architect.
(10) The top 3" of topsoil shall be screened by
mechanical means and be completely free from stones and debris.
3• SEEDING AND RELATED WORK
(a) The season for grass seed operations shall be from August 15 to
October lst or at such times as may be approved in writing by
the Architect.
(b) After the areas required to be seeded have been brought to the
grades shown on the drawings, the areas shall- be thoroughly
scarified by an approved method, until the condition of the
soil is acceptable to the Architect. The work shall be performed
only during periods when beneficial results are likely to be
obtained. When conditions are such, by reason of drought, excess
moisture, or other factors; that satisfactory results are not
likely to be obtained, the work shall be stopped and resumed only
when the desired results are likely to be obtained.
Section 02800
Division 2 Ia.ndscaping
Page 4
(c) Before seeding, the surface shall be cleared of all sticks and
roots, brush, wire, grade stakes, and other objects that might
be a hindrance to maintenance operations. Stones larger than
1/2" that have not been completely eliminated, and more than
3% of stones larger than 1/4" that have not been completely
eliminated as required under Topsoil Work, shall be removed before
proceeding with work.
(d) Peat moss shall be incorporated at the rate of three (3) bales
for every 1000 square feet, each bale containing not less than
7.0 cubic feet. Peat moss shall be Canadian Dutch or Irish.
Peat moss shall be mixed thoroughly with topsoil prior to adding
lime and fertilizer.
° (e) Dolomitic agricultural limestone shall be applied at the rate
of 110 pounds per 1,000 square feet and worked lightly into the
top 3" of the topsoil. The limestone shall have the following
analysis: 50% passing #200 mesh sieve; 90% passing #100 mesh
sieve; 100% passing #10 sieve and shall contain not less than gOg6
of calcium and magnesium carbonates.
(f) Superphosphate, containing at least 20% available phosphoric
acid and commercial fertilizer, shall be applied and worked
lightly into the top 3" of topsoil. Commercial fertilizer
10-6-4 shall be complete fertilizer, the elements of which are
derived from organic sources and shall contain the following
percentages by weight: 10% nitrogen; 6% phosphoric acid; and
4% potash. One-quarter of the nitrogen shall be in the form
of nitrates, one-quarter in the form of amonia salts and one-
half in the form of organic nitrogen. Available phosphoric acid
shall be from superphosphate, bone or tankage. The potash shall
be in the form of sulphate of potash. The availability of the
various elements shall conform to the standards of the Association
of Official Agricultural Chemists. Fertilizer shall be delivered
mixed as specified in standard size bags, showing weight, analysis,
the name of manufacturer, and shall be stored in waterproof storage
place and in such manner that its effectiveness will not be impaired.
(g) Superphosphate shall be applied at the rate of 10 pounds per 1,000 sq.
ft. Commercial fertilizer shall be applied at the rate of 40 lbs.
per 1,000 square feet®
Section 02800
Division 2 Landscaping
l Page 5
i
(h) Grass seed. shall be
fresh, clean "new crop", composed of seeds mixed in proportions
by weight, and testing the minimum percentages of purity and
germination as follows:
PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT GRASS PLS MAX.WEED•
SEED CONTENT
33 1/3 JAMESTOWN CREEPING 80% 0.5%
RED FESCUE
33 1/3 PENN STAR
K NTUCKY BLUE GRASS 70% 0.5%
33 1/3 MANHATTAN PERENNIAL
RYE GRASS 70% 0.5%
Seed shall be sown at the rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet.
(i) A certificate attesting that the seed mixture is of the
specified varieties and proportions shall be submitted to the
Architect. Five (5) copies of the certificate are required.
Approval of this and other certificates called for by these
specifications does not constitute acceptance of this work.
(j) Seeding shall be accomplished by means of the Brillion Landscape
Seeder, or equal, and watered with a fine spray. Irregularities
which form low places which will hold water shall be eliminated.
In areas inaccessible to the mechanical seeder, the ground shall
be scarified, cultivated, iron raked and wood raked until the
surface is smooth and friable. The seed shall be placed to a
depth not exceeding 1/8" . The seeding shall be accomplished in
two operations; One-half of the specified rate shall be used
in seeding the area in parallel lines in one direction and one-
half in parallel lines at right angles to the first sowing:
Section 02800
Division 2 Landscaping
Page 6
(k) Sod:
1. On slopes of 41-0" horizontal to l"-O" vertical or steeper, in
drainage swales and for a width of 3'-0" around drainage basins
in lawns, sod shall be used instead of seed. Where indicated
on the lawz::i, sod shall be used instead of seed. Where indicated
on the drawings, sod drainage swales for a width of 4'-0" or
for length shown on the drawings.
2. Sod shall be a good quality heavy lawn turf free from weeds.
It shall be cut to obtain the full depth of the roots and be
- fresh and green at the time of planting a.nd shall contain
grasses similar to seed mixture specified for lawns.
3. Before sodding, the soil surface shall be made friable and
brought to a smooth, even grade. The sod shall be laid close
together so that no joints occur and shall be thoroughly
tamped with a hand tamper or roller so that finished surface
shall be flush with the surrounding grade, and it shall be
adequately watered. The total thickness of sod and topsoil
shall not be less than 6" .
4. Peg or stake the sod in place where necessary to prevent
movement.
(1) The Contractor shall be responsible for producing a good stand
Of grass acceptable to the Architect. During dry weather, the
grass areas shall be kept watered with sprinklers or other methods
approved by the Architect. The Contractor shall, at his
own expense, furnish and extend the necessary piping, hose and
sprinklers from the source of water supply at the building
to all points and areas on the site for the purpose of watering
the lawn areas. The Contractor shall mow the grass, do the
necessary weeding and other incidental maintenance work required
to keep the areas in proper condition. Mowing shall not be
closer than 2".
r
Section 02800
Division 2 Landscaping
Page 7
This maintenance work shall be continuous until the grass is
accepted by the Architect. Damage due to neglect of watering
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Any areas not
doing well or damaged shall be top-dressed, re-fertilized and
re-seeded. No grass areas will be accepted until they are
covered with a satisfactory, healthy stand of grass of the
varieties specified.
(m) The Contractor shall make the first cut of grass; whenever the
area, or any portion thereof, is 4" in heiZht , and if required,
recut until the entire area has received one (1) complete
cutting. In the event the grass is not accepted at this point,
the Contractor shall perform additional cutting until the area
or portions thereof are accepted. In the event that excessive
weed growth occurs, this Contractor shall undertake, at no
additional cost to the Owner, to supply and spread a weed-kill-ar
to the affected areas as directed in order to achieve a relatively
weed-free grass area.
(n) Provide a substantial barrier, not less than 30" high, to
serve as protection for all seeded areas against trespassing and
damage at all times. Damage due to erosion, settlement of
backfill, trespassing, or other causes, shall be promptly repaired
by the Contractor at his own expense.
(o) The Contractor will be held responsible for the maintenance of
all work and parts thereof prior to the issuance of the
Certificate of Final Acceptance.
(p) Any soil or other material which has been brought onto the paved
areas by hauling operations shall be removed promptly, keeping
these areas clean at all times. Upon completion of the seeding,
all excess soil, stones and debris which has not previously been
cleaned up shall be removed from the site or disposed of as directed
by the Architect.
Section 03300
DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete2
Page 1
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
the work of this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, r.:aterials, equipment and services and perform
all operations required to complete the installation of all work
of this Section and relatad work as indicated on the Drawings
and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to,
the following:
(1) Concrete footings, foundations, and walls.
(2) Concrete stems, platforms.
(3) Concrete slabs on grade.
(4) Concrete curbs, fill and all other concrete work required
by the Drawings.
(7) Expansion and control ,oints in concrete work.
(6) Porous fill ana vat.or barrier for slabs on grade or fill.
(7) Cement rortar protection for door frame spreaders, for
pipes and conduits in slabs.
(8) Floor hardening treatment for interior exj;osed cer,ent floors
(9) Grout?n,T of bearing plates, levelling; plates, miscellaneous
lintels and equipi,,ent supported on concrete.
(10) All forts and reinforcing required for work of this Section.
(11) Box out for all floor mounted door closers.
Section 03300
Division 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete
page 2
(12) Set, build-in and grout all anchors, inserts, hangers,
supports, ties, frames, bolts, sockets, sleeves, lintels,
and other items required to be built intoconcrete work.
This shall include inserts, hangers, ties, etc., furnished
under other Sections of the Specifications and under other
Sections of Specifications of other Contracts.
(13) Cut, patch, finish and point up concrete and cement work.
(14) Furnish and install concrete pads required for mechanical
and electrical equipment.
(15) Installation of perimeter insulation specified under
Section 07200.
(b) Work not included: The following items of related work are
specified in other Sections or Contracts:
(1) Furnishing of hanger inserts, anchors, levelling plates,
sleeves, conduits, etc.
(2) Curbs, walks and driveways.
(3) Waterproofing and dampproofing.
2. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Submit complete and accurate shop drawings for approval before
any work is executed. Drawings shall show framing plans, details,
bending diagrams, sizes and spacing of members, relationship to
contiguous work, and all other pertinent informat�Iion.
(b) Submit complete and accurate shop drawings of concrete formwork.
Drawings shall indicate design, construction and bracing.
Section 03300
DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete
Page 3
(d) All detailing shall conform to the Manual of Standard Practice
of Detailing Reinforced Concrete, ACI-315•
(e) The detailer shall be responsible for dimensions, lengths, spacing,
sizes and quantities shown on his details. The Architect' s approval
is for general conformity with the Contract Drawings only.
3. SAMPLES
(a) Upon request and as otherwise specified submit to the Architect
for approval, samples of the materials specified under work
of this Section.
4. INSPECTION AND TESTS
(a) Testing of all concrete shall be performed by an independent
testing laboratory appointed by the Architect. The Owner
shall bear all costs arising from and incidental to all
inspection and tests.
5. MATERIALS
(a) Cement: An approved standard brand Portland cement, gray in
color, conforming to ASTM Designation Specification: D-150,
Type I . Only one (1) brand of cement must be used throughout
the work.
(1) High-Early-Strength Cement or other special cement: used
only when directed or authorized by the Architect. High-
early-strength cement shall conform to the requirements
of the above-referenced specification, Type III.
Section 03300
Division 3 Cast-in-Place Conc.
Page 4
(b) Aggregates
(1) Coarse aggregates for all stone concrete and fine aggregate
shall conform to ASTM Designation C33-we11 graded from fine
to coarse with the specified limits. The maximum size of the
aggregate 3/4 inches and not larger than one-fifth (1/5) of the
narrowest dimension between the sides of the forms of the member
for which the concrete is to be used not larger than three-fourths
(3/4) of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars.
(2) Coarse aggregate for stone concrete shall consist of crushed
stone, or gravel, having clean, hard, strong uncoated
particles free from injurious amounts of soft., thin, elongated
or laminated pieces, alkali, organic or of er deleterious matter.
(3) Fine aggregate for stone concrete - Sand, stone screenings
or other inert material with similar characteristics having
clean, strong, durable, uncoated grains and free from lumps,
salt or flaky particles, clay, shale, alkali, organic matter
or other deleterious substance.
(4) Aggregates shall be graded as follows:
COARSE AGGREGATE PERCENT RETAINED
1" Sieve 0
3/4" Sieve 0 10
3/8" Sieve 45 _ 80
No. 4 Sieve 90 - 100
FINE AGGREGATES BY WEIGHT PASSING
Passing 1/4" square opening 100%
Passing No. 4 sieve 95 - 100%
Passing No.16 sieve 50 - 85%
Passing No.50 sieve 15 _ 25%
Passing No.100 sieve 2 - 8%
(c) Anti-Shrinkage Grout to be used for grouting in of bearing plates
anchors and inserts shall be Master Builders eco", premix or
approved equal.
Section 03300
DIVISION 3 cast-in-place Concrete
Page 5
(d) Admixtures: shall be used only with the prior written approval
of the Architect.
All mixtures specified herein or proposed for use by the
Contractor shall be of a manufacture as approved by the Architect,
and used strictly in accordance with the manufacturer' s
directions.
(1) A set-controlling, water-reducing admixture: "Pozzolith"
manufactured by Master Builders, or approved equal, conforming
to ASTM C-494.
(2) Air-Entraining Admixture: conform to ASTM C-260, such as
"MB-VR" manufactured by Master Builders, or approved equal,
shall be used for all concrete exposed to weather.
(3) Floor hardener for concrete floors shall be Hornolith,
Flintox, Saniseal or Florok.
(e) Water used in mixing concrete shall be clean, potable and free
froin injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalies, organic
materials or other deletorious materials.
(f) Joint filler strips and premoulded filler strips shall be non-
extruding and resilient non-bituminous strips such as "Ethafoarr;"
manufactured by Dow Chemical Co.
(g) Reinforcing steel:
(1) Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM C-615, Grade 40,
(40 KSI yield stress) and be rolled from intermediate grade
new steel billets.
(2) Reinforcement mesh shall be electric-welded wire fabric
with an ultimate tensile strength of not less than 55,000
pounds per square inch. Reinforcement mesh shall conform
to ASTM A-185.
(3) Certified copies of mill reports shall accompany all
deliveries of reinforcing steel, identified to indicate
the minimum yield strength of the furnished bars.
(4) Copies of manufacturer's affidavit shall accompany all
deliveries of welded wire fabric certifying its minimum
tensile strength.
Section 03300
DIVISION 3 Qast-in-Place Concrete
Page 6
(h) Curing Material: concrete slabs shall be cured byllmeans of pigmented
curing compound of a type not affecting adhesion of resilient
flooring or other surface finishes, of approved manufacture,
conforming to ASTM C-309, and applied in strict accordance
with manufacturer's directions; 4 mil thick polyethylene sheeting
of approved manufacture lapped and taped as directed by the
manufacturer; or reinforced building paper conforming to
ASTM C-171.
(i) Vapor barrier under floor slab on grade or fill shall be water-
proof membrane consisting of fiber reinforced laminated Kraft
paper surfaced with black polyethylene filr,, similar and equal
to "Moistop" as manufactured by St. Regis Paper Company, or
tD milmil•thick polyethylene membrane such as "Visquee'n", or approved
equal.
(j) Forms shall conform to applicable requirements of ;ACI-301 and
ACI-347
(k) All other materials as hereinafter specified.
it
6. CONTROLLED CONCRETE
(a) Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate,
coarse aggregate and water.
b) All concrete, unless otherwise specified or calledi for on the
Drawings, shall be controlled concrete as defined and regulated
in the local building code and by the American Concrete Institute
and its ultimate compressive strength at the end of 28 days shall
be not less than 3000 p.s.i.
i
(c) Before the work is begun, the Contractor shall have preliminary
trial tests made by a laboratory approved by the Architect, to
determine the mixture required to give -the strengths specified.
Concrete shall be designed in accordance with the A.C.I. Standard
Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for �Concrete
(ACI 613) to produce the strength required. Concrete shall be so
designed that the concrete materials will not segregate nor shall
excessing bleeding occur. Tests shall be made in accordance with
ASTM C-39• The laboratory trial mixture shall develop concrete of
compressive strength at 28 days of 15% higher than ;the required
minimum for 3000 p.s.i. concrete to be acceptable f,or use in
the field but in no case shall cement content be less than 6 bags
per cubic yard. The proposed mixtures must be a,,prII by
the Architect before the Contractor proceeds with the wor':. Trial
mixes are to be made by a Testing Laboratory appointed by the
Architect and laid for by the Contractor.
Section 03300
Division 3 cast-in-Place Concrete
Page 7
(d) Upon approval by the Architect, the Contractor will be allowed to
proceed with the work if the laboratory trial mixture develops a
compressive strength of 65% of the required ultimate strength at
the end of seven (7) days.
(e) If, -during the progress of the work, it is found that the required
workability and strength cannot be attained with the materials
furnished by the Contractor, the Architect may order such changes
in proportions or materials or both as may be necessary to secure
the desired properties.
(f) The proportions of aggregate to cement shall be such as to produce
a mixture which will work readily into the corners and around
reinforcement but without permitting the materials to segregate
or excess free water to collect on the surfaces. The combined
aggregates shall be of such composition of sizes that when separated
on the #+ standard sieve, the weight passing the sieve (fine
aggregate) shall be not less than 40% nor greater than 50/fo of the
total, unless otherwise directed. Maximum size of coarse aggregate
shall be 3/4".
(g) The source of supply of the aggregate shall not be changed during
the course of the job without previous notice to the Architect,
and the materials from-any new source shall be subject to acceptance
or rejection based upon tests to be made by the Testing laboratory
at the Contractor' s expense.
(h) During the progress of the work, for every hundred (100) cubic
yard of each type of concrete, or for any smaller amotLit of
each type of concrete placed in any one day, at least four test
cylinders shall be made and stored in accordance with ASTM C-31.
Two of the specimens shall be tested after seven (7) days and two
cylinders after 28 days. The seven (7) day test shall show a
strength equal to 65% of the required 28 day concrete strength.
(i) One slump test shall be deducted from each truckload or batch
of concrete to be placed and from each batch from which a cylinder
is taken. The Contractor shall provide the Architect with a
tabulation showing the different design mixes for the various
slumps required for the work. Slump shall be 4" unless otherwise
approved by the Architect.
I
Section 03300
Division 3 j Cast-In-Place Conc®
Page 8
i
I
(j) The Contractor shall provide a storage box to be used exclusively
for the storage and curing of concrete test specimens. This box
shall be substantially constructed, made of 1" 'thick T&G lumber,
well braced to prevent warping, or 1/2" thick pilywood (exterior
grade) may be used. Box shall be provided with a hinged cover
and padlock. Storage box shall be so constructed and located
on the work that its air temperature when containing concrete
specimens will remain between 60 degrees and 80 degrees F. During
the first 24 hours that any test specimens are inthe box, electic
heating cables or other approved means shall belprovided to maintain
this temperature during freezing weather. The storage box shall
be placed on the site where approved, in location such that it
will not be subject to any vibration or disturbance. Storage box
shall not be placed in any building or shanty while it is being; used
for storing specimens.
(k) Should the average strength of the test cylinders fall below the
required strength, the Architect may require changes in the
proportion to apply to the remainder of the work or may require
load tests and/or cores at the Contractor's expense on the portion
of the structure which fails to develop the required strength or
may require additional curing. The load test shall conform to the
requirements of the Building Code Requirements for Reinforced
Concrete (ACI 318, latest edition) . If the concrete does not meet
the Specification Code Requirements, the Architect may condemn such
concrete already in place and the Contractor, at his own expense shall
remove such condemned concrete and replace same with new concrete
to the satisfaction of the Architect. Use of high early strength cement
will not be permitted without written approval of the Architect.
7. MIXING
(a) All concrete shall be machine mixed or transit miixed in accordance
with ASTM C-94 and ACI-304.
(b) Hand mixing will not be permitted unless approved by the County
Representative.
(c) Machine mixing shall be done in an approved batch mixer. Sand and
gravel shall be measured by weighing. Mixing shall be continued for
at- least one minute after all materials are in the mixing drum at a
speed of not less than twelve nor more than eighteen revolutions
per minute. The volume of the mixing materials per batch shall
not exceed manufacturer's rated capacity of mixer. A water gauge shall
be provided to deliver the exact predetermined amount of water for each
batch.
I
III
Section 03300
DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete
Page 9
(d) Transit mix concrete shall conform to the Specification and Tests
herein described and to ASTM C-94, current edition; and further
provided that the central plant producing the concrete and equip-
ment transporting it, are, in the opinion of the Architect, suitable
for production and transportation of controlled concrete. The
maximum elapsed time between the time of the introduction of water
and placing ;hall be one hour.
(1) The Contractor shall notify the Architect and the approved
testing laboratory at least twenty-four hours in advance
of the time he intends to use ready mixed concrete so that
an inspector may be assigned to -,he plant to supervise the
i1,ix.
(2) With each delivery of concrete, Furnish to Superintend@nt, at
building site, a delivery slip (certified by laboratory
representative) showing mix, quantity of cement, fine and
coarse aggregates, water and time of departure from the plant.
(3) No transit mixed concrete shall be delivered from the plant,
unless same has been approved by the Architect.
(e) Exterior concrete exposed to weather: Water cement ratio shall not
exceed 6-1/2 gallons per sack of cert,ent and an air-entraining ,
agent approved by the Architect shall be added to obtain concrete
with bn air content not less than 4%nor more than 6% conformLng to
ASTM C-175, latest edition. Determination of air content shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor subject to inspection
and approval of the County Representative.
(f) Structural stone concrete shall weigh approximately 144 lbs. per
cu. ft.
9. PLACING OF CONCRETE
(a) Notify the Architect and the Testing Laboratory at least 24 hours
before any concrete is placed and obtain the Architect' s permission
prior to placing concrete.
(b) All forms must be absolutely clean and free from shavings and
dirt before starting concreting.
I
Section 03300
Division 3 Cast-In-Place Conc.
Page 10
(c) All concrete must be placed as rapidly as possible after mixing
and thoroughly spaded and rammed in place. All possible care is
to be exercised to prevent honeycombing. Concrete shall be placed
in layers not over one foot thick and shall not be dumped from a
height of over three feet. Concrete that must be placed more than
three feet below pouring level shall be chuted at a slope of
not more than I in 2 or deposited through elephant trunks.
(d) Concrete placed in warm heather shall be kept well sprinkled with
water for at least one week after placing, unless other approved
curing methods are used. No concrete shall be placed when the
atmospheric temperature is above 900F.
(e) Concrete shall be placed in one operation up to temporary bulk-
heads' which shall be located in general, at points of minirnum
shear.
I
(f) All structural concrete shall be placed with the aid of mechanical
vibrators. The vibrators shall be of a type and design approved
by the architect, and shall be capable of transmitting to the
concrete not less than 3,000 impulses per minute. The vibration
shall be sufficiently intense to visibly affect the concrete over
a radius of at least 2' -0" around the point of �application but shall
not be applied long enough to segregate the ingredients . Enough
vibration shall be used to cause all the concrete to flow or settle
readily into place. The vibration shall be oflinternal type, applied
directly to the concrete and not through the forms, except in sections
too thin to permit the insertion of the internal type, in which case
form vibration may be employed at the discretion of the Architect.
(g) No concrete shall be deposited in or under water nor on muddy or
frozen ground.
I
(h) Before depositing new concrete against concrete) which has set, the
forms shall be retightened and the surface of concrete placed
earlier shall be thoroughly roughened, cleaned 'lof all foreign
matter and laitance, shall be slushed with water, slushed with a
coat of neat cement grout and the new concretelshall `_)e placed
before the grout has attained its initial set, ';or the work shall
be performed in such other approved manner as will insure a.
thorough bonding to the work.
I
I
I
Section 03300
Division 3 Cast-In-Place Conc.
Page 11
(i) Cold Weather:
(1) When the atmospheric temperature is below 40 deg. F., the
water and aggregate shall be heated so that the temperature
of the concrete will not fall below 50 deg. F. from the time
it leaves the mixer until 15 minutes after it is placed in
the forms.
(2) Coarse aggregate shall not be heated to a temperature above
160 Deg. F.
(3) Special care shall be taken to place the concrete as quickly
as possible after mixing.
(4) Concrete shall be properly covered and artificially warmed so
as to prevent freezing.
(5) Newly placed concrete shall be covered and warmed when it
is anticipated that the temperature may descend to freezing.
(6) Concrete damaged by weather conditions shall be removed and
replaced by Contractor at his own expense, even though
the Engineer has permitted the concrete to be placed.
(7) No concrete shall be placed when the atmospheric temperature
is below 280 F.
10. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
(a) Joints shall be so made and located as to least impair the strength
of the structure. Where a joint is to be made, provide keys and
dowels. The surface of the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and
all laitance removed. In addition, vertical joints shall be
thoroughly wetted and slushed with a neat cement grout immediately
before placing of new cement. Provide water stops in all vertical
joints of walls of usable spaces below grade.
9
Section 03300
DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Conc.
Page 12
11. POUROUS FILL AND MEMBRANE
(a) All concrete slabs on grade or fill shallbv placed on porous
fill, 6" thick after compaction, and consist ing of coarse,
clean crushed stone or gravel, free of clay, or 1/2" crushed
rock. Porous fill shall be compacted thoroughly before
placing concrete, and trimmed to correct ines and levels.
(b) All concrete slabs on grade or fill shall receive membrane
placed on porous fill prior to placing reinfi rcing. Membrane
shall be placed with 2" laps at ends and sides, and without
tears or ruptures at the time concrete is placed thereon.
Section 03300
Division 3 Cast-in-Place-Cone.
Page 13
12. FORMS., CENTERING AND FORM WORK AFFECTING WORKMANSHIP
(a) Forms shall conform to the lines, dimensions and shapes of
concrete indicated on the Drawings, for the members for which
they are provided. They shall be tight to prevent any
possibility of movement after the concrete is poured -and shall
insure safety to workmen and the public.
(b) Proper shoring under the forms for concrete work to support
loads, such as are occasioned by the storage of building materials
on the floors and by other operations during the construction,
shall be provided. Forms shall not be removed until a thorough
examination indicates that the concrete has developed ample
strength to carry the load to be put upon it, and in no case
before 5 days after placing.of concrete.
(c) Forms for exposed concrete work shall be plywood or composition
of smooth line construction, that will produce straight,
dense surfaces free from honeycombs, bulges and depressions.
(d) If any material is used to coat form work to facilitate its
removal, this material shall be of such nature as not to stain
or injure the concrete or cause injury to finish to be applied
on exposed surfaces on the concrete.
(e) Forms for walls, columns and piers shall have removable panels
at the bottom for cleaning and inspecting.
(f) Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned before re-using. Facing material
shall be replaced and/or repositioned on forms where damaged, prior
to re-use.
1r
i
Section 03300
Division 3 Cast-in-Place Cone.
Page 14
(g) Sufficient shoring to properly support the concrete structure
shall be kept in place after the forms have been removed and
until such time as it is no longer necessary and all forms
shall be so designed as to permit this to be done; provided,
however, that in,lieu of thus designing of the forms and
keeping the shoring in place, shoring for the purpose may
be installed at the time of removal of the forms.
i
(i) All wood form work, including that used in void spaces,
pockets and other similar places shall be removed.
13. PLACING OF REINFORCEMENT
(a) All reinforcement shall be rigidly wired in place with
adequate spacers and zinc coated tie chairs. Bar supports
shall be not more than 5'0" o.c.
(b) Reinforcement shall be placed so that where temperature shrinkage
bars occur, they shall be not closer to top of slab than 3/4".
Coordinate with work under Electric Contract so that conduits
may be placed to obtain this result.
I
I
I
(c) All reinforcement shall be bent cold. The minimum radius of bend
shall be 4 diameters for bars 5/8" round or leIls and 6 diameters
for larger bars.
I
Section 03300
Division 3 Cast-In-Place Conc.
Page 15
(d) Reinforcement for concrete slabs on ground or fill shall be
supported on precast concrete bricks. On formwork, galvanized
coated chairs or spacers shall be used.
(e) At intersections the rods shall be securely wired together and
lapped a minimum of 40 diameters.
14. CONCRETE FINISH AND CURING
(a) On concrete exposed to view, metal form ties, where used,
shall be detached 1" back from the surfaces of the exposed
side and the holes filled with cement mortar and rubbed immediately
after removal of the forms.
(b) Permanently exposed surfaces shall be left smooth and true.
. (d) Exposed concrete surfaces shall be without voids, except for
occasional small air holes. After the removal of fins,bring
irregular surfaces to reasonable smoothness by rubbing and
trowelling with an approved specially prepared bonding application.
(e) If exposed concrete contains voids or other defects which, in the
opinion of the Architect are unsuitable for appearance or
permanency, the Architect may order same removed and replaced at
the expense of the Contractor.
(f) Careful attention shall be given by the Contractor to the proper
curing and protection of all concrete work in the structure. The
work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water and
defacements of any nature during the construction operation.
(g) All concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of at least
50 degrees F. for not less than 72 hours after-deposition, and
shall be sufficiently protected so that this temperature can be
maintained. No manure, salt, or other chemical may be used for
such protection.
Section 033�
Division 3 Cast-In-Place Concrete
(Page 16
i
(h) Concrete shall be protected against freezing. No frozen materials
or materials containing ice shall be used. Calcium chloride shall
not be used as an anti-freeze agent.
(i) Concrete which is exposed in occupied spaceslor is an Architectural
feature, shall be rubbed ,tiith carborundum blocks and grout
cleaned, as approved.
i
i
15. CONGRETE SLABS AM) SLAB FINISHES
(a) Concrete floors exposed in the finished work and those which are
to receive carpet or resilient floor finishesjshall have the
structural slabs screeded, darbied and floated to required
levels. Unless otherwise specified, surface shall be twice steel
trowelled to a hard, smooth, even finish.
(b) Floors which are to receive resilient flooring or carpet shall be
smooth and in proper condition to receive finish flooring.
(c) Surfaces to receive tile or terrazzo shall be;broomed or
otherwise left rough to receive setting beds.
i
(d) Floor areas and their finishes shall be properly pitched toward
drains.
(e) Dusting with cement, or with cement sand mixt`re to absorb
water will not be permitted.
i
(f) As soon as surface has been hardened sufficiently, sprinkle
with water and keep continuously wet at least seven (7) days.
Surface shall be kept covered during curing with heavy Sisalkraft
paper lapped at joints and secured in place. (Contractor shall
continuously protect cement finish floors from damage for the
duration of the work by such means as approved by the Architect,
and shall leave same in perfect condition to receive other floor
finishes or where exposed in the finished work they shall be in
perfect condition at completion and acceptance of the building.
I
(g) Where different floor coverings or finishes occur on opposite
sides of a door opening, strip saddles furnished under another
Specification Section shall be installed with top edge of
strip finishing flush with finished floor level.
I
I
Section 03300
Division 3 Cast-In-Place-Cone.
Page 17
17. MORTAR PROTECTION COATS
(a) 1" thick mortar protection coats shall be provided where called
for in this and other Sections. Where protection comes within
2" of finished floor, it shall be reinforced with wire mesh
reinforcement embedded in the mortar bed.
(b) Mortar shall be composed of 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts
sand.
18. FLOOR HARDENER
(a) Cement floor finish and cement base, except where cement is
covered by other finished materials, shall be treated with
Fluosilicate Floor Hardener. The material shall be applied
in not less than two (2) coats. Before treatment, care shall
be taken to see that the surfaces are free of dirt, oil or
grease and are thoroughly dry. After the last application of
floor hardener is dry, the cement surfaces shall be buffed.
19. WORK IN CONNECTION WITH OTHER SECTIONS AND OR CONTRACTS
(a) Electrical conduits and boxes shall be placed in concrete. These
conduits and boxes will be installed under the Electrical Contract,
but the Contractor under this Section shall cooperate in permitting
the placing and securing of conduits and shall see that conduits
or boxes are not displaced or damaged during placing of concrete.
i
Section 03300
Division 3 Cast-In-Place Conc.
Page 18
I
(b) Pipe Shafts: Box out for pipes as directed and fill up to pipe
sleeves with concrete after same are in place; and do all grouting
with cement and filling with 1:3:5 stone concrete.
(c) Do not disturb hanger inserts installed by Mechanical Trades.
(d) Build in anchors, blocking, inserts or slots a's required for
proper anchorage of work under other Sectionsiland Contracts.
(e) Set in concrete all sleeves furnished under other Sections, or
Contracts, and in proper alignment.
(f) Cooperate with other trades- and the Plumbing, Heating and Ventilatin;t
and Electrical_ Contractors for the location ofjall sleeves, hangc2rs,
and hanger inserts. f
(g) Carefully point around all pipe sleeves where carried through
concrete to present a neat finish.
I
(h) Grout in all windows occurring in concrete and'ispreaders of
hollow metal frames.
(i) Solidly embed any frames and covers furnished for pipe.
(J) Assist in setting drains and all other similar! fittings called
for in the Mechanical Contradts.
(k) Set lintels furnished by others where same arelshown anchored in
concrete work, and do not weigh over 200 pounds.
(1) Build into concrete all items furnished by other trades and
required to be built into concrete.
I
I
(m) Where required to accommodate items of mechanical equipment,
such items shall bl� at such locations and of such dimensions as
called for by certified manufacturer's drawings of the equipment.
The work shown on the Contract Drawings is to establish generally
the quantity of work involved. Construction of such items from
information other than certified manufacturer's drawings of the
equipment will be at the Contractor's own risk:
i
!
i
Section 03300
DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Conc.
Page 19
2 0. PITS, TRENCHES, ETC.
(a) Build all pits, pit cleanouts, trap pits, trenches, curbs and
pads as required by the Drawings and by job conditions.
21. CUTTING, PATCHING AND REMOVAL
(a) The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting and
patching of his work as required to accommodate work of
this Section and of other Sections and Contracts.
(b) Materials which have become damaged or have been condemned shall
be removed from the site.
22. METAL DOOR BUCK SPREADERS
(a) As soon as the combination door bucks and trim are set, prepare
a screed coat composed of one part Portland cement and three
parts sand by volume, securely encasing the metal spreaders to
prevent same from bending or suffering other damages.
24. ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT
(a) In addition to the reinforcement shown on the Drawings, the
Contractor will be required to indicate in the Form of Proposal
the unit cost per ton for additional reinforcing steel in place
for any additional work.
25. ADDITIONAL CONTROLLED CONCRETE
(a) In addition to the concrete work shown on the Drawings, the
Contractor will be requi,rgd to indicate in the;,Form of Proposal
the unit cost per cubic yard for additional controlled concrete
in place; including forms and excavation for any additional work.
DIVISION 4 Section 04100
Mortar
Page 1
SECTION 04100
MORTAR
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work
under this Section.
I. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform
all, operations required to complete the installation of all work
of this section and related work as indicated on the Drawings
and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to
the following:
(1) All mortar for masonry block work.
(2) Mortar for grouting.
(3) Touch up and pointing mortar.
2•. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Deliver all materials in manufacturers original unopened
containers, bearing brand and manufacturer's names.
(b) Store cementitious materials in waterproof sheds, off the
ground to prevent damage by water. Containers showing evidence
of water damage shall be rejected. Store aggregates
in separate bins to prevent intrusion of other materials or
foreign particles.
3. MATERIALS
(a) Portland Cement - domestic brand conforming to ASTM C 150,
Type 1, of a color selected by the Architect.
(b) Lime- hydrated, conforming to ASTM C 207, Type "S".
I
DIVISION 4 Section 04100
Mortar
Page 2
(c) Sand-clean, coarse, free of loam, salt., unorglanic and
foreign matter. Sand shall be light in color. Fine aggregate
shall conform to ASTM C 144, except that allisand for mortar in
joints 1/4" or less shall pass a No. 16 sieve. Coarse aggregate
shall conform to ASTM C 404.
(d) Water-clean, fresh, potable and free from injurious amounts of
acids or alkalies.
(e) Water Reducing Admix. - for exterior walls shlall be manufactured
by Master Builders "Omicron", Sonneborn Building Products . "Hydrocide
Powder", or approved equal.
;
(f) Non-Shrink Grout - premixed, non-metallic as manufactured by
Master Builders "Embeco", or approved equal. ]
I
4. SAMPLES
- (a) Submit samples for Architect's approval, in accordance with
the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents . Sample
shall include the following:
Sand . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 lb. bags of each kind.
Water Reducing Admix and Non-Shrink Grout. . ..manufacturers data
and mixing instructions.
5. MIXING
(a) Proportions for brick and load bearing block mortar - Type "S"
as per ASTM C-270.
(1) Proportions by volume: 1 part Portland cement to 1/4" - 1/2"
parts hydrated lime and not less than 2,-i, or more than 3 times
the sum of the volumes of cement and lime for the aggregate.
DIVISION 4 Section 04100
Mortar
Page 3
(b) Proportions for non-load bearing block mortar - Type "N" as
per ASTM C-270.
(1) Proportions by volume - 1 part Portland cement to 1/2 to 1 1/4
parts hydrated lime and not less than 24 or more than
3 times the sum of the volumes of cement and lime for the
aggregate.
(c) Proportions for pointing mortar -
(1) Proportions by volume - 1 part Portland cement to 1/4 part
hydrated lime and 2 parts extra fine sand.
(d) Admixtures- added in accordance with approved manufacturer's
instructions. The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted.
(e) Mixing - by mechanically operated batch mixer with a water
control device having an indicator. Drum shall be entirely
discharged before recharging. Mix sand, lime, cement and ad-
mixture dry for two (2) minutes minimum, add water and mix for
an additional three (3) minutes minimum. Mix mortar with slightly
less water than the maximum amount consistent with workability,
to provide near maximum tensile bond strength. Mix only amount
that can be used before initial set takes place, or within the first
one-half hour, and then only replace water lost by evaporation.
r.
Section 04200
DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry
Page 1
SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
Applicable provision of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, -shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform
all operations required to complete the installation of all work of
this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and
specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the
following;
(1) Inter for concr ete block wall s wher e indicated on drawing s.
(2) Common brick where the use of masonry block is not feasible.
(3) Masonry block furring where indicated or required.
(4) All ties, anchors, reinforcement and the like for work of
this section.
(5) Set and grout bearing plates for structural steel.
(6) Set and grout loose lintels weighting 200 lbs, or less.
(7) Building-In all flashing, water dams and waterproofing
a s r equir ed.
(8) Set, build-in and grout all hollow metal work, miscellaneous
metal work, inserts, louvers, accessories , nailing blocks,
anchors and all other items.
(9) Construct samples of interior walls and partitions.
(10) Parging, grouting, cutting, patching and cleaning of all
masonry work.
Section 04200
DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry
Page 2
i
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Delivery and Storage
(1) Deliver all materials in manufacturer's original, .unopened
containers, bearing the manufacturer's name and type of
object contained therein.
(2) Masonry Units: delivered dry, or within allowable moisture
content limitations. Stack on pallets off the ground and
cover with tarpaulins or other approvedlmaterial, allowing
for constant circulation of air.
(3) Reinforcement: store 18" off the ground in a manner that will
prevent bending or deformation and cover to prevent rusting.
(4) Handle all materials with sufficient care to prevent damage
of any kind. Damaged materials shall be removed from the
site, and be replaced with new material at no additional
cost. The Architect shall have access to all storage areas.
(b) Coordination: Coordinate with all other trades supplying materials
or performing work in connection with the workiof this Section,
to avoid ugly breaks in walls and partitions.
(a) Cutting, patching and repairing: Do all of this work that is usual
and incidental under this Section and as required for the installation
of work of other trades, and also as may be required by the Architect.
Do all cutting, fitting and repairing in a neat manner, and leave all
work in a first-class, presentable condition acceptable to the
Architect.
Section 04200
Dirlsion 4 Unit Masonry
Page 3
(d) Defective Work: All defective, damaged, defaced or other work
of substandard quality will be rejected by the Architect, and
replaced with new work in accordance with plans and specifications,
without extra cost to the Owner. No damaged units shall be laid
in exposed faces of the work.
(e) Weather conditions: No masonry work shall be performed when the
ambient temperature is 320 F. and falling, unless adequate provisions
are made for heating the materials and protecting the work by providing
and maintaining the temperature above 400F., during and for 48 hours
subsequent to lay-up of masonry. The use of anti-freeze additives is
forbidden. No exposed masonry shall be erected when temperature is
above 900F.
(1) Surface of masonry, not being worked on shall be
adequately protected at all times. Exposed tops of
masonry walls ahll be covered with reinforced
polyethylene or other approved methods subject to the
approval of the Architect, when inclement weather is
imminent.
(2) No frozen work will be accepted, nor shall masonry units 1
having a film of frost or water on their surface be used.
No frozen work shall be built upon.
z
3. MATER?ALS
(a) Anchors and Ties: fabricated from non-corrosivq and non-ferrous
metal.
(1) Corrugated Wall Ties: for anchoring interior masonry, where
bonding is not practical, shall be 7/8" wide x 7" long x 20
gauge minimum, as manufactured by Hohman & Barnard, or approved
equal.
Section 04200
Division 4 Unit Masonry
Page 4
(2) Dovetail Anchor Slots: Type No. 305, 24 gauge galvanized
steel manufactured by Hohman & Barnard) .or .approved equal.
(3) Dovetail Anchors: manufactured by Hohman & Barnard or
approved equal.
a. Flexible: No. 315, galvanized.
b. Corrugated: No. 303, galvanized.
(b) Masonry wall reinforcement: Standard weight truss type, galvanized
after forming, with deformed side rods, manufactured by Duro-O-Wal,
Hohman & Barnard, A. A. Wire Products or approved equal. Provide
prefabricated corner and tee sections where required, Reinforcement
shall be of width to finish one inch from face of t e wall.
(c) Concrete Masonry Units:
(1) Hollow Lightweight Load-Bearing Units: conform to ASTbi C-50,
Grade N, Type I, moisture controlled, cured and dried. Use where
blocks are to be 6" or more in thickness-.
(2) Hollow Lightweight Non Load-Bearing Units: conform- to AST2d
C-129, Type I moisture controlled, cured and dried. Use where
blocks are to be less than 6" in thickness.
• t .
(3) General: all blocks shall have sharp edges and corners, true to
line and free of cracks, chips or other defects which would
Impair the strength or appearance. All blocks shall be
manufactured with expanded clay, shale or blast furnace slag,
such as "4laylite," "Solite" or "Colite"; with no impurities that
will stain paint or plaster. Blocks shall be nominal 8" x 16"
or 8" x 18" x required thickness as shown. Provide all special
shapes as required. Concrete masonry units shall be manufactured
not less than 30 days prior to shipment to the job. Corners on
exposed smooth face blocks shall be 3/4' radius.
Section 04200
Division 4 Unit Masonry
Page S
DNISION 4 Section 04200
Unit Masonry
Page 6
(d)
(1) Common brick: standard size, 100% all hard, conforming to
ASTM C-62, Grade N.W. No "arch" or "salmon" brick shall be
used.
4. SAMPLES
(a) Submit samples for Architect' s approval, in accordance with
the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.
Samples shall include the following:
Concrete masonry units . . .. . . . . . . two of each t e.
Anchors .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . two of each type.
Reinforcement . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . two 24" lengths each type
& two of each "T" &
corner piece.
(1) Each sample shall bear a label identifying the job, the item,
where it is to be used and the manufacturer's name.
(b) Sample panels of interior and exterior wall construction
shall be erected on the site in a location selected by the
Architect. Panels shall be 610" wide x 410" high and set
on wood planks or concrete bases.
Section 04200
Division 4 Unit Masonry
Page 7
(1) Panels shall show materials, bonds, widths, color and tooling
of joints. Work shall be corrected until panels have been
approved by the Architect. Approved panels shall remain intact
until all work is installed and approved. Permanent work
shall match the approved panels in every respect .
5. WORKMANSHIP
(a) General
(1) All masonry shall be laid plumb and true to line, in
accordance with the coursing set-up on the drawings. Unless
otherwise noted, all masonry shall be laid-up in running bond.
(2) Step back unfinished work for adjoining with new work. Before
new work is started, remove loose mortar and thoroughly wet
the exposed joints.
(3) Build in all slots, chases and/or openings required for
installation of the work of other trades, in locations and to
the dimensions indicated on the drawings, or in accordance
with information furnished before the work is laid out.
(4) Provide smooth surfaces onto which flashing is applied.
After flashing and/or dampproofing are placed, exercise care
so that they are not damaged.
(5) Vertical and horizontal joints shall be of uniform width.
But shall be adjusted for each space between openings in walls
so that no closures will be required at jambs or external corners.
Tool joints to a dense, smooth finish in a concave profile in
brick work and a square profile to match the center score in the
block in all exposed block work, after mortar has attained its
initial set, and in a manner as to compact the surface mortar to
prevent shrinkage cracks. Joints shall not be over 3/8" wide,
unless otherwise indicated or approved.
(6) Slush around and behind window frames, metal bucks and
similar conditions with mortar. Frames shall be securely
set in a watertight condition, plumb and level, fully bonded
and grouted to masonry.
Section 04200
DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry
Page 8
I
1
i
I
(c) MASONRY BLOCK WORK
i
(1) Each course of block shall be solidly bedded in mortar with
vertical joints breaking over the center of the course below.
Units shall be bonded at corners and intersections by an
alternate lapping of units, and be bonded into or anchored to the
adjacent construction. No cells shall be left! open in face surfaces.
I
i
I
t
Section 04200
DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry
Page 9
(2) Units shall be laid out in such a manner that units less than
1/2 thr_, height of normal blocks will not show. Units shall be
built up tight to underside of bears, or deck above, wedged
in tight with slate and joints filled with mortar.
(3) Load bearing partitions and walls where concentrated loads
occur in masonry walls and partitions, shall be filled and
rammed with mortar, or solid blocks n,ay be used.
(4) Interior block walls and/or partitions shall receive
reinforcer:•ent every third block course. Install
reinforcement in the first course above and below openings
and extend 6" on each side of the olening.
(5) Interi.or block walls and/or partitions shall be laid-out with
one block course, to define spaces, locations of openings and
serve as a general guide to other trades. Fill void of first
course half full of mortar.
f (6) Set blocks tightly against all bucks, anchor into joints
and slush all voids full of mortar. Accurately cut and fit
all block work around all pipes, ducts, openings and the like.
6. FURRING OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
(a) All pipes, conduits, ducts, and the like in finished rooms or
spaces shall be enclosed in furred spaces. Panel boards, switches
and other equipment shall be built in the walls and where necessary
the walls shall be furred out to enclose the back of the panel or
switch cabinet and provide flush mounting at the front.
(b) Furring shall extend full height of the walls, and except in
the case of pilasters in corners of rooms, the furring shall
extend full length of the walls on which it occurs.
(c) Furring as required herein shall be provided by the Contractor
whether or not it is indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor
shall refer to the Mechanical Drawings for location of the piping,
ducts and equipment.
Section 04200
DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry
Page 10
7. CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
(a) The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, patching g and
repairing of work that is usual and incidental to this branch
of trade and as required for the installation�iof work for other
trades and also as may be required by the Architect.
(b) Refer to Mechanical Drawings and to the Specifications for Plumbing,
Heating and Ventilating and Electrical Contracts.
S. CLEANING AND POINTING
(a) All exposed interior and exterior masonry work shall be cleaned,
using clean water and fiber brushes until all'Idirt, stains, r.ortar
or other defacements are removed. Joints in exposed work shall be
repointed as required to leave them in a satisfactory condition.
Wire brushes or acids shall not be used, nor shall any cleaning
be done when there is a possibility of frost.i
(b) While cleaning is being done, all other work 'shall be protected.
Make good any damage resulting from neglect to provide proper
and adequate protection. After completion of'lall cleaning, remove
all equipment, temporary work, surplus materials and rubbish from
the premises.
i
9. PROTECTION
(a) When work on any brick or block masonry is finished for the day
or discontinued on account of rain or snow, or where top of new
work is likely to be damaged by storms, sloping planks covered
with tarred felt shall be place over the top of walls.
i
i
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 1
SECTION 05900
MISCELLANEOUS METAL
Applicable provision of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall
govern all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete the installation of
all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the
Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily
limited to, the following;
(1) Anchor Bolts.
(3) Aluminum Pipe Railing, Brackets and Accessories.
(4) Steel Ladder.
(7) Steel Pan Type Stairs to receive cement fill.
(9) Structural Steel.
(10) Aluminum Non-Slip Nosing s.
(12) Steel Areawall & Areawall Cover Guards.
(13) Mat Sinkage Frames.
Section 05960
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 2
(14) Miscellaneous Framing.
(b) Work to be performed under other sections will be as follows:
(1) Pressed Steel and Hollow Metal.
(2) Glazing.
(3) Hardware and Specialties (except as specified herein).
Z. SAMPLES
(a) Samples of items specified herein shall be submitted to the
Architect for approval in accordance with the GENERAL
CONDITIONS.
(b) Samples shall be of color, textures and finish specified herein
or selected by the Architect from the approved manufacturer's
standard s.
3. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Before commencing any work, prepare and submit shop drawings.
The Drawings shall show complete details of construction, all
dimensions, sizes, gauges and profiles of members, reinforce-
ments, hardware, assembly of the work, the installation and
relation to adjoining work, anchorage and any pertinent in-
formation deemed necessary by the Architect.
4. MEASUREMENTS
(a) Before ordering any materials or doing any work, verify all
Q measurements, dimensions and other conditions at the building
as may be necessary or required in connection with this work,
and be responsible for the corrections of same. Do such
corrective work to adjoining work as may be necessary to make
the work of this Section perfect in all respects.
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 3
5. MATERIALS
(a) All materials shall be new, free from defects impairing strength,
durability or appearance, and shall be of the best quality for the
purpose specified.
(b) All members and connections shall be of sufficient strength and
rigidity to adequately withstand the loads to which they will be
subjected.
(c) Struch,ral steel shall conform to ASTM A-36.
High strength bolts shall conform to ASTM A-325 (For all
Shop Connections).
Unfinished bolts to conform to ASTM A-307 (For Field Connections),
Steel sheets shall conform to ASTM A-245 or ASTM A-246.
Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A-48.
Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A-53.
Aluminum alloys shall be as follows:
Ca sting s 214 Alloy
Extrusions 6063 Alloy
Sheets 32 Alloy
Aluminum Pipe Schedule 40 - 6063 Alloy
(d) Aluminum alloy products shall be made of virgin aluminum,
shall be of uniform quality, free from injurious defects, and
shall meet the requirements of the applicable specifications
governing the alloy specified. Aluminum alloys shall be the
products of Aluminum Company of America, Reynolds Metals Co. ,
or equal approved by the Architect.
6. DISSIMILAR METAL CONTACT SURFACE
(a) Dissimilar metal parts and aluminum work in contact with
masonry, concrete or mortar shall be kept from direct contact
with each other by heavy coat of alkali resistant bituminous paint.
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page-4
7. PAINTING
(a) All ferrous metal work under this Section shall be thoroughly
cleaned and carefully painted with rust inhibitive paint in the
shop before delivery or exposure to the weather. Shop coat
shall be free from runs or blisters and be thoroughly dry before
delivery, and any parts scraped, exposing the bare metal, shall
be retouched without delay. Parts inaccessible after erection
shall be given one additional coat of same paint.
(b) Paint shall conform to Fed. Spec. TT-P-86E, Type No. 1.
The paint manufacturer shall submit to the Architect an
affidavit attesting that the paint he proposes to furnish conforms
to these r equir emetts.
8. WORKMANSHIP
(a) All workmanship and finishes shall be first class in every
particular and strictly in accordance with the best practice.
Only skilled workmen shall be employed in the fabrication and
erection of this work.
(b) All joints shall be securely and neatly tenoned or riveted
together with dowels, screws or countersunk rivets and
dressed flush. All surfaces shall be dressed smooth, free from
mill marks or imperfections.
(c) All units shall be properly laid out and spaced between terminals
so that there shall be not "cut off" or other uncertain finish.
(d) Joints in exterior work shall be made watertight. All mitres
shall be cut and finished to a perfect fit. Necessary ribs,
brackets, fillets and other reinforcements in cast work shall be
cast integral with the main body of the work.
(e) All rolled shapes shall be carefully straightened and shall be
free from twist before the start of fabrication. Joints shall be
neat and square and close fitting and all exposed fastenings
evenly spaced.
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 5
(f) The finished work shall be strong, rigid and free from defects.
Joints shall be tight and invisible without the use of painting or
caulking.
(g) Do all cutting, drilling and fitting and work of similar character
required in fitting and setting the materials in place and do all
cutting and fitting required in connection with the fitting of this
work to the adjoining work of other trades.
(h) Provide connecting members, bolts, anchors, machine screws,
expansion bolts, etc. , as required and also provide screws,
bolts, etc. , necessary for the attachment of other materials to
the work.
(i) All anchors, bolts, etc. which are to be used on the exterior or
placed in exterior walls shall be hot-dipped galvanized after
fabrication,
(j) All connecting members, bolts, anchors, etc. , which are to be
covered with masonry shall be installed as far as practical as
the work progresses, so as to avoid cutting or drilling,
(k) Welding shall comply with the applicable curr ent standards,
specifications and codes of the American Welding Society.
Welds shall be continuous except where spot welding is permitted.
Where exposed, welds shall be ground to a smooth surface.
(1) All supplementary parts such as anchors, bolts, and clip angles
necessary for securing metal work to the construction where
required to be built in, shall be furnished to the proper trades.
(m) Bolting, where permitted, shall be done with proper size bolts
with nuts drawn tight and threads upset.
(n) All operative items shall be carefully adjusted and left in
satisfactory working order.
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 6
9. PROTECTION AND CLEANING
(a) All installations shall be suitably protected prior, during and
after placement. Protection shall remain in place until all
work which might cause damage or defacement has been com-
pleted.
10. ANCHOR BOLTS
(a) Anchor bolts for setting in concrete to receive wood framing
members shall be fabricated under this Section. Anchor bolts
shall be 3/8" rods not less than 18" long, one threaded end and
one end bent not less than 2". Threaded end shall have flat and
lock type washers and hexagonal nuts.
(b) All anchor bolts shall be installed under Section 03300 -
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
WA 7601 Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 7
11. STRUCTURAL STEEL ITEMS
(a) Shall include steel beams, bearing plates, steel lintels,
columns and all other miscellaneous framing members indicated
and required to complete the work.
(b) Structural steel framing members shall conform to ASTM
Designation A-36, latest edition, new and of domestic manufacture,
complete with bolts conforming to ASTM Designations A-325 for
shop connection and A-307 bolts for field connections.
(c) All materials, design, fabrication, erection and inspection shall
comply with the "Specifications for Design, Fabrication and
Erection of Structural Steel for Building" and also "Code of
Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges", latest edition,
issued by the American Institute of Steel Construction.
(d) Provide at the proper time all the various miscellaneous metal
supports and framing not provided under other Sections of the
Specifications and required to complete the work.
(e) Loose lintels of standard rolled steel shapes shall be furnished
for all openings through masonry walls, unless otherwise
indicated on Drawings.
(f) Lintels shall be of sizes and lengths shown, and where not
indicated, shall be not less than 1"0" more than the masonry
opening for which they are required. Loose lintels weighing
less than 200 lbs. shall be fabricated under this Section and
delivered to the site for setting under Section 04200 - UNIT
MASONRY,
. s
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 8
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 - Misc. Metal
Page 9
15. ALUMINUM PIPE RAILING
(a) Aluminum pipe shall be 1. 660 O.D. Schedule 40, 6063-T6 alloy,
weighing not less than 786 lbs. per ft. , with wall thickness
not less than . 140.
(b) Aluminum pipe handrailing shall be in longest lenghts practicable,
formed to proper shape free from waves, buckles or crimps.
Splices shall be made with concealed splice connectors and
concealed-from-view countersunk set screws. All work shall be
of flush construction.
(c) All railings and hardrails shall be rigidly and securely anchored.
Handrails shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 5'0" o. c.
Posts shall be set in sleeves embedded in the concrete to a depth
of 8" and caulked in the sleeves with molter_ lead, or as indicated
on D r awing s.
(d) Cast aluminum wall brackets for pipe handrailing shall be similar
and equal to 307 with wall bracket extensions 414 as manufactured
by Julius Blum & Co. Wall brackets shall be spaced not more than
410" o. c, following the rake and contour of stair and platforms,
fastened to masonry walls with expansion bolts and lead shields.
Aluminum handrails shall be formed to terminate at walls with
wall returns 7273 for 1-1/4" pipe.
(e) All surfaces of aluminum shall have an alumilite finish, Alcoa
204R1. The finish shall be executed in strict accordance with
the Aluminum Company of America's recommendations and
specifications.
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 10
16. STEEL PAN TYPE STAIRS AND RAILINGS
(a) Fabrication and erection of all stair work shall conform to the
best practice of the trade for stair construction work.
(b) Stairs shall be of steel, strongly and rigidly constructed, designed
and fabricated to support, in addition to the dead load, a live load
of 100 pounds per square foot with the required legal factor of
safety.
(c) Stairs shall be fabricated and erected to meet all requirements
of the law and the approval of the authorities having jurisdiction
and as required by job conditions.
(d) Stairs shall be erected as required for construction purposes as
soon as the walls are erected. Treads shall be adequately protected.
(e) Stairs shall be constructed of steel plate and channel stringers ,
with angle reinforcement and steel cover plates, of weights, sizes,
gauges and details as shown on the Drawings.
(f) Exposed ends of stringers shall be closed with steel cover plates
welded to stringers. Box type stringers shall be provided in
locations indicated. Stringers at walls shall be fastened to
masonry with large flat head flush expansion bolts 3'0" o. c. and
fastened to steel channels at intermediate platforms by welding
or machine bolts.
(g) Treads and risers shall be integral one piece construction of
No. 12 gauge sheet steel, formed to receive cast-in-place cement
treads with cast aluminum abrasive no sings indicated on Drawings.
Treads and risers shall be secured by bolting or welding to
1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 1/8" steel carrier angles bolted or welded to
stringer s.
(h) Aluminum railing shall be as previously specified under paragraph 15.
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 11
17. STEEL LADDERS
(a) Steel Ladders unless otherwise shown, shall be built of
2- 1/2" x 3/8" flat steel member s, 24" apart, with 3/4"
diameter single rungs spaced 12" o. c. Rungs shall be
shouldered and firmly welded into place.
(b) Ladders shall be securley fastened at toll and bottom and
at intermediate points at not over 3'0" intervals, with 3" x
1/4" angles of sufficient length to hold the center of rungs
6" away from the walls. Angle supports shall be welded to
the strings and expansion bolted to the wall and to hold ladder
clear of floor.
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 12
18. ALUMINUM NON-SLIP NOSING TREADS
(a) Non-slip nosing treads for concrete treads of stairs shall be
similar and equal to "A lumalun", Type "AM-4", as
manufactured by American Abrasive Metal Co. , Irvington,
New Jersey.
(b) Nosing treads shall be 4" wide, 5/16" thick, complete with
anchors for setting in forms prior to placing concrete. Treads
shall be 6" shorter than width of stairs and installed in such
manner to be flush with remaining surface of tread.
(c) Non-slip no sings shall be delivered to the site in sufficient
time to allow for setting in the formwork prior to placing
concrete.
(d) Non-slip nosing for cement filled steel pan type stairs shall
be similar and equal to type 610-A as manufactured by
American Abrasive Metal Co. , Irvington, New Jersey.
Section 05900
DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal
Page 13
19. STEEL AREAWALL AND AREAWALL COVER GUARD
(a) Steel areawall shall be 16 gauge galvanized copper-bearing steel
of dimensions indicated on Drawings, similar or equal to Model
#R-4620 0 a s manufactur ed by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. , 3 0 R a sons,
Court, Hauppauge, Long Island, N. Y.
(b) Areawall cover shall be similar or equal to "Bar-Grille"
Grating Cover as manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard, of size
to suit Areawall as specified above. Grating shall be fabricated
of 1" x 1/4" steel frame with 3/4" x 1/4" steel bars 2" on center
then hot-galvanized after fabrication.
20• MAT SINKAGE FRAMES
(a) Frames shall consist of 3/16" wide aluminum edging strips for
sides of mat sinkage s. Frames shall be welded and reinforced
at corners provided with temporary spreader and shall be
secured to the concrete slab with expansion bolts not less than
three to each side. Top shall finish flush with finished floor
surface. Frames shall be true and square and straight.
21. MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING
(a) Provide, at the proper time, all the various miscellaneous
metal supports and framing not provided under other Sections
of the Specifications and required to complete the work.
Section 06100
DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry
Page 1
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) work includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances
required for the complete execution of all work of this Section
as indicated on Drawings, specified herein and conditions at
the site including, but not limited to, the following:
(1) Temporary enclosures and protective boarding.
(2) Preservative treatment of 1 ,ber.
(3) All rough wood blocking, grounds, furring, wedging, nailers,
centerings and the like necessary and required for the
attachrr,ent and support of work under this Section and other
Sections of these Specifications and other Contracts.
(4) All wood framing members including studs, rafters, joists,
bridging, plates, shoes, tie beams, plywood sheathing for
walls and roofs, subflooring and the like necessary and
required to complete all wood framing for the existing and
new addition to the existing building.
(5) Nails, spikes, screws, bolts, clamps, connectors, straps,
stirrups, anchors, ties and all other metal accessories
shown on Drawings and required for the support and attachment
of all rough carpentry work.
(6) Installation of insulation furnished under Section 07200.
Section 06100
DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry
Pa ge 2
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Standards: Softwood for rough carpentry shall comply with the
requirements of the current American Lumber Standards "SPR-16" .
Supplied lumber shall bear the official grade or trade-mark of
the Association under whose rules the lumber is graded, or be
accompanied by a certificate of inspection issued by the
Association stating that the material supplied complies with
the Specifications as to species and grade.
(b) Softwood:
(1) Lumber: surfaced 4 sides and dressed. Sizes of yard and
structural lumber shall conform to the requirements of the
American Lumber Standards. Lumber shall be worked to shapes
as indicated or specified.
(c) Moisture Content: Unless otherwise specified, shall be either
air dried or kiln dried to a moisture content not exceeding 19%.
(d) Handling and Storage: Lumber delivered to the site shall be
carefully piled under weatherproof covers, stored in enclosed
spaces in such a manner as to provide proper ventilation and
protection from the weather.
(e) Preservative Treatment:
(1) Nailers, blocking, grounds, etc. for exterior work and in
close proximity to masonry or concrete shall receive a
preservative treatment meeting all requirements of
Federal Spec. TT-W-571 ( .35 lbs per cubic foot retention).
(2) Treated lumber: kiln dried or air seasoned for a period
of not less than 30 days after treatment.
(3) Each piece of preservative treated wood shall have the
trade-mark identifying the classification of the treatment
stamped thereon. Where labeling is not available, a certificate
from the processor shall accompany each shipment.
(f) Fire Retardant Treatment:
Section 06100
DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry
Page 3 +
(1) All wood, for any items so required by State and Local Codes,
shall be fire retardant. This treatment shall be "OSMOSE"
or approved equal, pressure impregnated, having a U. S.
Label for flame spread of not over 25 and no evidence of
significant progressive combustion in 30 minutes of test
duration and shall meet the "Non-Combustible Specification
903.8" of the Building Officials Conference of America
(BOCA) Code.
(2) Treated lumber shall be kiln dried to an average moisture
content of 18% or less.
(3) Each 'piece of treated lumber shall have stamped thereon the
U.L. Label and/or Trade-Mark identifying the classification
of the treatment, or, in lieu thereof, a certificate from the
processor shall be furnished for each shipment.
a. All treated lumber shall be stored indoors in a dry space
immediately upon delivery to the job site, or completely
and adequately covered so as to �:eep it dry; elevated above
the ground or floor slabs so as to allow ventilation.
(g) Coordination;
(1) Carry out all work of this Section in coordination and
cooperation with continuous wort: of other trades and/or
Contracts involved.
(2) Deliver all lumber for nailers, anchoring devices and/or
templates in due time for setting in connection with concrete
work, masonry, structural steel, metal decking and other
trades where required for the con,pletion of rough carpentry work.
3. MATERIALS
(a) All lumber shall be the best of its respective kinds, as best
suited for the particular purpose intended, free from shakes,
loose knots, or other imperfections which right impair its strength,
durability or appearance.
(b) All lumber shall be trade marked and grade narked in accord with
the rules of the association under whose ,jurisdiction it is
manufactured and shall be in accord with Department of Commerce
Simplified Practice Recommendations R-16, latest edition.
(c) All lumber shall be either air-dried or kiln-dried to a moisture
content not to exceed 19%. Materials for finished woodwork
throughout shall be thoroughly seasoned and kiln-dried to a
moisture content not to exceed 12°fo.
Section 06100
DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry
Pa ge 4
(d) Defects or blemishes shall not appear in the material used.
Lumber shall be G4S, sound, thoroughly seasoned and well
manufactured, and free from warp that cannot be corrected in
the process of mailing or bolting.
(e) Lumber shall be in accordance with the following:
(1) Framing Lumber, including studs, trusses, joists, stringers,
columns, plates, tie beams and shoes: 1500 lbs. per sq. in.
stress grade, West Coast Douglas Fir with a modulus of
elasticity of 1,760,000 lbs. per sq. in., or approved equal.
Metal ties, framing anchors, stirrups, strap anchors, etc., for
installing wood framing, shall be as manufactured by Weyerhaeuser
Co., Tacoma, Washington, or approved equal.
(2) Wood blocking, grounds, furring, wedging, nailers, centerings
and bridging - Sitka Spruce or Ponderosa Pine.
(f) Plywood for sheathing shall be 1/2" thick and sub-flooring
shall be 5/8"thick unless otherwise noted - Structural 1 Sheathing
Grade conforming to Product Standards PL1-661 Group 1 Douglas Fir
"C-C" grade veneers as manufactured by Georgia Pacific, U. S.
Plywood or Weyerhaeuser.
(g) Plywood for underlayment flooring over plywood sub-flooring: as
specified for plywood sheathing and sub-flooring except face veneer
shall be Group 1 Douglas Fir "A-A" Grade& 5/8" thick.
(h) Anchors, clips, etc., shall be of size to meet requirements and
conditions at the building. Toggle bolts for fastening of wood
to hollow block construction shall be of the spring wing type,
not less than 1/2" diameter with nuts and washers, of approved
type suitable for their particular usage.
(i) Fastenings for securing wood grounds, furring and similar work
to masonry shall be of metal, of a type and spacing best
suited to conditions, subject to the approval of the Architect.
They shall consist of hardened steel nails, expansion bolts or
screws or clinch nails of suitable size to draw the members
into place and securely hold same firmly. Nails, spikes, screws
and other fastenings for exterior work shall be heavy gauge aluminum
or galvanized steel.
Section 06100
DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry
Page 5
4. FRAMING
(a) Framing lumber and other roigh carpen:.rT work shall be properly
framed, closely fitted, accurately se: to required lines and
levels and rigidly securEd in place. Pfembers shall be framed
for the passing of pipes, lucts and cc,- duit w avoid cutting of
structural members. No f rau,inj• n.ember shall be cut, notched or
bored for the passage of pipes or conduit without pevn;ission
from the Architect. Fraying members dan.aged b cut�inCD shall be
reinforced as directed by the Architect. Special .framing which
may be required and not explicitly shown or specified shall be
provided to complete the work in the best and r.ost workmanlike
manner.
(b) Species of lumber shall be as specified of sizes and spacing
indicated on Drawings, nailed and spiked in a thorough ir.anner
using spikes larger than twenty penny (20d) where practicable.
Metal ties, framing anchors, stirrups, straps, etc., for connecting
wood framing shall be of gauges and sizes to suit, framing and
load requiren;ents.
(c) Plates, blocking and similar members on masonry walls shall be
drilled and set over anchor bolts and attached thereto with flat
washers and bolts previously set under masonry work. Plates,
blocking, etc., shall be in longest length practicable, and where
doubled or tripled, all joints shall be staggered with members
spiked or bolted together not more than 36" o.c. Trusses and
girders shall be constructed with wood members of sizes shown,
spaced as indicated.
(d) Wood studs and joists shall be spaced 16" o.c. double studs at
openings and post supports where indicated, fastened to adjacent
framing members, shoes or plates with spikes. Bridging between
framing members shall be of similar size as framing, placed
perpendicular to frari,ing, spaced not more than 410" o.c. in
staggered rows and spiked to framing with not less than two (2)
spikes at each bearing.
(e) Plywood sheathing on roof and building walls shall be provided
and installed under this Section. Plywood sheathing shall be of
type and thickness previously specified, in longest lengths possible,
1
Section 06100
DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry
Page 6
placed over wood framing with longest length �,erpendicular to framing
with staggered joints, all joints and ends occurring over bearing,
fitted tightly together and nailed to bearing with large flat head
galvanized nails 8" o.c. of sufficient length to penetrate through
plywood and into solid wood members not less than 1" .
(1) SheathinG shall cover entire roof and exterior stud walls
to provide adequate base to receive finishes as indicated.
(f) Plywood sub-flooring over wood joists shall be 4'0" wide by 81o"
long of thickness shown, laid with longest di:,.ension perpendicular
to joists, each end placed half-way over joist below. Ends of all
plywood panels shall be staggered and nailed to joists at each and
every bearing point with temper hardened spiral or annular ring nails
not more than 8" o.e.
Underflooring shall be installed in a true and level plane, free
from ridges or buckles ready to receive finished plywood under-
layment. Finished plywood flooring shall be as specified under
"MATERIALS", in 410" x 8'0" sheets of thickness shown, placed
over sub-flooring over joists as specified, except ends and
staggered joints shall occur in different locations as the sub-
flooring. Nails and nailing shall be as specified for sub-flooring.
Finished plywood flooring shall be smooth and level with all joints
in the same plane without ridges or bulges.
(g) Nailers and Blocking: Provide and secure to other materials,
as indicated, wood nailers, blocking, for the reception of
gravel stops and roof curbs.
(1) Nailers shall be of sizes, shapes and profiles indicated
on the Drawings or Details or as required, provided with
anchors and/or bolts as indicated.
(2) Consult with other trades as to hailers, blocking- and grounds
required for attachment of their work and other items requiring
nailers and blocking and securely fasten in place.
(3) Furnish and install all required rough blocking for iten.s
requiring such work.
Section 06100
DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry
Page 7
>. TEMPORARY PROTECTION
(a) Provide and install all temporary protection in accordance
with applicable provisions of the Contract Docim•ents, O.S.H.A.
regulations, and as follows:
(1) Temporary i-rotection shall also include wood doors,
railings, i,rotection on floor or roof openings, temporary
partitions and the litre; adequately maintained in good
repair during the life of the Contract.
(2) Furnish and set temporary iart.itions with wood doors at
all exteriordoorways, exterior openings in exterior walls
or in locations exi-osed to weather. These doors shall be
substantiall;,- built and hiuzg, equi__ed with proper hinges,
locks and other necessary- hardware, and shall be removed and
reset whenever required to acco:,.i;odat,- the wort: of other
contracts and shall be kept in good repair at all. times.
(b) If the installation of fra:.es and glass does not promptly
follow the completion of the exterior enclosures, and if' the
absence of enclosures would cause da;.,age. close in all such
openings tem;Dorarily by the use of heay.- polyethylene 1,lastic
sheeting, canvas, or duck, stretched over and nailed to franes
of 1" x 2" or heavier strips. Frar-es shall be secured with wire or
heavy cord.
(c) Remove all rer.,ainin�; temporary ,=tection when so directed, or
prior to acceptance of this uro'ect.
Section 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Page 1
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE ,CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and servxF s „gnd perform
all operations required to complete the installatiln'..of all work
of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings
and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited
to, the following;
6
(1) Type I and type II wood shelving.
(2) Counters, desks, and all other wood cabinets and counters
with and without shelves, doors, drawers and other features
of types and kinds in locations shown on the Drawings.
(3) Coat hanger rods and fittings.
(4) Plastic number plates on all corridor doors and plastic
name plates on corridor doors to special rooms and spaces.
(5) Interior and exterior wood trim,
(8) Nail s, screws, and other fastenings required for work
of this Section .
(9) Receiving, storing, distributing and applying finishing
hardware.
Section 06200'
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Pa ge 2
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Take and verify all measurements required for the proper
execution and fit of the work at the building. All dimensioned
Architect's drawings must be checked and verified with field
conditions. All discrepancies and conflicts, including those
between different installations, involving changes, shall be
reported to the Architect for correction and adjustment before
materials are fabricated.
(b) All lumber shall be the best of its respective kind, as best
suited for the particular purpose intended, free from shakes,
loose knots, splits or other imperfections which might impair
its strength, durability or appearance.
(c) All lumber shall be trade marked and grade marked in accordance
with the rules of the association having jurisdiction, and in
accordance with the Department of Commerce Simplified Practice
Recommendations R-16, latest edition.
(d) Materials for millwork and finished woodwork throughout shall be
thoroughly seasoned and kiln-dried to a maximum moisture content
of 12%.
(e) Defects or blemishes shall not appear in the material used.
Lumber shall be G4S, sound, thoroughly seasoned and free from
warp or other defects that cannot be corrected in the process
of fastening.
3. DELIVERY AIM STORAGE
(a) Lumber delivered at the site shall be immediately piled in
stacks to insure drainage and free circulation. No two pieces
in contact, lay on skids, placed to give slope of not less than
1/2" per foot to the stack and minimum clearance of 6" above
grade. Cover stacks with suitable roof covering tarpaulins.
(b) Finishing Lumber: As soon as delivered to the site, store in
weathertight, well ventilated structure with a tight floor not
less than 12" above ground. Do not store in portions of the
building under construction.
Section 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Page 3
(c) All interior finished woodwork shall be fully protected from the
weather while in transit from point of origin or fabricated to
the job site. When delivered at the building, it shall be
immediately placed under cover and adequately protected from
damage, kept clean, stored and handled in such a manner as to
avoid injury in any way.
(d) No interior finished woodwork shall be stc-�,ed or installed in
any wet or days portions of the building, or in rooms or
spaces where plastering or similar work will be executed
until such has been completed and thoroughly dry.
4. SHOP DRAVINGS
(a) Submit shop drawings based on the Contract Drawings showing
complete details of construction, sizes of members, kinds of
materials, assembly of work and connections to adjacent work,
and set forth the necessary provisions for the proper execution
of the work of other trades.
(b) Shop drawings shall show at large scale the construction of the
various parts of the work, the method of joinery, the thickness,
width and length of materials, the profiles of all mouldings
and ornamentation and all provisions for assembly and installation.
They shall show methods of reinforcement, anchorage and support.
5• SAMPLES
(a) Submit samples of all woods for approval. before fabrication of
any millwork.
(b) Samples of the various wood finish shall show the graining,
texture, color, etc. All finished work shall lie within the
range of approved samples of each kind of wood.
(e) Any millwork delivered which does not comply with the approved
samples will be subject to rejection.
6. SAMPLE PANELS
(a) Furnish and deliver to the Painting Contractor at the site sample
panels, each 6" x 10", truly representative of each specie and kind
of hardwood veneer plywood and hardwood trim used for wood paneling
and trim. Panels shall be finely sanded, ready to receive finish.
Six such panels shall be furnished for each room for Architect to
use in selecting suitable finish for the veneer plywood and trim.
Section 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Page 4
7. MATERIALS
(a) Interior and exterior trim, millwork and all wood not otherwise specified
shall be clear White Pine.
(1) All interior trim, millwork, etc. , in each room or space
shall match exactly in specie, color, character and graining of
doors or wood paneling.
(b) Tops to receive plastic laminate shall be particleboard, such as
"Novaplyf0 as manufactured by U. S. Plywood or equal by Weyerhauser or
Georgia Pacific.
(c) Plastic laminate shall be General Purpose Grade 1/16" thick for all
horizontal and vertical surfaces. _Plastic-IaminaEe shall be in
color, texture finish and patters as selected by the Architect.
(d) Plywood:
(1) For painted finish shall be A-A INT-DFPA, in required thickness.
(2) For stain and varnish finish shall be N-A INT-DFPA, in thicknesses
shown or required. Specie of face veneers shall be as selected by
the Architect.
(f) Closet hanging rods shall be chrome over nickel over brass pipe,
3/4" i.d. , for spans up to 4'0" and 1" i.d. otherwise, complete with
socket flanges.
8. PRIMING AND BACK PAINTING
(a) Materials used shall comply with the requirements for such materials
as specified under Section 09900 of this Specification.
(b) Except where stain or natural finish is specified or required by the
Drawings or Specifications, thoroughly prime all sides and edges of
all interior finishing lumber as soon as delivered at the site. -
Prime all wood work which is assembled or built up of more than one
piece in the woodworking mill before the material is fabricated or
built up.
Section 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Page 5
(c) No interior woodwork or trim shall be installed until all
surfaces in contact, wi-ch masonry or plaster, or concealed in
the finished work :lave been back painted with a heavy coat
of lead and o:1 paint.
9. WORKMANSHIP AIM ASSaIBLY
(a) All angles si;::ll be mitred :ind thoroughly dowelled and all
joints tight and not open. All joints in running trim shall
be bevelled Joints. Butt joints shall not he used.
(b) Work shall be assembled at the mill, insofar as practicable, and
delivered ready for erection. Vnere necessary to cut and fit it
on the job, :.he ii,aterial shall be made with ample allowance for
cutting.
(c) Mill assemblies shall be jointed with concealed nails and screws
and where practicable with mortise and tenons or with dowels.
Exposed nails stall be countersunk. Glue shall be best quality
waterproof glue.
(d) Scribing, mitering and joining shall be done accurately and
neatly to conform to details. Intersecting mouldings shall be
coped where possible and not mitered.
(e) All nails shall be carefully countersunk and puttied.
(f) All nails shall be set for putty stopl,ing and all screws in
exposed surfaces, except removable members, shall be plug
stopped to match rz terial.
(g) Protection: The Contractor shall not install wood work in any
part of the building until after the concrete and plaster work
are thoroughly dry. A temperature of not less than 700 F. shall
be maintained in every part of the building where finished work
is stored or installed.
10. CABINET WORK
(a) All cabinet work shall be constructed in a manufacturing plant
known as a "Cabinet Plant", and shall be constructed and detailed
complete with all mortises, tenons, dowels, etc., and glued solidly
at the plant in as large sections as practical, with all joints
between sections dowelled and glued together at the building. No
cabinet work shall be built up on the job. All cabinet work shall
be finished as completely as practical at the plant.
Section 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Page 6
(b) Wood for cabinet work shall be without defects in any exposed
part. Slight sound defects which do not affect appearance,
strength, or durability may be permitted in cabinet backs and
undersides of shelves.
(c) Face material shall be closely matched.
(d) Small mouldings shall be self returned at corners, not mitred.
(e) Cabinet faces and doors shall have full mortise and tenon joints.
Corners jointed with block miter and faces matched.
(f). Cabinet doors, unless otherwise shown, shall be not less than
1-1/8" thick. Where flush veneered, all doors shall have 3/4"
solid edge veneering on all four sides.
(g) All framing shall be not less than 1-3/8" of solid wood, solidly
frameq and glued together, with tongue and groove, mortise and
tenon, or dowelling as approved.
(h) All shelving shall be not less than 7/8" plywood with hardwood
edging, adjustable where such requirement is specifically noted.
Fixed shelves shall be dadoed into sides and glued.
(i) All cabinets shall have closed top, sides and back with, unless
otherwise specifically noted, wood to match the face work. Free
standing cabinets shall have flush dust top, finished with cornice
mould as detailed and scribed to walls at built-in edges.
11. CUTTING, FITTING, HANGING AND TRIMMING
(a) Do all cutting and fitting of woodwork necessary to accommodate
the work of other trades and contracts and patch and make good
any woodwork cut or damaged from any cause.
(b) Accurately fit all doors in such a manner as to have 1/16" clearance
at sides and top, and 3/16" at bottom, bevel front edges and
meeting stiles at the rate of 1/8" for each 2" . Glazing beads
shall be left loose (one side) and reset and nailed after glazing
is complete.
(c) Accurately and securely put on hardware, making all cutting,
mortising and sinkages required to receive hardware. Only
experienced mechanics shall be employed for the installation of
hardware.
DIVISION 6 Section o6200
Finish Carpentry
Page 7
(d) All trimming shall be done by skilled mechanics.
(e) The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper attachment
of work furnished under this Section or work of other trades
related thereto.
12. PLASTIC LAMINATES
(a) Plastic laminates shall be "Formica" as manufactured by Formica
Company, Wilson Art, or approved equal.
(b) Glue shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the plastic
laminates.
(c) Installation shall be in accord with :manufacturer' s reconunendations
and as approved by the Architect.
(d) Plastic laminates for cabinets, counters and elsewhere shown on
the Drawings shall be applied to particleboard base without the use
of mouldings, except at sink cutouts. No edges shall remain exposed
to view in the finished work. Ends of counters, etc. , shall be
finished in plastic laminate conforming to the profile of the item covered,
with plastic laminate of the top surface extending over the edge of
the plastic laminate of the end surface. At back splash, plastic
laminate shall return to the wall over the top of the back splash.
At front edges, the plastic laminate shall extend down the front and
backwards as far as practicable. Sharp edges of plastic laminate
shall be chamfered off to prevent chipping. Plastic laminate shall
extend from underside of nosing across top, and up over back splash,
parallel to the run of the-top.
(e) Cross joints shall be tightly made and practically invisible. At
corners, tops shall be neatly mitred with a tight joint.
(f) All work shall be done by skilled mechanics experienced in this
type of work and in a finished and workmanlike manner approved
by the Architect.
Sedtion 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Page 8
(h) Protect the material_ in an approved mannter from damage by other
Contractors or materials. At the completion and acceptance of
this work, this protection shall be removed and the work left in
a whole and perfect condition.
f
13. INTERIOR TRIM, BASE, MOULDING, ETC.
(a) All interior trim and finish shall be in accordance with the
Drawings.
(b) The back of all woodwork, yet against plaster surface, shall '
be plowed.
(c) Wood trim shall have interior corners coped and housed. All
external corners shall be neatly mitered.
i
(d) Running trim, base, etc. , shall have splice joints. No edge
grain shall show. Mouldings and edging shall be of solid j
finished wood.
i
(e) Scribe mouldings shall be provided at all intersections with the
surface of other material. i
14. EXTERIOR WOOD FASCIA, TRIM AND PLYWOOD
(a) All exterior wood fascia, trim and plywood where indicated shall be of i
species specified under "MATERIALS" of sizes, profiles and in
locations indicated on Drawings, in longest lengths practical, j
nailed to supporting members and framing with aluminum or heavily
galvanized steel nails at least two (2) at each bearing.
i
All joints shall be weatherproof and watertight, assembled in a
thick paste of white lead and linseed oil. Nail heads shall be
countersunk and puttied. All exterior wood work shall be back
painted with 2 pounds of aluminum powder mixed in one (1) gallon
of varnish prior to setting.
(b) All exposed surfaces of exterior wood work shall be smooth
machine sanded ready to receive paint finishes.
i
Section 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Page 9
15. SPECIAL MILLWORK AND CABINET WORK AND SEATING
(a) Furnish, deliver and install all special woodwork
and cabinet work necessary or required to completely
finish all woodwork throughout the spaces as shown on the Drawings.
(b) All work shall be executed in exact accordance with the Architect's
details, Specifications for cabinet work specified herein and
approved shop drawings.
(c) Included shall be all framing, furring, blocking, rough hardware
and other accessory work necessary to complete the work.
(d) Adjustable shelves where shown on the Drawings, shall be supported
by pilaster strips and adjustable brackets, flush mounted, furnished
under Finishing Hardware Section and installed under this heading.
Fixed. shelving shall have all parts housed together, and glued.
Unless otherwise shown, shelves shall be oak. Where material other
than oak is permitted, edges of shelves and dividers shall be oak.
(e) Drawers, where required, shall have faces and backs of 25/32"
material, 3/4" sides dovetailed to front and back and tapered
slightly to back, and 3/8" plywood bottom let in. Drawers shall
operate on double extension drawer slides Garcy No. 385 or equal
approved by the Architect, furnished and installed under this
heading. Provide plywood dust stops between drawers.
Section 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Page 10
16. WOOD SHELVING (TYPE I & II)
(a) Wood shelving shall be constructed of Select White Pine
including supports, cleats and hook strips indicated on
Drawings.
(b) Chrome plated steel clothes hanging rods and double pronged
coat hooks shall be furnished and installed under this Section.
(c) Except as otherwise shown top shelving units shall be constructed
of nominal 1" dressed boards, supported on ends intermediate
points and at back over 1-1/4" x 2" cleats and hook strip. Cleats,
hook strips and intermediate supports shall be attached to masonry
walls with expansion bolts and lead shields and to each other with
wood screws and countersunk finishing nails.
0
Section 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Page 11
(d) Adjustable type chrome plated steel closthes hanging rods
shall be as manufactured by Garden City Plating Work,
Stanley Hardware, the H. B. Ives Company or Knape & Vogt
Mfg. Co. and shall include intermediate supports for spans
5'-0" or more, flanges at ends and sleeves as indicated.
(e) Two prong type coat hooks shall be as manufactured by one of
the aforementioned firms, chrome plated steel, of sufficient
amount to place pronged hooks no more than 6" o. c.
17. PLASTIC NUMBER PLATES AND SIGNS
(a) Provide signs on the corridor side of all doors in corridors
and at all doors from public areas. These signs shall give the
room numbers of all rooms and spaces opening into the corridors
as well as the names of Special Rooms and spaces in accord with
schedule submitted to the Architect for approval.
Section 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpei._ry
Page 12 `
(b) Signs shall be of Plexiglass 1/8" thickness with a non-directional
matte finish. All lettering and numerals to be executed by
Design-A-Sign inlay technique. Color of lettering and plexiglass
to be designed by Architect from Design-A-Sign's standard colors
upon successful award. Lettering for room numbers shall be
microgramma bold extended, 1" high. Names of Special Purpose Rooms
and spaces shall be microgramma light extended, 3/4" high. All
lettering shall be flush let and conform to dimensions and layout
of approved shop drawing.
(c) Signs shall be as manufactured by Design-A-Sign Company, Inc. ,
or approved equal.
(d) Signs shall be located on centerline of door openings, set level
and securley fastened in place with chrome plated flat head
"Phillips" screws. All screws shall be set flush with sign surface.
18. APPLICATION OF FINISHING HARDWARE
(a) All finishing hardware required for the work under this Section
will furnished under the "FINISHING HARDWARE" Section.
(b) All finishing hardware shall be received, stored and distributed
and the responsibility for its safety assumed by the Contractor.
The protection wrapped around pieces of hardware shall be securely
attached to-the hardware as it is installed and properly maintained
until the final completion of the building, at which time it shall
be removed.
Section 06200
DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry
Page 13
(c) No finishing hardware shall be installed in the building until
all plastering and cement work has been fully completed and is
dry.
(d) Hardware shall be applied not only to the work furnished under
this Section, but shall be fitted and adjusted to metal frames
furnished under another Section.
(e) Hardware shall br accurately fitted and secured in place,
adjusted to operate perfectly and be free from scratches or
other defacements.
(f) Face hardware shall, after being fitted, be removed before
the woodwork finishing or painting is applied and neatly replaced
after the finishing or painting is fully completed.
(g) The Contractor shall be responsible for the condition and
operation of all finishing hardware until the issuance of the
Certificate of Final Acceptance or until the building is
occupied, whichever event is sooner.
(h) Immediately prior to completion of all work, this Contractor
shall go over the entire building with the Architect's
representative and see that the proper key for the lock in
question is identified.
-- (i) All keys shall be properly tagged and identified, and turned
over to the hardware supplier, for filing by him in the key
cabinet.
19. PREPARATION FOR PAINTER'S FINISH
(a) Clean, smoothly dress and sandpaper all exposed surfaces. No
plane or tool marks shall show. Further dress all exposed
surfaces of interior finish woodwork with fine grit sandpaper
or steel wool, to a smooth and clean surface. Deeply set
nails and screws for putty stopping.
Section 07100
Division 7 Waterproofing
Page 1
SECTION 07100
WATERPROOFING
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT"
shall govern all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete the installa-
tion of all work of this Section and related work as indicated
on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not
necessarily limited to the following:
(1) Exterior wall membrane waterproofing.
(2) Elastomeric wall flashing.
(3) Membrane waterproofing on floors in all toilet
rooms on first floor.
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Work shall be done by men skilled in this trade in strict
accordance with the requirements and/or specifications
of the manufacturers of the materials being used.
(b) Apply membrane material without wrinkles, buckles or
blisters and securely adhered to the substrate.
(c) Exercise care before, during and after installation not
to damage the material in any way. All finished work
shall be approved before covering.
(d) Prior to installation, fill all voids, cracks and open
joints with mortar. Remove all high spots, loose and
foreign particles, fill all depressions and thoroughly
clean all surfaces, leaving them smooth, firm and dry.
i
G
Section 07100
Division 7 Waterproofing
Page 2
3. SAMP LES
(a) Submit two (2) of each of the following materials for the
Architect's approval, in strict accordance with applicable
provisions of the Contract Documents.
(1) Felt. . . . . . . . . . . 12" x 12", each type and weight.
(2) Mastic . . . . . . . . 1/2 pint containers, each type.
(3) Flashing. . . . . . . 12" x 12"
4. MATERIALS
(a) Wall Flashing: 15 mil thick, non-reinforced, homogeneous,
elastomeric material such as "Nervastral Seal-Pruf H-D- 15"
as manufactured by Rubber & Plastics Compound Co. , Inc. ,
or approved equal.
(b) Flashing Mastic: compatible with flashing material, cold
applied, trowel consistency, and recommended in writing
by the approved flashing manufacturer.
(c) Asphalt saturated felt for application over wood sheathing
shall be organic asbestos roofing felt conforming to ASTM-
D-250 weighing not less than 15 lbs. per 100 sq. ft.
(d) Membrane waterproofing for floors shall be similar and
equal to "Bituthene Waterproofing Membrane" as manu-
factured by W. R. Grace and Co. ; "Nervastral Seal-Pruf
H-D", 20 mils thick, as manufactured by Rubber and Plastics
Compound Co. , or approved equal. Primers and compounds
for setting membrane waterproofing shall be completely com-
patible with the membrane and as manufactured by, or
approved by, the manufacturer of the approved membrane.
5. INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR WALL WATERPROOFING
(a) Impregnated saturated felt shall be applied to wood sheath-
ing without wrinkles, buckles, blisters, tears or ruptures,
in horizontal runs in longest lengths possible with minimal
joints starting from top of foundation walls to soffits above,
each layer the full width and lapping the preceding layer not
Section 07100
Division 7 Waterproofing
{ i Page 3
less than 2" on sides and 6" on ends nailed to sheathing
and wood studs with large flat head galvanized nails
through galvanized tin disc spaced not more than 8"
o. c. in staggered rows not more than 1'-0" o. C.
(b) Felt membrane shall be placed in double layers at all
window, door and louver openings in exterior walls,
carried into openings not less than 4" and nailed to framing
members.
6. INSTALLATION OF FLASHING
(a) All surfaces to receive flashing shall be free from mois-
ture, rust, dirt or other foreign matter. All projections
which may puncture the material shall be removed and all
cracks and voids filled.
(b) When flashing is installed against a vertical surface, apply
a full, trowel coat of mastic or adhesive to the substrate.
�) Embed flashing into mastic and. roll out wrinkles, air pockets
and bulges.
(c) Install flashing without longitudinal joints where roll widths
permit. If roll widths do not permit this, make required
joint by lapping material a minimum of 4" and seal for the
complete length of joint with adhesive. When end joints are
made, lap material a minimum of 6" and seal.
(d) Extend head and sill flashing at least 6" beyond
opening on each side
(e) Where anchors, pipes, inserts and similar items puncture
flashing, make opening as small as possible, seal opening
tightly and thoroughly with mastic or adhesives.
(f) Flashing shall-be installed at the following locations:
(1) Under sills.
(2) Over heads of openings.
(3) Other incidential locations not specifically described
herein or indicated on drawings.
Section 07100
Division 7 Waterproofing
Page 4
7. APPLICATION OF MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING
ON FLOORS
(a) Membrane waterproofing shall be applied over the sub-
floor in strict accordance with the approved manufacturer's
printed specifications and directions as though written out
herein in full.
(b) Membrane shall be laid in a coat of mastic cement over
primer coat. Mastic shall be trowel spread not less than
40 sq. ft. per gallon. All joints shall be butt ended or
lapped and covered with a strip of membrane not less than
8" wide and sealed with approved mastic.
(c) Membrane shall be carried up vertically on walls not less
than 6".
(d) All horizontal areas covered with membrane waterproofing
shall be rolled to insure full embedment in mastic cement.
Rollers shall weigh 50 to 100 lbs. Corners and vertical
surfaces shall be rolled with rubber rollers to insure solid
anchorage.
(e) After mastic is set, all surfaces shall receive a cement
grout not less than 1" thick.
8. GUARANTEE
(a) The Contractor shall guarantee all waterproofing work under
this Section for a period of five (5) years, from date of final
acceptance of the building.
(b) In the event of failure of watertightness during the guarantee
period the Contractor and the manufacturer of the waterproof-
ing material jointly shall repair same, together with all
damage to other parts or furnishings of the building resulting
from such failure, at their own expense and to the satisfaction
of the Owner. Should the Contractor deem the work or
materials shown or described herein as inadequate for the
purpose of and prejudicial to the intent of this guarantee, he
shall exercise any and all additional precautions necessary
to fulfill the requirements of the guarantee.
Section 07150
DIVISION 7 Dampproofing
Page 1
SECTION 07150
DAMPPROOFING
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" sha11 govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, :-aterials, equipnent and services and perforry
all operations required to complete the installation of all work
under this Section and related work indicated on Drawings, specified
herein, including, but not limited to the following:
(1) Bituminous dampproof coating on exterior walls below grade
enclosing spaces which may be occupied.
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Work shall be done by men skilled in this trade in strict accordance
with the requirements and/or specifications of the manufacturers
of the material being used.
(b) Prior to application of dampproofing on concrete surfaces, all
tie wires shall be cut back not less than 1" . All holes, cracks,
honeycombs and the like shall be filled with mortar. All fins
and other projections shall be removed and walls cleaned of
surface dirt and dust.
(c) Concrete surfaces shall be primed with a coating of primer
recommended by the approved manufacturer of the dampproofing
mastic.
Section 07150
DIVISION 7 Dampproofing
Page 2
3• MATERIALS
(a) Bituminous coatings on exterior concrete and masonry walls
below grade; shall be similar and equal to No. 83 Fibrated Dampproofing
for spray or brush application as manufactured by Karnak Chemical
Corp. conforming to ASTM D-449 latest edition, Type "A" with
asbestos fibers, mineral stabilizers and solvents.
4. SAMPLES
(a) Submit two (2) samples of bituminous coating material tc the
Architect for approval in accordance with the requirements
of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" .
Two (2) . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 pint cans will be required, complete with
manufacturer' s label with printed information.
5• APFLICATION OF DAMPPROOFING
(a) Fibrated dampproofing shall be applied in strict accordance
with the approved manufacturer' s printed directions as though
written out herein in full.
(b) Concrete, or masonry surfaces shall be clean and free
from, all rust, grease, oil and foreign particles. All surfaces
shall be absolutely dry.
(1) Brush Application:
Use a wide fiber brush with even strokes, flowing coatings
on surfaces to obtain a smooth uniform film, at the rate of
not less than four (4) gallons per 100 sq. ft.
(2) Spray Application:
Use standard mastic pump-type equipment, placed in material
drum. Spray coating in one heavy coat at the rate of
four (4) gallons per 100 sq. ft. with 50% overlap of spray
pattern to obtain a uniform continuous filr;.
Section 07150
DIVISION 7 Dampproofing
Page 3
6. INSPECTION
(a) Prior to backfilling against foundation walls and piers; prior
to erecting masonry work, all dampproofing work shall be inspected
and approved by the Architect. Contractor will be required to
notify the Architect in writing to inform all parties of the
date when the work will be ready for inspection.
Should any dampproofing work be covered by building materials
without the Architect's approval, such work may be ordered to
be removed for inspection without additional cost to the Owner.
7• CLEANING
(a) Adjacent materials which have been soiled by work under this
Section shall be cleaned immediately and left in a neat and
clean condition.
Section 07200
DIVISION 7 Insulation
Page 1
SECTION 07200
INSULATION
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all
work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services ann perform,
all operations requiied to corplete the installation of all work
of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings
and specified nere'_n, including, but not necessarily lirited to,
the following:
(1) Foil faced roll type insulation 4-17 the following locations:
a. Exterior Walls.
b. Between all wood rafters and joists where indicated on
Drawing s.
(2) Sound deadening insulation in the following locations:
a . All interior wood partitions and where indicated on
Drawings.
(3 ) Adhesive and fasteners for installation of raterials supplied
under this Section.
(b) Insulation to be furnished and installed under other Sections and
Contracts.
(1) Insulation for Mechanical and -Electrical work.
Section 07200
DIVISION 7 Insulation
Page 2
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Delivering, Storing and Handling Materials: Deliver all materials
in unopened, original containers bearing manufacturers' labels.
Store materials in a clean dry protected place and do not
leave exposed to weather. Handle all materials with proper care
to prevent damages.
(b) Cooperation: Cooperate with all other trades supplying materials ,
or performing work in connection with the work under this Section
to those other trades whose work is affected by the work of this
Section. Provide to the job any and all items required to be
built into the other work in ample time to avoid delaying the
normal progress of such other work.
3• MATERIALS
(a) Building insulation shall be aluminum foil faced 6" thick (R-19 )
for walls and 6" thick (R-19) in ceilings. Feberglas as manufactured
by Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. 15" and/or 23" wide in rolls or
Batts or other approved equal conforming to Federal Specifications
HH-1-521D Type III.
(b) Sound deadening insulation shall be paperless semi-rigid mineral
fiber n,at 3" thick Thermafiber "Sound Attenuation Blankets" as
manufactured by U. S. Gypsum, or approved equal.
(d) Adhesive: for adhering insulation to vertical surfaces; sr311 be
of a type compatible with the insulation being used, as recommended
by the approved manufacturer of the insulation.
Section 07200
DIVISION 7 Insulation
page 3
4. SAMPLES
(a) The Contractor shall submit the following samples to the Architect
for approval, in accordance with applicable requirements of the
Contract Documents:
(1) Roll Type Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) Two 12" x .15"
(2) Sound Deadening Insulation . . . . . . . (2) Two 12" x 12''
(3) Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) Two 1/2 pint containers.
5. INSTALLATION
(a) Deliver foil faced insulation to the job for installation under
Section 09250 of these Specifications;
and sound deadening
insulation under Section 09250 of these Specifications.
Section 07300
DIVISION 7 Roof Shingles &
Membrane Roofing
Page 1
SECTION 07300
ROOF SHINGLES &
MEMBRANE ROOFING
Applicable provision of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall
govern all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and perform
all operations required to complete the installation of all work
under this Section and related work indicated on Drawings,
specified herein including, but not limited to, the following:
(1) Rosin sized paper and building felt on Plywood sheathing
on roof areas to receive asphalt shingles and build up
r oof ing.
(2) Asphalt shingles on sloping roof areas.
(4) All other work and materials, including installation of
same, which may be reasonably inferred as work to be
performed under this Section.
(5) Cleaning and removal of rubbish and debris.
(6) Guarantee.
(b) Work to be performed under other Sections:
(1) Flashing and Sheet Metal - Section 07600.
(2) Sealants - Section 07900.
Section 07300
DIVISION 7 Roof Shingles &
Membrane Roofing
Page 2
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Deliver roofing materials in manufacturer' s original, sealed
packages and containers, clearly marked with the approved
manufacturer' s name and trademark for every item specified
herein. Store materials in a dry place maintained under
protective coverings at all times.
(b) Examination of Surfaces: The Contractor shall exar.;ine all '
surfaces and installation done by other trades and/or Contracts.
Any defects in installations and preparatory work of any surface
designated to receive work covered under this Section, which are
found to be unsatisfactory for reception of this work shall be
reported in writing; to the Architect.
(1) Starting of work will be considered as an indication
that all surfaces and/or installations are in satisfactory
condition for the reception of the work of this Section,
and any claims, thereafter, to the contrary will be
disregarded.
(2) The Contractor shall not start any portion of the work unless
he is able to pursue all phases of this work, continuously
to completion, in accordance with the contractual requirements,
or provide adequate waterproof covering between work periods
and until final completion of the roofing work.
(c) Coordinate all wort: covered under this Section with contiguous
work of other trades and/or Contracts.
(d) Weather Conditions: Perform no roofing work when the ambient
temperature is hOO 11. and falling, or during rainy weather or
on damp surfaces, all subject to the roofing material manufacturer's
recommendations and approval of -the Architect.
(1) The Contractor shall submit for the Architect's approval, a
statement denoting the kind and type of protection he
proposes to use in the event of adverse weather conditions.
(e) Protection of Work: Adequately protect all roofing work during
construction operations. Provide pathways of wood planks or
Plywood panels to protect the completed roofing work against
damage of any kind. Remove protection when directed by the
Architect.
Section 07300
DIVISION 7 Roof Shingles &
Membrane Roofing
Page3
(f) All roofing work shall be under the direct supervision of a
field trained representative of the approved manufacturer
who shall be required to supervise, observe and report
periodically to the Architect that the materials are and
were correctly applied. '•
3. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Submit, for Architect' s approval, in compliance with applicable
provisions of the Contract Documents.
(1) Drawings shall include typical and special details of
all roofing work.
(2) Contractor shall submit copies of the manufacturer' s
specifications which will be used for the particular
application.
4. SAMk'ms
(a) Submit samples for Architect' s approval, in compliance with
applicable provisions of the Contract DOCULients.
(b) Samples shall include three (3) specimens of each of the
following:
(1) Roofing felts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 sq. yd.
(2) Rosin sheathing felts . . . . . . . 1 sq. yd.
(3) Asphalt Shingles . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/3 full size units with
color range.
(4) All other samples deemed necessary by the .'architect
including: plastic roofing cement, •nails and other
fastening devices.
5. MATIIMIAIS
(a) Rosin Sheathing F"dper: (Shingle Roof)
Weighing approximately 5 lbs. per 100 sq. ft., as manufactured
by The Celotex Corp. or equal.
Section 07300
DIVISION 7 Roof Shingles &
Membrane Roofing
Page 4
(d) Asphalt Building Felt: (Shingle Roof)
Unperforated asphalt saturated type, conforming to ASTM D-226,
latest edition, weighing not less than 15 lb. per 100 sq. ft.
a single thickness after saturation.
(e) Asphalt Shingles:
Similar and equal to three-tab "Suburban" as manufactured by
Ruberoid Company, 36" long by 12" wide, 5" exposure, 2" head
lap, self-sealing tab "Fire Guard" type, weighing not less than
325 lb. per square, of colors selected by the Architect from
the approved manufacturer's standard range of colors. Shingles
shall bear a Class "A" Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. label.
(f) Nails shall be #12 Stubbs gauge, large flat head, galvanized,
of sufficient length to penetrate rosin paper, building felt
and asphalt shingles into Plywood sheathing not less than 3/4"
through galvanized or similarly coated tin discs. Discs shall
not be less than 1" in diameter. Nails for base sheet (built-up
roofing) shall be 1/2" annular threaded shank nail or as recommended
by the manufacturer.
- (g) A sphalt: Conforming to ASTM D-312 latest edition, containers shall be
factor} sealed and bear label of the manufacturer and grade designation.
(i) All other materials hereinafter specified.
i
Section 07300
DIVISION 7 Roof Shingles &
Membrane Roofing
Page 5
I
I
6. INSTALLATION
i
(a) Over plywood sheathing lay one (1) ply Rosin Sheathing Paper,
lap each sheet not less than 2" and nail sufficiently to hold in
place.
1
(b) Shingle Roof building felts shall be one (1) ply over Rosin
Sheathing Paper, lapped 2" on sides and 6" on ends, nailed along
lap 9" on centers and stagger nailed through center of sheet 18"
o. c. all nailed through tin discs.
i
(1) A sphalt shingles shall be laid in strict accordance with the i
approved manufacturer's specifications and printed
directions, approximately 80 shingles per square. j
i
I
j 7. MISCELLANEOUS WORK
(a) Do all necessary cutting, patching, fitting in connection with the
roofing work required to coordinate this work with work of
other trades and contracts. j
8. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH
I
(a) Keep the premises clear of accumulated debris and do not permit
i
any unusable roof materials to be left on the site. During the
course of the work, remove any accumulation that, in the opinion
of the Architect, is unsightly or which may be a hazard to-the
general area.
i
9. GUARANTEE
(a) The contractor shall guarantee, in writing, all work done under
this Section to be and to remain free from defects of any kind as
to material and workmanship.
(b) The Contractor shall guarantee all work done and materials installed
i
under this Section to be and to remain free from defects of any
kind for a period of seven (7) years. He shall stipulate in writing
that he will rep?ir and replace all defects in material and work-
manship which may develop, except such as can be proved by the
Contractor to have been caused by the abuse fhupon that
t
he will do all repairing which is required, promptly p re P
of written notice from the Owner, and without cost to the Owner. i
Section 07400
Division 7 Aluminum Siding
& Trim
Page 1
SECTION 07400
ALUMINUM SIDING AND TRIM
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall
govern all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all. labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete the installation
of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the
Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily
limited to the following:
(1) Insulated aluminum siding over building felt and ply-
wood sheathing on exterior walls.
(2) Aluminum soffits, fascia, window and all other trim
indicated on the Drawings, including starter strips,
corner posts, channels, mouldings, etc. , to provide
a complete installation.
(3) Cleaning and removal of rubbish and debris.
(4) Guarantee
(b) Work to be performed under other Sections:
(1) Waterproofing (building felt) Section 07100.
(2) Flashing and sheet metal Section 07600.
(3) Sealants - Section 07900.
d
Section 07400
Division 7 Aluminum Siding
& Trim
Page 2
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Deliver siding materials in manufacturer's original,
sealed packages and containers, clearly marked with
the approved manufacturer's name and trademark for
every item specified herein. Store materials in a dry
place maintained under protective coverings at all times.
(b) Examination of Surfaces: The Contractor shall examine
all surfaces and installation done by other trades and/or
Contracts. Any defects in installations and preparatory
work of any surface designated to receive work covered
under this Section, which are found to be unsatisfactory
for reception of this work shall be reported in writing to
the Architect.
(1) Starting of work will be considered as an indication
that all surfaces and/or installations are in satis-
factory condition for the reception of the work of
this Section, and any claims, thereafter, to the
contrary will be disregarded.
(2) The Contractor shall not start any portion of the
work unless he is able to pursue all phases of this
work, continuously to completion, in accordance
with the contractural requirements, or provide ade-
quate waterproof covering between work periods and
until final completion of the work.
(c) Coordinate all work covered under this Section with contiguous
work of other trades and/or Contracts.
(d) Weather Conditions.: Perform no work when the ambient tem-
perature is 400F. and falling, or during rainy weather or on
damp surfaces, all subject to the manufacturer's recommenda-
tions and approval of the Architect.
(e) All siding work shall be under the direct supervision of a field
trained representative of the approved manufacturer who shall
be required to supervise, observe and report periodically to
the Architect that the materials are and were correctly applied.
Section 07400
Division 7 Aluminum Siding
& Trim
( Page 3
3. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Submit, for Architect's approval, in compliance with
applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.
(1) Drawings shall include typical and special details
of all work.
(2) Contractor shall submit copies of the manufacturer's
specifications which will be used for the particular
application.
4. SAMPLES
(a) Submit samples for Architect's approval, in compliance
with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.
(b) Samples shall include three (3) specimens of each of the
f ollowing:
(1) Aluminum Siding-- --12" long.
(2) Soffit & Fascia T rim---- 12" long of each.
(3) All other samples deemed necessary by the Architect
including: nails and other fastening devices.
5. MATERIALS
(a) Aluminum siding shall be similar and equal to United
States Steel baked enamel aluminum siding conforming
to AAMA Specification 1402. 2 latest edition and the
following:
Siding shall be 8" horizontal with smooth face, . 019 thick
furnished with factory laminated 3/8" thick fibrous insula-
tion board securely cemented to the aluminum.
(b) Soffit and fascia shall be similar and equal to United States
Steel - Alside Soffit System and shall be used on all exterior
soffits, overhanging eaves, and fascia boards.
- Soffit panels shall be perforated or un-perforat ed as indi-
cated on the Drawings . 019 thick installed with 'V-Groove'
perpendicular to the wall. Fascia panels shall be of size
Section 07400
Division 7 Aluminum Siding
& Trim
Page 4
as indicated on Drawings . 024 thick with smooth finish.
Aluminum moulding and deluxe mouldings all . 024 ga:
of profiles as indicated on Drawings trim sheet of
widths required to cover window casings and trim where
indicated.
(c) All nailing shall be aluminum (with finish to match siding
where exposed) of size recommended by the manufacturer
to penetrate at least 1/2" into plywood sheathing.
6. FINISH
(a) The finish on all aluminum shall be in accordance with
Alside Inc. manufacturing specifications or approved
equal to include:
(1) Alkaline cleaning and chemical surface treatment
to meet or exceed the equivalent of the requirements
of military specification MR-C-5541.
(2) A baking-type primer and clear formula P. C. pro-
tective coating shall be applied to the face and re-
verse side of the panel, respectively.
(3) The siding shall be finished with baking-type archi-
tectural enamel of color as selected by the Architect.
7. INSTALLATION
(a) All siding, trim, etc. , shall be installed in strict accordance
with the manufacturer's written instructions using manufacturer
approved accessories and fasteners. All nailing shall be con-
cealed. All aluminum siding shall be grounded in compliance
with U. S. requirements and furnished with a grounding identi-
fication plate.
8. MISCELLANEOUS WORK
(a) Do all necessary cutting, patching, fitting in connection with
the installation of the siding required to coordinate this work
with the work of other trades and contracts.
Section 07400
Division'7 Aluminum Siding
& Trim
Page 5
9. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH
(a) Keep the premises clear of accumulated debris and do
not permit any unusable materials to be left on the site.
During the course of the work, remove any accumulation
that, in the opinion of the Architect, is unsightly or which
may be a hazard to the general area.
10. GUARANTEE
(a) All work under this Section shall be guaranteed against
defective materials and workmanship for a period of not
less than two (2) years from date of acceptance. Any
defects during this period shall be remedied at no additional
cost to the Owner.
Section 07600
DIVISION 7 Flashing & Sheet Metal
Page 1
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perfonir
all operations required to complete the installation of all work
as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but
not necessarily limited to, the following:
(1) Metal flashing where indicated on Drawings.
(2) Rain Carrying System.
(3) Precast Splash Blocks.
(4) All other work materials, including installation of same,
which may be reasonably inferred as work to be performed
under this Section, including the installation of curbs
provided under another Section.
(5) Cleaning and removal of rubbish and debris.
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Deliver materials in manufacturers' original, sealed packages
and containers, clearly marked with the approved manufacturer' s
name and trademark for every item specified herein. Store
materials in a dry plane maintained under protective coverings
at all times.
Section 07600
DIVISION 7 Flashing & Sheet Metal
Page 2
(b) &amination of Surfaces: The Contractor shall examine all
surfaces and installation done by other trades and/or Contracts.
Any defects in installations and preparatory work of any surface
designated to receive work covered under this Section, which are
found to be unsatisfactory for reception of this work shall be
reported in writing to the Architect.
(1) Starting of work will be considered as an indication that
all surfaces and/or installations are in satisfactory
condition for the reception of the word: of this Section,
and any claims, thereafter, to the contrary will be
disregarded.
(2) The Contractor shall not start any portion of the work
unless he is able to pursue all phases of this work,
continuously to completion, in accordance with the contractual
requirements, or provide adequate waterproof covering
between work periods and until final completion of the
work.
(c) Coordinate all work covered under this Section with continuous
work of other trades and/or Contracts.
(d) Weather Conditions: Perform no roofing work when the ambient
temperature is 400 F. and falling, or during rainy weather or
on damp surfaces, all subject to the flashing material manufacturer' s
- recommendations and approval of the Architect.
(e) Electrolytic Insulation: Insulate all dissimilar metals from
each other by a heavy coating of bituminous compound and a layer
of 15 pound felt.
(f) All flashing work shall be under the direct supervision of a
field trained representative of the approved manufacturer
who shall be required to supervise, observe and report periodically
to the Architect that the materials are and were correctly applied.
3. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Submit for Architect's approval, in compliance with applicable
provisions of the Contract Documents.
Section 07600
DIVISION 7 Flashing & Sheet Metal
Page 3
(1) Drawings shall include typical and special details of
all sheet metal work.
(2) Contractor shall submit copies of the ranufacturer' s
specification which will be used for the particular
application.
4. SAMPLES
(a) Submit for Architect' s approval, in coppliance with applicable
provisions of the Contract Documents.
(b) Samples shall include 3 specimens of the following:
(1) Flashings . . . . . . . . . . 8" square, each hind.
(2) All other roofing and sheet metal sappies deei,ed necessary
by the Architect.
5. MATERIALS
(a) Asphalt saturated felt: inorganic asbestos, conforming to
ASTM D-250, latest edition.
(b) Asphalt: conform to ASTM D-312, latest edition. Containers
shall be factory sealed and bear labelol the manufacturer
and the grade designation.
(c) Aluminum flashings, copings, etc. shall be formed fror: Alcoa
Alclad 300WI& aluminum sheets, having a minimum thicaness
of .032" with white baked enamel finish. All fastenings shall be
of aluminuir..
6. ALUMINUM FLASHING
(a) Aluminum flashings, worKianship and installation shall be in
accordance with recor,mended standards of the Aluminumr Company
of America.
Section 7600
DIVISION 7 Flashing & Sheet Metal
Page 4
(b) Closed Valleys: Separate pieces of .032" thickness of Aluminum
Flashing at least 18" wide and as long as the diagonal of the
shingle at the center of the valley, shall be built in with each
course of roofing material. The bottom edge of each piece of
flashing shall be 1/2" short of the butt line of the shingle in
the succeeding course. Each piece of flashing shall be nailed
along the upper edge.
7. ALUMINUM RAIN CARRYING SYSTEM
(a) Rain Carrying System and all related components shall be
installed in accordance with Specifications outlined here.
Unless otherwise specified by manufacturer, the finish shall
be white baked enamel on all weather surfaces.
Gutter shall be of .032 gauge aluminum. Spouting shall be .024
gauge aluminum. Accessories shall be as specified by manufacturer.
Precast concrete splash blocks shall be provided for all downspouts
and shall be set into finished grade in direction of flow of water.
(b) Installation: All gutter elements shall be pitched not less
than 1/8" per foot toward nearest outlet.
(c) Gutters, leaders, downspouts, outlet tubes, end caps, fascia
aprons, hanger assembly shall be furnished and installed in
strict accordance to the approved manufacturer' s printed
directions as though written out herein in full.
(d) Provide aluminum; wire strainers of approved quality for
aluminum downspouts.
Section 07600
DIVISION 7 Flashing & Sheet Metal
Page 5
8. MISCELLANEOUS WORK
(a) Do all necessary cutting, patching, fitting in connection
with the sheet metal work required to coordinate this work
with the work of other trades and contracts.
9. CLEANING
(a) On completion, all metal work shall be thoroughly cleaned of
all flux, dirt, butumen, finger markings, mortar stains, and
be left in perfect condition. The cleaning shall be done
as each section of the work is completed; excess flux which may
cause acid stains shall be neutralized by washing soda. After
cleaning, the metal shall be washed off with clean water.
10. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH
(a) Keep the premises clear of accumulated debris and do not
permit any unusable roof materials to be left on the site.
During the course of the work, remove any accumulation that,
in the opinion of the Architect, is unsightly or which may
be a hazard to the general area.
11. GUARANTEE
(a) The manufacturer and the Contractor shall jointly guarantee
the flashing against defective materials and/or workmanship
for a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance, and
any defects during this period shall be remedied at no
additional cost to the Owner.
(b) Guarantees shall be in form approved by the Architect and
Owner. Guarantee for sheet metal work shall be furnished
by the roofing subcontractor and jointly signed by the
Contractor for General Construction. All guarantees shall
be delivered to the Architect, in the name of the Owner,
before acceptance of the work.
(c) Furnish all labor and materials required to immediately fulfill
and make good the above guarantees, upon written verification by
the-Architect or Owner if any defects appear or occur in the work.
Section 07800
DIVISION 7 Roof Accessories
Page 1
SDCTION 07800
ROOF ACCESSORIES
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform
all operations required to complete the installation of all work
of this Section and related work ab indicated on the Drawings
and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to
the following:
(1) CUPOLA
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Deliver materials in manufacturers' original, sealed packages
and containers, clearly marked with the approved manufacturer's
name and trademark for every item specified herein. Store
materials in a dry place maintained under protective coverings
at all times.
(b) Coordinate all work covered under this Section with contiguous
work of other trades.
(c) Work provided under this Section will be installed under
Sections 06200 and 07600 of these Specification.
3. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Submit shop drawings for the approval of the Architect, in strict
accordance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.
(1) Provide catalog cuts where required.
Section 07800
DIVISION 7 Roof Accessories
Page 2
4. SAMPLES
(a) Submit two (2) of each of the following for the approval of the
Architect, in strict accordance with applicable provisions of
the Contract Documents:
(I) COVERING MATERIAL - White Flurnpon
(21 DOME FINISH - Medium Bronze
5. CUPOLA
(a) ALL MATERIALS incorporated into the cupola are to be new and of the best
commerial quality for purpose intended and shall be free from defects impairing
strength, durability, and appearance.
(b) ALL CUPOLA WORK shall be performed by qualified workers in a skillful and
workmanlike manner. Insofar as possible, all fabrication shall be made at
shop, and all removable components shall be shop prefitted.
(c) EXTERIOR COVERING shall be aluminum , and formed according to accepted -1-cot
metal practices.
(d) CUPOLA FRAMING shall be frabricated from aluminum alloy 6061-T6. The
structural tower members shall be fastened together with rivets. The
internal structure shall be engineered and fabricated in accordance with
good engineering practices and shall be structurally designed to withstand
winds of 100 mph.
(e) DELIVERY of the cupola shall be performed by the cupola fabricator,
delivered to the 3obsite and installed by general contractor.
(f) WORK NOT INCLUDED: by cupola fabricator is structural anchoring supp_jrr�
other than those built into the cupola, roofing, flashing, or lightning
cable from cupola to ground.
(g) Cupola shall be as manufactured by Campbellsville Industries, Inc, ,
Campbellsville, Kentucky or approved equal.
Section 07900
DIVISION 7 Sealants
1 Page 1
SDCTIuN 07900
SEALANTS
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CuNTRACT" shall govern
the work of this Section.
1. SCuPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete the installation
of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on
the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not
necessarily limited to the following:
(1) Seal all four (4) sides of window and louver frames in
exterior walls, both interior and exterior of frames.
l (2) Seal on three (3) sides of all door openings and
entrance assemblies it exterior halls, both interior and
exterior.
(3) Seal E.:ntrol joints both on buildinar interior.
(4) Seal cross joints of window and louver sills.
(5) Seal all joints between metal and exterior wall.
(6) Caulk exterior and interior joints around sleeves,
inserts, vents and other items passing through exterior
walls.
(7) Provide full bed of caulking compound for exterior door
saddles and shoes.
(8) Caulk all piping penetrating ceramic tile.
(9) Seal and/or caulk all other interior and exterior locations
noted on Drawings, required by field conditions or as
directed.
r
Section 07900
DIVISION 7 Sealants
Page 2
2. MATERIALS
(a) Sealant: based on liquid polysulfide polymer manufactured by
Thiokol Chemical Corp. and bearing their "Tested and Approved"
seal. Two-part polysulfide sealant shall conform to Thiokol's
Building Trade Performance Specification, Class B, Type 1 for
all vertical and all non-traffic bearing horizontal surfaces and
Class A, Type II for all horizontal surfaces subject to foot and
light vehicular traffic. Colors shall be as selected by the Architect.
(b) Caulking Compound: gun grade, oleo-resinous type complying with
Federal Specification TT-C-598b, Type 1, in colors selected
by the Architect.
(c) Primers and Bond Breakers: where required shall be as
recommended in writing by the approved manufacturer of the material with
which it will be used.
(d) Joint filler or back-up material: preformed, non-staining, non-
absorbent, non-exuding, closed cell compressible polyethylene or
open cell polyurethane rod, square or rectangular shape best
suited for locations in which they will be placed. Material shall.
be manufactured by Dow Chemical Co. "Ethafoam SB", or
approved equal..
3• SAMPIM
(a) Submit two (2) tubes of each type of sealant and caulking
compound, two (2) 1/2 pints of each type of primer and two (2)
36" long pieces of each shape back-up material, all in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. DELIVERY
(a) Deliver all materials to the job site in manufacturers' original
sealed containers with manufacturers' labels intact.
Section 07900
DIVISION 7 Sealants
Page 3
5. GENERAL REQUIRFML'NTS
(a) Work of this Section shall be applied by men skilled in this
trade and conform to the requirements and/or Specifications
of the manufacturer of the material being used.
(b) Exercise care before, during and after installation so as not
to damage any material by tearing, abraiding or puncturing.
All finished work shall be approved before covering with any
other material or construction.
6. APPLICATION OF CAULKING AND SEALANTS
(a) Priming: When conditions or manufacturer's recommendations so
warrant, clean and prime joints before starting any caulking
or sealing work.
(b) Cleaning: Joints and spaces to receive sealant shall be
thoroughly .cleaned of mortar and other foreign materials.
Cleaning agent shall be Xylol or similar non-contaminating solvent
to remove any film from metal surfaces. Masonry or concrete
surfaces shall be brushed or air jet cleaned.
(c) Joint Requirements:
(1) All joints and spaces to be sealed in exterior work shall
be not less than 1/2" deep and not less than 1/4" wide.
If joints in masonry are less than that specified herein
the mortar shall be cut out to the required width and
depth. All joints and spaces to receive sealant shall be
completely prepared and thoroughly dry before installation
of sealant.
(2) Unless otherwise specified, joints and spaces which are open
to a depth of 112" or greater shall be solidly filled with-
back-up material to within 1/4" of the surface. Back-up
material shall be packed tightly and make continuous
throughout the length of the joints. Bond breaker shall
be applied as required. If joints are less than 1/4" deep,
the back:-up material may be omitted, a bond breaker
substituted and the joint completely filled with sealant.
The back-up material shall not project beyond the 1/4"
depth of the open space in any joint. The following width
to-depth ratio table shall be adhered to whenever possible.
DIVISION 7 Section 07900
Sealants
Page 4
JOINT WIDTH SEALANT DEPTH.
MIN. MAX.
1/411
1/411 1/411
Over 1/411 to 1/211 1/411 equal to width
Over 1/211 to ill 1/211 equal to width
Over 1" to 2" 1/2" 1/2 of width.
(d•) Application and Pointing:
(1) Sealant compound shall be applied by an approved type of
gun, except where the use of a gun is not practicable,
suitable hand tools shall be used. Care shall be taken to
avoid applying the compound to any surface outside of the
joints or spaces to be sealed. Mask areas where required to
prevent overlapping of sealant.
(2) All joints shall be waterproof and weathertight.
(3) Sealed joints, after raving been completely filled,
shall be neatly pointed to make a slightly concave joint,
the edges of which are flush with the surrounding surfaces.
Exposed joints in the interior side of the window, door and
other frames shall be neatly pointed flush or to match
adjacent jointing work, as required.
(4) Adjacent materials which have been soiled shall be
cleaned immediately and the work left in neat and
clean condition.
7. GUARANTEE
(a) The Contractor shall guarantee all work under this Section
for a period of two (2) years from date of final certificate of
acceptance of the building.
Section 07900
DIVISION 7 Sealants
f Page 5
(b) In the event of failure of watertightness during the
guarantee period, the Contractor and the manufacturers of the
caulking materials jointly shall repair same, together with
all damage to other parts or furnishings of the building
resulting from such failure, at their own expense and to the
satisfaction of the owner. Should the Contractor deem the
work or materials shown or described herein as inadequate for
the purpose of and prejudicial to the intent of this guarantee,
he shall exercise any and all additional precautions necessary
to fulfill the requirements of the guarantee,
Section 08150
DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel &
Hollow Metal
Page 1
SECTION 08150
PRESSED STEEL AND HOLLOW METAL
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall
govern all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) The work includes all labor, materials, equipment and
appliances required for the complete execution of all Pressed
Steel and Hollow Metal work indicated on Drawings, specified
herein and conditions encountered at the Site, including, but
not limited to, the following:
(1) Pressed steel frames for exterior and interior hollow metal
doors of types, sizes and in locations indicated on Drawings.
(2) Pressed steel frames for vision panels, pressed steel tri,n
where indicated on drawings.
(3) Pressed steel frames for trimmed openings, where indicated.
(4) Hollow metal exterior and interior doors of types, including
doors with raised panels of sizes and in locations indicated
on Drawings.
(5) Shop painting all work under this Section.
(6) Erection of all work under this Section (unless specified
otherwise).
(7) Cutting, drilling and filling.
(8) Protection
(9) Cleaning
Section 08150
DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel &
Hollow Metal
Page 2
(b) The following items will be furnished and/or furnished and
installed under other Sections of the Specifications:
(1) Finishing hardware including distribution, installation and
adjustment (furnished under Section 08700 and installed under
Section 06200).
(2) Glass and glazing.
Z. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Submit shop drawings for approval, showing complete details of
construction, profiles, hardware, reinforcement, etc. , also a
schedule listing the quantities and location in the building.
3. MATERIALS
(a) Materials shall be free from defects impairing strength, durability,
and appearance. Sections and shapes shall be rolled, formed,
drawn and/or pressed as required for their respective function.
Moulded work shall have sharply defined profiles and arrises, be
clean and straight. Plane work shall be leveled, true and sharp.
Work shall be of proper dimensions to receive work of others.
The indicated and specified thickness of the metal are minimum.
(b) Metal shall be best quality American Open Hearth sheet metal
furniture stock, cold rolled, full pickled, annealed, stretched,
leveled and free from scale, blisters, pits and other defects.
Section 08150
DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel &
Hollow Metal
Page 3
(c) Paint for prime coat shall be a zi�pehIllate iron oxide Formulation shall
primerconforming to Fed. Spec. TT-P-57,
be as follows:
(1) Pigments shall be 46% of paint comprised of the following:
Zinc Yellow. .. . . ..... .... .. 24%
Zinc Oxide... .. . ... . . .. . ... 24%
Iron Oxide.... . .. .. . ... .. . . 24%
Magnesium Silicate. ... .. . . . 28%
(2) Vehicle shall be 54% of paint comprised of the following:
Non-Volatiles (100% Phenolic-
Chinawood Linseed Oil).... . ... . 54%
Volatiles plus Driers.. . .. ..... 46%
(d) Insulating materials shall be cork or asbestos millboard.
(e) Material for exterior work shall be Toncan, Galvaneal or
equal rust resisting sheets.
(f) Gauges for the various metals used in the work shall be as
follows;- where applicable.
U.S.GAUGE
(1) Combination Metal Frames and Trim:
Interior Combination Frames and Trim. ..... No. 16
Exterior Combination Frames and Trim...... No. 14
Exterior Scribe Moulding...... ............ No. 14
Interior Scribe Mouldings.-**.... No. 18
Exterior and Interior Angle Floor
Knees, Adjustable Anchors, Slides and
Adjustable Anchors.... .......... ... . ..... No. 16
Exterior and Interior Channel 18
Spreaders....... . .. . . .................... No.
• Fillers........ .... ...................... As required
Section 08150
DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel &
Hollow Metal
Page 4
U. S. GAUGE
(2) Flush Type Interior Doors and Transom Panels:
Door Plates, Glass Moulding.... ... .. . ... No. 18
Z-bar Stiffeners, continuous at top
and bottom muntins. . .. . . . ... . . . . .. . . . . .. No. 16
Transom Panels... . ..,...... .:.......:.....p�No. 16
(3) Exterior Doors:
Door plates, stiles, rails. . . . .. . . .. . . . No. 16
Z-bar stiffeners, continuous at top
and bottom muntins. . .. .... .... . . . ... . . . No. 16
Glazed moulding. ... .. ... . ... ... ... . .... No. 18
(4) Hardware reinforcement:
Butts, checks, overhead door holders,
bracing pulls. . . .... . ... . . ....... . . . ... 3/16" thick
Lock latches. .. .... .. . . . . . .. . ... . . . .... No. 12
(5) Pressed Steel Expansion Joint Covers.. . No. 16
(6) Pressed Steel Frames for Trimmed Openings.No. 16
(7) Pressed Steel Drapery Grounds.—.. . .....No. 16
(8) Hollow Metal Trim.. . . ... ..... ... . . . . . . .. .No. 16
(9) Metal and Glass Partitions, Pressed
Steel Vision Panel Frames and Pressed
Steel Window Stools
Frames & Stools.. ..... ....... .... .. .... No. 16
Mouldings.... ...... .... .. . ............. No. 18
(10) Insulated Transom Panels with Asbestos
Board Core. ... . ....... ... ... ..... ..... . No. 16
Section o8150
DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel &
Hollow Metal
Page 5
4. SAMPLES
(1) Corner section of combination frame and trim.
(2) Corner section of hollow metal doors.
(3) Insulating material.
s
(4) Filler and prime coating for painting.
5. WORKMANSHIP
(a) All metal work shall be accurately fabricated and neatly assembled
so as to be free from dents, tool marks, warpage, buckle or open
,joints. All lines shall be straight and true to curvatures as
required, arrises and angles as sharp as practical, mouldings true
to profile, mitres formed in true alignment and abutting profiles
shall intersect accurately.
(b) Moulded members and mouldings shall be as shown on the Drawings,
unless otherwise approved. Stock mouldings shall be as shown on
the Drawings unless otherwise approved. Stock mouldings which
closely approximate the contours shown on the Drawings will be
accepted.
(c) All items of template hardware, drilling and tapping shall be
located by templates so that accurate alignment will be secured.
Templates should be located before manufacturing is connected.
(d) All members shall be accurately fastened together so as to provide
rigid construction in the assembled work. Removable members
shall be secured with countersunk tamperproof head machine screws not
more than two (2) inches from each end of member and at intermediate
intervals not more than twelve (12) inches apart. All connections,
except those of removable members, shall be welded or interlocked.
Section 08150
Division 8 Pressed Steel &
Hollow Metal
Page 6
(e) All exposed face joints between plane members shall be
continuously welded and pressed smooth and flush so as to
be practically invisible.
(f) Work damaged in transit shall not be set, but shall be replaced
with perfect work at the Contractor's expense.
(g) All pressed steel and hollow metal work specified herein shall be
neatly installed in designated positions, fixed units securely
fastened in place and operative units adjusted to work properly.
(h) Combination frame and trim shall be securely anchored in place.
Jambs filled solidly with mortar.
(i) Installation of all pressed steel and hollow metal work
specified herein shall be by the manufacturer or by a Contractor
approved by manufacturer and the Architect.
6. SINKAGFS, CUTOUTS AND REINFURC5EVT
(a) Sinkages, cutouts and concealed reinforcement shall be provided
as required for the proper installation and attachment of all
hardware.
(b) Sinkages shall be provided for butts, lock fronts and strikes so
that the exposed surfaces of hardware will finish flush with adjacent
surfaces.
7. PRESSED STEEL CUMBINATIUN FRAMES AND TRIM
(a) Pressed steel combination frame and trim shall be placed at door
openings, as shown on the Drawings.
(b) Pressed steel combination frames and trim shall be of size and
approximate design shown on the Drawings formed with rebates of
width to meet requirements of each particular wall thickness;
Have integrally moulded trim and loose moulds according to contours
of details, reinforced, drilled, tapped for hardware. The type
Section 08150
- DIV_ISIUN 8 Pressed Steel &
i Hollow Metal
Page 7
as detailed covers the general run of frames for the work, but the
forming shall be varied from that shown where indicated by
special details or necessitated by other conditions.
(c) Mitre corners accurately, oxyacetylene weld, and dress exposed
joints to rentjer same inconspicuous. Transom bars shall be
sec►trely fastened to jambs by interlocking, welding or concealed
angle clips and bolts as approved. Spreaders shall be of an
approved type, removable where floor hinges are used.
(d) Frames shall extend to rough concrete slab, bottoms provided
with suitable angle slips for securing to jambs. Heads of
frames for openings wider than 3'-6" shall be reinforced with angles
or channels formed of No. 10 gauge steel spot welded. Where
waterproofing occurs, frames shall extend 1" below finished floor.
Where required to receive labeled ratings, frames shall be
fabricated of gauges required and shall be provided with the
necessary labels.
(e) Frames shall be secured to partitions and walls with not less
than three (3) attached sliding anchors for standard size openings
and four (4) anchors where transoms occur. Anchors for pressed steel
frames to receive labeled doors shall have anchors of size and
quantity and design to receive the same rating as, door.
(f) Slots shall be provided at upper section of vertical members
for securing temporary wood blocking to which shall be nailed
the braces for holding jambs in place while building walls. All
pressed steel door frames shall be provided with rubber door
silencers, not less than two (2) per jamb.
(g) Heads shall be adequately reinforced as required to act as lintels.
(h) Provide holes as approved for fastening wood blocking and trim
where such are required by the Drawings.
(i) Pressed steel frames for vision panels shall be of similar
construction, four (4) sides of size end design indicated,
provided with four sliding anchors, removable stops, etc.
Section 08150
DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel &
Hollow Metal
Page 8
8. HoLLOw METAL T-0oo s
(a) Door shall be of the types and in locations as required by
Drawings.
(b) All jointing, shall be invisible, reinforced and dressed smooth.
Doors shall be free of wind, reinforced at corners and elsewhere
sufficiently to prevent sagging or twisting.
(c) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, all doors shall be 1-3/4"
thick.
(d) Insulate doors to efficiently reduce metallic ring as follows;
Doors shall be reinforced with channels, spaced not over 6" o.c.
and have spaces between channels and between outer sheets
completely filled with asbestos.
(e) Flush type doors shall be constructed of two (2) plates of sheet
steel assembled and reinforced with channels or Z sections,
extending full height of door, spot welded to door plates, 3"
O.C. Top and bottoms of door shall have continuous channels,
welded to outer sheets at 2" intervals.
(f) Where pairs of doors occur, the meeting stiles shall be so
designed that either door can be opened first .
(g) The outer edges of sheets shall be returned at edges to a close
_ and accurate fit, and seem shall be tack welded at not over
3" o.c. and shall be ground smooth and even.
(h) Reinforcement for escutcheons and locks shall be boxed with
_ _ No. 16 gauge steel, with spring leaf contact for lock cases.
(i) Where doors have glass panels, they shall be provided with metal
glazing beads and muntins , and have 16 gauge steel channels
as reinforcing around perimeter of sash opening, spot welded at
3" intervals. Muntins, where indicated, shall be mitred and
brazed at all intersections. Provide removable cold drawn
metal glazing stops formed into a four sided frame, secured with
oval head countersunk tamperproof screws.
(J) All doors shall be cut and reinforced to receive all finished
hardware, all necessary drilling and tapping for screws for hardware
shall be done in the shop.
Section 08150
DIVISION 8 pressed Steel &
Hollow Metal
page 9
(k) Lock stiles of hinged doors shall be beveled.
(1) Provide and install steel louvers in doors where required by
the Architectural and Mechanical Drawings.
(m) All exterior hollow metal doors shall be provided with weather-
stripping at jambs and heads of single and double doors and at
meeting stiles of double doors. Weather stripping shall be as
manufactured by Zero Weatherstripping Co., Inc., or approved
equal. Weatherstripping at head and lockside of jamb at single
doors shall be similar and equal to Zero' s Series 42-Z Aluminum,
consisting of Units 25W and 26. Weatherstripping at meeting
stiles of double doors shall be similar to Zero Series 54m, & atd oor-
-sills#39A extruded aluminum. All watherstripping" shall be installed
in accordance with the approved manufacturer's printed directions
9. LABELED WORK
(a) Door openings marked 1101 labeled on the Drawings shall have
frames, doors, transoms and equipment of material and gauges
meeting the requirements for the rating noted of the Board of
Fire Underwriters. Frames and doors shall bear the necessary
label and shall be labeled separately. Each labeled door and
frame shall be cut and reinforced to receive the type hardware
required.
Section 08150
DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel &
Hollow Metal
Page 10
10. HOLLOW METAL AND GLASS VISION PANELS
(a) Vision panels shall be of profiles of members and of
dimensions as indicated on the Drawings. Sizes of
various members shall be as shown on details or approved.
The construction including reinforcement, stiffeners,
mouldings, etc. shall be as heretofore specified for frames
and trim.
(b) Panels shall be erected in a rigid manner, true to line,
plumb and level, securely anchored in place. Provide
reinforcement and bracings for attachment at the ceiling and
overhead construction.
(c) Glass will be provided under Section, "GLAZING".
11. CUTTING, DRILLING AND FITTING
(a) Do all necessary cutting, drilling and fitting for securing
work in position including all necessary cutting, drilling
and tapping of the work to accommodate the work of other
trades.
(b) Drilling and tapping for non-templated hardware shall be
performed at the Site.
Section 08150
DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel &
Hollow Metal
Page 11
PAINING
(a) Back paint all concealed surfaces and prime all other metal
surfaces included herein, both inside and outside surfaces.
(b) Before the different parts are assembled, all surfaces shall
be thoroughly cleaned; rust and scale shall be removed by the
sand blast or other approved method, and washed with benzine
until all oil, grease and other foreign matter are removed.
(c) Before assembling all inaccessible surfaces, except surfaces
to be welded, shall be coated with a rust inhibiting paint.
(d) After assembling all exposed surfaces shall be given a filler coat
which shall be rubbed down smooth and then a light gray color
priming coat baked one leaving surfaces in proper condition
for finished coats of paint as specified under, "PAINTING".
{
Section 08200
DIVISION 8 Exterior & Interior
Wood Doors
Page 1 `
SECTION O8200
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR WOOD DOORS
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
I. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform
all operations required to complete the installation of all work of
this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and
specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the
following:
(1) Wood exterior doors, and frames.
(2) Solid staved lumber core flush wood doors of types, sizes,
with vision panels, louvers, etc. , as indicated on Drawings.
Z. MEASUREMENTS
(a) Take and verify all measurements required for the proper execution
and fit of the doors at the building. All dimensioned Drawings pre-
pared by the Architect must be checked and verified with field con-
ditions. All discrepancies and conflicts (if any) including those
between different installations, involving changes, shall be reported
to the Architect for corrections and adjustment before materials are
fabricated.
Section 08200
DIVISION 8 Exterior & Interior
Wood Doors
Page 2
3. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Submit shop drawings based on the Contract Drawings, showing
complete details of construction, sizes of members, kind,_, of
material, assembly of work and connections t.o adjacent \N,orlc,
and set forth the necessary provisions for the proper execution
of the work of other trades.
(b) Shop drawings shall show at large scale the construction of fhe
various parts of the work, the method of joinery, the thicknes t'.
width and length of materials, the profiles of all rnouldings and
ornamentation and all provisions for assembly and installation.
They shall show methods of reinforcement, anchorage, and support.
4. EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES
(a) Exterior wood doors shall be similar and equal to Typ,• "M-3984" -
3'-0" x 7'-0" water repellant preservative treated ponderosa pine.
Frames shall be similar and equal to Type ''Marblehead #M--'(A, ''
all as manufactured by Morgan Company, Oshkosh, 1A isconsin, dnd
distributed by Hussey-Williams Co. , Inc.
(b) All exterior doors shall be provided with weatherstripping at jainbs
and heads of single and double doors and at meeting stiles of double
doors. Weather stripping shall be as manufactured by Zero Weathe -
stripping Co. , Inc. , or approved equal. Weather stripping at head .aji,,
lockside of jamb at single doors shall be similar and equal to 2.er(-)•..
Series 42-Z Aluminum, consisting of Units 25W and 26. lVeather--
stripping at meeting stiles of double doors shall be similar Lo Z,•rc-
Series 54M, and at doorsills #39A extruded aluminum. All wweathe c --
stripping shall be installed in accordance with the approved manu-
facturer's printed directions.
(c) Doors shall be 1-3/4" thick with raised lows i panel and ; lazed Uhl).
panel door, hardwood spiral grooved dowels t-,; sccurt- rails ana
stiles. Exterior and interior finished and ready to re( Give pai,it .r
varnish finish. Wire glass in sash door shall be 1/4" thicic c1nar
wire glass. Doors shall be rabetted for 1 -1 /2 pairof 4 ' 1 -C' hi,;L!es,
but not prehung or bored for locksets. All finishing harem--, rr,,
including butt hinges, locksets, etc. , will be furnished itnoc, ('. , t:c ;
FINISHING HARDWARE, and installed und( r :,vc•tion 0 ',,.00, I 'r';;l
CARPENTRY.
Section 08200
DIVISION 8 Exterior & Interior
Wood Doors
Page 3
(d) All doors and components specified under this heading shall be
fabricated in accordance with the approved manufacturer's
printed specifications as though written out herein in full.
5. INTERIOR WOOD DOORS
(a) All interior flush wood doors shall be solid staved core of flush,
vision panelled and/ur louvered construction with wood veneer
facing and edging; not less than 1 -3/4'' thick.
(1) Doors shall conform to the National Woodwork Manufacturers
Association ;specifications for solid core doors. Doors
shall be manufactured with vertical staved cores 1/ 16" thick
horizontal cross banding, hardwood face veneer not less than
1/28" thick and solid hardwood edge banding 3/4" thick match-
ing face veneer. Doors shall be similar and equal to Anson
and Gilken Company's "ELITE CUSTOM" solid core door.
Doors as manufactured by Weyerhaeuser, Roddis, U. S.
Plywood, Hardwood Products Corp. , or Eggers Hardwood
Co. will be accepted with the provision they meet the specifi-
cations for solid core doors as specified.
(2) Wood face veneers shall be.-flat sliced veneers and shall
match woodwork in each roc,m of species. grain, color and
texture and where no woodwork occurs, shall be plain sliced
Red Oak for Stain and varnish finish. Pairs of doors shall
be factory matched as to graining and color.
(3) Unless otherwise shown, louvers in wood doors shall be
solid wood of wood species to n-:atch face veneer on doors,
all housed, framed and glued. Louvers snall be of sizes
indicated on Drawings.
6. PACKAGING AND DELIVERY
(a) All doors under this Section shall be individually wrapped and
cartoned at the factory for protection during transit and storage
periods. All shall be marked as per tag opening indicated on the
approved shop drawings.
Section 08200
DIVISION 8 Exterior & Interior
Wood Doors
Page 4
(b) All doors shall be delivered to the site and turned over to the
Subcontractor for carpentry and millwork for installation.
7. GUARANTEE
(a) All doors specified herein shall be guaranteed for a period of two
(2) years.
(b) Each guarantee shall be in writing, to the Owner and shall cover
any defects in materials or workmanship. All cost of refinishing,
replacing, rehanging, etc. , which occurs within the guarantee
period will be borne by the manufacturer with no additional cost
to the Owner.
Section 08600
DIVISION 8 Wood Windows
Page 1
SECTION 08600
WOOD WINDOWS
Applicable pr ovi sionf of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall
govern all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Work includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances
required to furnish and deliver to the site all wood double
hung windows and related items indicated on Drawings and
specified herein.
(1) Double Hung Windows
(2) Basement Windows
2. WINDOWS
(a) All double hung windows shall be similar and equal to
"Carkote C-100", Basement windows shall be similar and
equal to "Caradco C-200", both as manufactured by Caradco,
Window and Door Division, Hainesport, New Jersey. Windows
shall reveive "Caradco Carkote" Paint System in White, on
all exposed surfaces except the inside stops. All windows shall
be provided with rigid vinyl grilles, welded edge insulating glass,
sash locks, lifts balances and all other items necessary to make
a complete installation. 0
(b) All wood members shall be of kiln dried lumber, toxic and
water repellent treated.
(c) All sash shall be completely weather stripped at bottom and
top rails with foam type weather strioping. All sash shall receive
welded edge double insulating glass not less than 3/8" thick.
Bottom and top sash shall receive rigid vinyl grilles over glass
areas to achieve design indicated,
(1) All insulating glass in windows shall be clear.
Section 08600
DIVISION 8 Wood Windows
Page 2
3. ALUMINUM SCREENS
• (a) All windows shall be provided with alun Ln-z self' storing scree:
units, with factory applied baked on white acrylic finish.
(b) Screen unit frames shall be heavy gauge extruded alur,.inurr
rewirable type. Aluminum screen shall be 18 x 16 mesh, &ui
metal finish.
4. DELIVERY AND STORAGE
(a) All windows and screen units shall be delivered to the sits: 51
solid waterproof and weathertight packages fron the manufact.:rcr'
plant and handed to the Contractor for installation under SwcQoL l
o6200.
(b) All windows and screen units shall be stored at the site in roorE;
and spaces protected against the elements and damage fron wort,
being performed within the building.
A Manufacturer will be required to submit installation instruction: ;
to the Contractor to assure accurate and ccnpLete installat, ors.
Section 08700
Division 8 Hardware & Specialties
Page 1
SECTION o8700
HARDWARE AND SPECIALTIES
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) The work includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances
required for the delivery to the building or elsewhere as may be
directed of all Finishing Hardware of every description required
for this project.
(b) Finishing Hardware shall include butts, locks, knobs, rosettes,
escutcheons, pulls, push plates, kick plates, door checks, door
holders, flush bolts, panic bolts, door stops, coat hooks,
pilaster strips, shelf brackets, key cabinets and all other
items not specifically mentioned but necessary to make a
complete job in every respect.
(c) A detailed schedule listing all hardware items will be prepared
by the Architect.
2. WORK NOT INCLUDED
(a) Finishing Hardware specifically noted on Drawings and/or called
for in other Sections of the Specifications, shall be furnished
and installed as part of the work of those Sections and are not
to be included in the Finishing Hardware allowance in this Section.
3. GENERAL REQUIREKKN`I'S
(a) All exterior exits and exits fron, assembly areas shall be equipped
with approved anti-panic devices.
0
Section 08700
DIVISION 8 Hardware & Special: iec-
pa ge 2
(b) All interior doors shall be provided with door hardware of
such a nature that doors shall be operable from, inside of
rooms at all times by turn of knob.
(c) All hardware shall be of type which can be operated by the
handicapped.
4. ALLOWANCE
(a) The Contractor for General Construction work shall include in
his Base Bid the sum of: $4,000.00
for all Finishing Hardware which will be selected by the Owner
or Architect, exclusive of installation.
(b) Should the cost of the hardware selected exceed the allowance,
the Owner will pay the difference; should the allowance exceed
the cost, the Owner shall receive full credit for the differer,:--.
Section 08800
DIVISION 8 Glazing
Page 1
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
Api,iicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all
work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete -the installation
of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on
the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not
necessarily limited to, the following:
(1) Wire glass.
(2 ) Mirrors
(3) Glazing clips, tapes, gaskets and compound.
(4) Setting all glass and glazing.
2. MATERIALS
(a) All glass shall conform to Federal Specifications DD-G-451c and
shall be as manufactured by Libby-Owens-Ford Co., American Saint
Gobain, Mississippi Glass Co., or equal approved by the Architect.
(b) Each light of glass and mirror shall bear the manufacturer' s
label showing kind, thickness and quality which shall not be
removed until the work has been inspected and approved by the
Architect.
Section 08800
DIVISION 8 Glazing
Page 2
(c) All glass shall be the best quality of the respective kind,
free from integral or surface defects, clouded, cracked,
broken or otherwise defective areas.
(d) Clear polished plate wire glass shall be 1 /4" thick diamond
welded wire mesh "Polished Misco" as manufactured by
Mississippi Glass Co. or approved equal and shall be used
for:
(1) Vision panels and doors where indicated on Door
Schedules and elsewhere indicated on Drawings.
(e) Mirrors shall be polished plate 1/4" thick, No. 1 sil-veril)g
quality complying with the latest edition of the Commercial
Standard Specifications GS 27, "Plate Glass Mirrors" issited
by the United States Department of Commerce. The
manufacturer's label shall be on each mirror, gLlaranteein.?
quality and compliance with the above Specifications. 'i (,(-
back shall be thoroughly silvered and heavy electro-plat,-d
with copper and given two (2) coats of best quality varnish
Mirrors shall be 2'0" x 116" installed above each laN ator , ,
as indicated on Drawings.
NOTE: Stainless steel shelving in conjunction with rnir r11r n
are specified under Section 10800,
Section 08WO
DIVISION 8 Glazing
Page 3
1
(f ) Glazing compound for glazing metal sash, doors, etc. shall meet
the requirements of Federal Specifications TT-S-00230 and
TT-S-227b respectively for physical qualities and shall be as
manufactured by H. B. Fred Kuhls, Tremco Manufacturing Co.,
Pecora Paint Co., Gibbs and Hohman or other approved equal.
Glazing compound shall match color of metal as selected by the
Architect. Preformed vision strips and tape shall be used in
conjunction with setting all glass in exterior windows and doors
and shall be similar and equal to Tremco Vision Strips and
"Tremco 440" Tape as manufactured by Tremco Manufacturing Co.
Tapes and vision strips shall be of color selected by the
Architect from the manufacturer's standards.
3. SAMPLES
(a) Samples shall be submitted to the Architect for approval as
follows:
(1) Glass: Each type, 8" x 12", bearing manufacturer's label.
(2) Glazing Compound and Tape: One pound can of each type.
1 Tapes and vision strips: 110" lengths.
(3) Mirrors and Frames: Assemblies, corner section of finished
frames and mirrors, chromium plated brass frame, glazing
cushion and screws for fastening mirrors.
WORKMANSHIP AIM SETTING
(a), Glass shall be cut and set with waves running horizontally.
(b) All measurements and size for the work shall be obtained and
verified by the Contractor who shall be responsible for the correct
and accurate fitting of all his work.
(c) All glass shall be set in such manner as to avoid liability of
breakage.
(d) Rebates shall be thoroughly cleaned and shall have been prime
coated before glass is set.
� r
DIVISION 8 Glazing
page 4
(e) Glass shall be -well bedded and back glazed and all surplus
compound and markings shall be carefully rcinoved frc;�, d-curs,
sash, and adjoining work, while still fresh. Compoimd sh:sll b,.-
finished in true, even lines, neatly and fact-d. H11 -
• glass shall be set in strict accordance with the manufacLurer' s
printed directions and approved by the Architect.
(f) Except where glazing beads are provided, shall be r ecurti::t
to metal windows with spring wire glazi n,, ..i : ps. T.,e Ccrtrac-trr
shall follow the instruction of the ?,'*ijidm' i,.:r.,,actiirer rulativ
to the bedding for the installation and setti:ig of glass.
(g) All glass when set and glazed shall be free from rattle nad all
exterior glazing shall be executed in such za manner that the
work will be watertight.
(h) Glazing moulds shall be removed and replaced in their co: rec1
locations in such a manner as not to mur mou.Lding or the
securing same.
(i) All glazing shall be done at the building after the work latt
which glass is to be set has been installed. All operirit.,z. 11'_
-be properly marked after being installed, to shrew t.hL t t.:►.� ,
have been glazed.
5. MIRRORS
(a) frames for all framed mirrors (hall be br.4z s, in ckei and chit ,
plated. . I
(b) Mirrors shall be set with conc�aled hanger: at ;,eight, as dii. i,
by the Architect, on approved type conceals-ni tt,.
Mirrors shall be in one piece full height.
(c) Mirrors in all Toilet Rooms shall be furi«Lhed undc.1, this Conti .,
and shall be installed under the PLUMBING r.0NTRA,; .
Section 08800
DIVISION 8 Glazing
Pa ge 5
6. REPLACE TENT AND CLEANING
Upon completion of the work, all glass shall be thoroughly cleaned,
removing all labels, markings and Daint spots or other defacement.
All cracked, broken, imperfect or improperly set glass shall be
rer.laced with perfect glass without extra cost to the Owner. At
tt:e ti.rr:c of acceptance of the work, all glass shall be clean, whole
and in perfect condition, including glazing or other setting materials.
Glazing compound and setting ,raterial.s applied after the completion
c ,L pe-neral painting shrill receive not less than two coats of paint.
. M17..VriRY AND.-STORAGE
(r;) i e3ivered materials shall match thi, approved samples in every
respect. Deliver materials in the manufacturers' original
unopened iabel�d containers, cleerly marred with their name
and brand.
�1)) '.:tore glass in a dry, wc:ll vcntilat.ed location az a constant
�Luw aerature, maintained ab,.-e dew point. Handling shall be
kept to a minintun and ail glass snail be protected from
soiling, condensation or moisturc of any kind.
(c) Glass delivered to the job site with manufacturer' s markings,
or when markings are applied ai_ the job use either neutral or
slightly acidic adl;esi.ve. In no case shall marking materials
or adhesives be alkaline. Any staining of glass by alkaline
material will be cause for rejection.
8. DQMSTIC GLASS AFFIDAVIT
The glazing contractor shall furnish an affidavit from his supplier
to the effect that the materials supplied to him are of domestic
manufacture. The glazing contractor shall also furnish affidavit that
i.he r,z.�erials supplied to him and installed by him is of domestic
0
Section 09250
DIVISION 9 Gypsum Wallboard
Page 1
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM WALLBOARD
(PLASTER BOARD)
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE COPITRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and services and perform
all operations required to complete the installation of all
work of this Section and related work as indicated on the
Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily
limited to, the following:
(1) Gypsum wallboard for interior work.
(2) All trim, battens, corners and sir.ijar itcros.
(3) All required fastenings, frarAn- and attachc;.unts.
(4) All adhesive, tapes and joint compound systens as
required.
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Verification: Dcand ne all Drawings covering the work of this
Section, and refer to all other Drawings which [.ay affect this
work or require coordination by this trade. Execution of wort:
of this trade, constitutes acceptance of adjoining work and other
conditions as being satisfactory in ever,,, resi)ect. Inter claims
of defects in such cases will not constiti;te relief in any way froi
the requirements of these Specifications.
j
Section 09250
DIVISION 9 Gypsum Wall board
Page 2
(b) Delivering, Storing and Handling Materials- Deliver all
materials in unopened original containers bearing manufacturers'
labels. Store materials in a clean,dry, protected place and do
not leave exposed to weather. Handle all materials with proper
care to prevent damages.
(c) Cooperation-Cooperate with all other trades supplying materials
or performing work in connection with the work under this Section
to those other trades whose work is affected by the work of this
Section. Provide to the job any and all items required to be
build into the other work in ample time to avoid delaying the
normal progress of such other work.
(d) Cutting and Fitting: Do all cutting and fitting of the work of
this Section as required for the installation of the work of
other trades. Do all cutting and fitting in a neat manner, and
leave all work in a first-class and presentable condition.
(e) Cleaning: At all times during the progress of the work keep all
parts clean and remove all rubbish and debris caused by the work
of this Section. Upon completion remove any and all protective
coatings, clean off all parts of the work of this Section and
leave the entire installation in presentable and orderly condition.
(f) Defective Work - All defective, damaged, defaced or other work of
sub-standard quality will be rejected by Architect, and replaced
with new work in accordance with specifications, without extra
cost to the Owner.
3. MATERIALS
(a) Fire retardant gypsum board; 5/8" thick a§ shown
an drawings conforming to ASTM C-75 and manufactured
by National Gypsum, U.S.Gypsum, Georgia Pacific, or
approved equal.
(b) Water resistant gypsum board: in thickness as shown on Drawings
with long edges tapered on the face side, conforming to ASTM C 630
and manufactured by National Gypsum "MR Board", U.S.Gypsum "Sheet-
rock WIR" or Georgia Pacific "G.P.Tile Backer Board."
Section 0)250
DIVISION 9 Gypsum, Wallboard
Page 3
(c) Metal Trim: all 26 gauge, manufactured by United States Gyps,.u.,
under the following numbers or approved equal:
(1) Ceiling trim: No. 200-B
(2) Casings: No. 200-A
(3) Outside Corner Trim: No. 103
(4) Control Joints: No. 093
(d) Tape and Joint Compound: manufactured by the approvea manufacturer
of the gypsum board.
( e) Screws and other fastenings: of a type recommended by the
manufacturer for the particular purpose intended.
4. SAMPLES
(a) Submit samples for the Architect' s apgroval, in accordance
with the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.
(b) Submit 3 samples of each of the following:
(1) Gypsum Wallboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12" x 12" each type and finish.
(2) Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12" lengths.
(3) Trig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6" lengths of each type and. finish.
(4) Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 pint cans.
(5) Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12" lengths.
(6) Screws and fastenings . . . . . . . . . . each size and type.
Section 09250
DIVISIuN 9 Gypsum Wallboard
Page 4
5. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
(a) Unless otherwise specified, methods of installation shall. be in
accordance with the requirements of the Gypsum Association and
the approved manufacturer.
(b) Stockpile wall board, flat on floor in piles. Leave in original
wrappings or containers until ready for use. Protect wallboard
from moisture from any source.
(c) Butt all wall board joints loosely together. Butt ends shall not
be placed against tapered edges. Gap at end joints shall be 1/4
of an inch minimum.
(d) Install in maximum practical lengths to span walls without butt
joints. If butt joints do occur, stager joints and locate as
far as possible from center of walls.
(e) Support end joints on framing members. Apply end joint compound
to back of board along end joints.
(f) No end joints shall align with edges of openings. Install
expansion and/or control joints where shown, or required.
(9) Install metal trim at doors, corners, edges and elsewhere as
shown in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions and
recommendations.
(h) Openings cut in wallboard to fit mechanical and electrical
items shall fit snugly and be small enough to be covered by
escutcheons and plates. Both face and back paper shall be cut
when cutouts are not made with a saw.
(i) Adhesive and joint finishing compounds shall be mixed in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Mix only
enough at one time to be used during the recommended pot life of
the compound.
(j) Fasteners shall be installed as follows:
(1) Install no closer than 3/8 inch to end or edge..
(2) Begin from center of wall board and proceed to outer edge.
(3) Pressure shall be applied on wallboard adjacent to
fasteners being driven to ensure a tight fit of wallboard
to the paper without puncturing the paper.
Section 09250
DIVISION 9 Gypsum ,.Iallboard
Page 5
(k) Drive screws with a power screw driver as recor:.mended by the
v manufacturer. Surface of head shall finish below the surface
of the pager without puncturing the paper.
(1) Minimum temperature in areas where gypsum board is to be
installed shall be 65 degrees F. for 24 hours before, during
and after installation. Provide adequate heat and
ventilation to remove any moisture.
(m) Install continuous sound absorbing blanket in partitions
indicated on Drawings. Installation shall be in accordance
with manufacturer' s directions.
6. JOINT TREATMENT
(a) Execute joint treatment in accordance with the manufacturer' s
printed instructions, and these Specifications.
(b) Reinforce wall corners and angles with tape folded to confon.,
to the contour and embed in compound.
(c) Flanges of corner beads and trir., shall be concealed by two (2)
coats of compound. Feather out compound 9 inches fror,. beaas.
(d) Sand compound when thoroughly dry; avoid roughing surfaces of
finish wallboard.
(e) Leave all surfaces smooth and uniform, ready to receive ''paint.
i
C
' d
Section 09250
DIVISION 9 Gypsum Wallboard
Page 6
7. PATCHING AND REPAIRING
(a) After trim is applied, correct all surface damage and defects
as required, to the Architect' s satisfaction, so that blemishes
will not show through the decoration.
(b) If, in the opinion of the Architect, the wallboard is
unrepairable, the Contractor shall remove same and rel,lace it
with new material at no extra cost to the Owner.
8. INSPECTION
(a) Wall surfaces, when prepared for painting, shall be inspected
and approved by the Architect before proceeding further.
Section 09300
DIVISION 9 Tile
Page 1
SECTION 09300
TILE
Applicable provisions of the "CUNDITIUNS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete the installation
of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the
Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily
limited to the following:
(1) Ceramic mosaic tile floors.
(2) Glazed ceramic tile walls and base.
(3) Marble Saddles.
(4) Water resistant organic adhesive for setting all cerar,.ic �rall
tile and base.
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Contractor's Responsibility:
(1) Examine the Contract Drawings and Specifications with
regard to the work shown and required under this Section
include incidental items necessary to complete the work,
though not shown or specified.
(2) Examine all surfaces to which his work is to be applied,
and notify the Architect in writing, if any condition
exists which he considers detrimental to the proper
installation of his work. Starting of work will be
construed as acceptance of existing surfaces and conditions,
and any claim thereafter will be disregarded.
Section 09300
DIVI.SIc,N 9 Tile
Page 2
(b) Delivering, Storing and HnndLing Materials - deliver all
materials in unopened original containers bearing manufacturer's
labels. Store materials in a clear, dry, protected place and
do not leave exposed to the weather. Take all precautions to
prevent intrusion of foreign matter. handle all materials with
proper care to prevent damage of any 'rind.
<< ) Cooperation - cooperate with all other trades supplying materials or
performing work in connection with the work under this Section or
with those other trades whore work is affected by work of this Section.
(d) Protection- all the flooring; shall be adequately protected and
cured with laminated one hundred percent reinforced, non-staining
kraft paper or other approved :nears. No traffic shall be allowed
can the floors for at lea- s t, ' days after floor tile has been installed.
Port signs in conspicuous pioccs indicating that no traffic will be
permitted.
(e) Cutting and Fitting - do till cutting and fitting of the work of
th;s ;action as required for th,! installation of the work of
other trades. Do all cutting and fitting in a neat manner,
and leave all work in a first-class and presentable condition.
(f) Cleaning- at all times during th-- progress of the work keep all
parts clean and remove all rubbish and debris caused by the work
of this Section. Upon completion, remove any and all protective
coatings, clean off all parts of the work of this Section and
leave the entire installation in a presentable and orderly condition.
(g) Defective Work - all defective, damaged, defaced or other work
of sub-standard quality will be rejected by the Architect and
replaced with new work in accordance with these Specifications,
at no additional cost to the Owner.
(h) All necessary corners, coves, angl:.s or other special trim shapes
shall be furnished and installed, using specified methods. Tile
shall fit neatly around pipes and openings. Cutting, as fax as
practicable shall be done by power saws, with cut edges smooth,
straight and free from chips. Hand cut tiles shall be filed or
ground smooth on the cut edges.
(i) Prior to setting tile, clean all surfaces of any dirt, oil,
grease or any substances which may impair the bonding qualities
of the concrete.
Section 09300
DIVISION .9 Tile'
Page 3
E
(j) All work shall be performed by skilled wm nacn and installed
in accordance with the accepted standard pr&ctices of the
inductry.
(k) Temperature conditions - do not perform any tile work unless
ambient temperature of 60 degrees F., is maintained in the
respective work areas, for 48 hours prior to, during and for
48 hours after installa tion 'of tile.
(1) Extra Tiles - furnish to the Owner, at the end of the job,
one (1) full box of each type and color of tiles installed.
(m) The Architect reserves the right to chaoEc color, type, ,sizes
and finish of the from that indicated on the drawings or
specified, provide that the final selections shall be no mole
expensive than that oriFinal.ly desiEnated. Therefore do not
order any materials unless; it has been ascertained in writing
that such changes are not contemplated.
3. SAMPLES
(a) Submit the following sarples to the Archite( t Or his approval,
in strict accordance with the- applicable l;rovieiun5 of the ContracL
Documents.
(1) Ceramic mosaic floor and glazed wail tiles. ,12" x 12" panela.
(2) Bases and special shapes..... .. ... . . .. . ... . .each type and shape.
(3) Marble... . ........... .. ..'. . ... . . lengths.
(4) Grout...... . ........ ... .. ... . . . .. . .... .. ... .1/4 lb.container,
each type.
4. MATERIALS
(a) All Tile: of domestic manufacture, quality certified by the Tile
Council of America, Inc., to meet or exceed the "Standard Grade"
requirements of the ANSI A137.1. The certification mark of the
Tile Council of America shall appear on each label or carton of
tile. Furnish to Architect a. Master Grade Certificate, signed by
the manufacturer and tile installer.
Section 09300
L,=IUN 9 Tile
Page 4
(1) Ceramic Mosaic Floor Tile: 1" x 1" x 1/4", square edge,
unglazed, impervious porcelain type as manufactured by
American Ulean Tile Co., Florida Tile, U.S.Ceramic Tile
Co., or approved equal, in colors, patterns and textures
selected by the Architect.
(2) Cove Base: 4" x 6" x 1/4" matte glazed, as manufactured
by the approved manufacturer of the floor tile and in
colors, patterns, and textures selected by the Architect.
(3) Glazed Ceramic Wall Tile: 4" x 4" x 1/4", cushion edge,
matte glazed, as manufactured by American Ulean Tile Co.,
Florida Tile, U.S.Ceramic Tile Co., or approved equal, in
colors, patterns and text-tires selected by the Architect.
(b) Setting Mortar Materials:
(1) Cement: conform to AS'.1'_M C-150, Type I.
(2) Sand: clean, sharp and durable, conforming to ASTM C-144.
(3) Water: clean, fresh, potable and free from injurious amounts
of oil, acids and alkalies.
(4) Hydrated Lime: conform to AST14 C-207, Type "S".
(c) Grout: Latex-sand-portland cement type, consisting of 1 part
portland cement to 1 part sand with a latex additive mixed in
proportion recommended by the manufacturer.
(d) Marble Saddles: Group "A" domestic white marble, cut to profiles
indicated on Drawings and shall have a sand rubbed finish.
(e) Water resistant orgari*c adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer
and shall conform to the requirements of USA Standard Specifications
for Ceramic Tile.
T' PING TILE
(a) Floor tile shall be set by the cement mortar bonded method, in
accordance with the current detail No. F 112-76 for slab on grade
and detail No. F141-76 for wood floors of the "Handbook for
Ceramic Tile Installation" published by the Tile Council of
A n er ica and ANSI A 10 8, 2 and the following subparagraphs (1)
through (3).
(h) Wall tile and bases shall he installed with water resistant
organic adhesive Type 1, in accordance with the current Detail No.
W242-75 of the aforementioned handbook and ANSI A108, 4 and the
following:
Section 09301
DIVISION 9 Tile
Page 5
(1) Set tiles on clean, dry surface:,. Prior to setting, f_?.r.
all holes, cracks and uneven spots level surfaces strai.rti.'
and cvcn.
(2) Lay out tile in a manner to avoid cutting as much --s
practical, Align all joints.
(3) Scribe and cut tiles neatly at abutti,.,;; instal]Ltions.
Fit bases and tile neatly at corners, dcor franico, el,,:.
6. EXPANSION JuINTS
(a) Expansion joints:
(1) For ceramic mosaic tile: lay out in accordance % it.n
Detail No. EJ411-75 of the "Handbo-A. for Cf.rbr„i c
Installation", using sealLnt as sp,. ^ified under 'W Jl�IuPd
7 of this Specification.
7. GROUTING
(a) Grouting for all tile - prior to grouting; sponge a:'�i clean
all the surfaces, remove mortar spots and any object r
Brush-out and clean all joints of dirt, dust turd loc•c;v mort;_
particles. Fill joints using methods of handlinU (,rout and
finishing in strict accordance with the approved m,�;.ufach;r
specifications and application instructions.
(1) Grout for walls: dry-set type or latex portland cement t.-i- •'.
(2) Grout for floors: latex portland ::ement tvpe.
8. CLEANING
(a) Remove all protective coatings, dirt, spots cnd exc.;ss grout ,r
tile faces as required. Leave finish,: t work clean and wi thoill.
dust or white film, as approved by tho Arctitect.
(1) If a chemical type cleaner is used, it shall t);_
type recommended in writing by the manufactur:•r of the
tile and be approved by the Architect.
Section 09500
Division 9 Acoustical Treatment
Page 1
SECTION 09500
ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT"
shall govern all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services
and perform all operations required to complete the
installation of all work of this Section and related work
as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, in-
cluding, but not necessarily limited to the following:
(1) Acoustic ceilings as indicated on Drawings and
Finish Schedule and as specified herein.
(2) Plasterboard ceilings where indicated.
(3) Complete suspension systems for types of ceilings
specified under this Section, including hangers,
carrying channels, clips, corner clips, mouldings,
tees, splines, connectors, spacers, mailing channels
and all accessories required to make a complete
installation.
(4) Furring for recessed lighting fixtures, anemostats,
ceiling grilles, loud speakers and the like where
running bars intersect electrical junction boxes in
acoustic ceilings.
(b) The following items of related work and material will be
performed and provided under other Sections or Contracts;
(1) Lighting fixtures and speakers, etc. . . . . Electrical
Contract.
(2) Anemostats, diffusers, grilles, etc. . . . . Heating and
Ventilating Contract.
Section 09500
Division 9 Acoustical Treatment
Page 2
(4) Plasterboard on vertical surfaces, including
furring thereto. . . . < Section 09250 of these
Specifications.
Z. SAMPLES
(a) The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for his
approval, samples of all materials in accordance with
the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.
3. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Complete and accurate shop drawings of work specified
herein shall be submitted to the Architect for approval.
Shop drawings shall indicate layout and extent of work,
details of suspension system, methods of attachment,
relation with adjacent work, and all other pertinent
information, including reflected ceiling plan of all areas.
(b) Submit shop drawings in accordance with applicable pro-
visions of the Contract Documents.
4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) Before starting any work ascertain that the surface and
conditions are proper to receive the work specified herein.
Notify the Architect (in writing) of all improper conditions
and do not proceed with the work until such conditions have
been rectified. Starting of work in any room or space will
be interpreted as acceptance of all previous conditions and
work.
(b) No work is to be started until all glazing has been coni
pleted, all openings closed, and the buildings are suffi
ciently weathertight to prevent damage to the work , P 11
plastering, cement, terrazzo, and work of a similar
nature conductive to high humidity conditions shall have
been completed and shall be thoroughly dry before acO.1:3-
tical work is started. A uniform temperature of n+.t less
than 600F. shall be maintained in rooms and spaces required
to receive acoustical treatment before, during and after• in-
stallation of acoustical tile.
Section 09500
Division 9 Acoustical Treatment
Page 3
(c) Installation of the work shall be made by an individual,
firm or corporation specializing in this type of work,
using men skilled in their trades, and approved by
manufacturer of the materials and the Architect.
(d) "Manufacturer's Standard" shall be the minimum
acceptable method, material, accessory and/or pro-
cedure, where said standards are lesser in any way,
shape or form, than anything contained herein, the
provisions of this Specification, shall govern.
(e) Following installation, all soiled, abraded or dis-
colored surfaces of acoustical work shall be cleaned
and left free from blemishes or defects. All work that
is improperly applied shall be removed, replaced and
the installation left in complete and satisfactory condi-
tion.
(f) Lay ceiling units out in square pattern symmetrical about
center lines of each room, or space, unless otherwise
indicated. During erection, units shall be fitted neatly
around electric outlets, ducts, pipes, other work extend-
ing through acoustical treatment.
5. SUSPENSION FURRING
(a) Hangers shall be 8 gauge, galvanized, pre-straightened
mild steel wire, spaced not more than 4'-0" o. c. Hangers
shall be of such length that lower ends of hangers may be
saddle-tied or wrapped around the charnels so as to pre-
vent turning or twisting and to develop the full strength of
the hangers or attached hangers to channels utilizing Cat.
2B1. 5. L clips manufactured by Erico Products Co.
(b) Carrying channels shall be 1- 1/2'' cold rolled, black
asphaltum painted channels (475 lbs. per 1, 000 L. F. ) for
spans up to and including 5'-0' . For spans greater than
5'-0" up to and including 7'-0" channels shall be 2" cold
rolled, black asphaltum painted channels (590 lbs. per
1, 000 L. F. ). Channels shall be installed not more than
4'-0" o. c. leveled to within 1/8" in 12'-0".
(c) Attached accessories to overhead members shall be as
approved by the Architect.
Section 09500
Division 9 Acoustical Treatment
Page 4
(d) Suspension furring and all ceiling the support members
for all types of acoustical ceilings shall be of sufficient
strength to support electrical junction boxes, recessed
lighting fixtures, surface mounted fixtures or pendant
mounted fixtures.
6. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION
(a) Exposed Plasterboard Ceilings. Plastc rboard shall be
48" x 96" x 5/8" with tapered edges having a One Hour
Fire Rating in accordance with applicable Underwriters,
Inc. tests, or 2 layers of 5/8" thick where Two Hour
Fire Rating is required.
Plasterboard shall be nailed to each joist with not less
than 10 annular nails across the width of the plasterboard
sheet with double nailing channels at end joints.
Metal angle mouldings shall be installed wherever ceil-
ing abuts walls or other vertical surfaces. Mouldings
shall be 24 gauge steel, white baked enamel finished,
factory applied.
(b) Acoustic Tile Ceiling. Ceiling shall be fissured mineral
tile applied to plasterboard ceilings. Tile shall be rated
Class 25 Non-Combustible as per Federal Specifications
SS-A- 118(a) or Class 1, Flame Spread Rating in accordance
with ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test Method. Tile shall be 12" x
12" x 3/4'' square edged and shall be:
U. S. Gypsum Company - "Glacier"
Armstrong Cork Company - "Sanserra"
Simpson Acoustic Company - "Travertine Bold"
Celotex Corporation - "Celotone Texture 'Pone"
The Contractor shall use an approved adho;3ive, each the
shall be set in not less than four (4) daubs of adhesive not
less than 1- 1/2" in diameter, not less than 1/4" thick, in
accordance with the manufacturer's printed direction3 as
though written out herein in full. All loose paint shall be
removed before application of same.
Section 09500
Division 9 Acbustical Treatment
Page 5
Acoustic tile shall be applied to underside in a
straight line pattern symetrically about the center
lines of the room or space. All tile joints shall be
straight in alignment and exposed surfaces shall be
flush and level. Wherever acoustic materials abuts
walls or other vertical surfaces it shall be neatly
fitted without mouldings.
Section 09650
DIVISION 9 Resilient Floorirg
Page 1
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
Applicable provisions of the "COIv-DITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and perform all
operations required to complete the installation of all work
of this Section and related work as indicated on t•,he Drawings
and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited
to the following:
(1) All vinyl asbestos tile flooring.
(2) Premoulded vinyl base.
(3) Resilient edge strips st exposed edges of resilient
flooring.
(4) Underlayment, adhesives, leveling compound and the
like.
2. MATERIALS
(a) Vinyl Asbestos Tile: 12" x 12" x 1;8" thick in size,
factory waxed, conforming o the requirements of Federal
Specifications SS-T-312, Type IV; in colors and patterns
selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard range
of color and patterns. V. A. Tile shall be manufactured by
Kentile, Ir.c., Armstrong Cork Co., Ruberoid Co., Johns-Manville or
approved equal.
(b) Bases: produced by the manufacturer of the vinyl asbestos tile.
°
(1) Top-set vinyl cove type; extruded, 1/8" thick. with rounded °
top, six inches in height , with pre-moulded internal
and external corners and end pieces, all in colors selected by
the Architect.
0
Section 09650
DIVISION 9 Resilient Flooring
Page 2
(2) Toeless vinyl base: Extruded, 1/8" thick with rounded
top, six inches in height, with premoulded
internal ana external corners and end pieces, all in
colors selected by the Architect.
(c) Edge Strips: Extruded vinyl, 'l" wide x 1/8" thick with one
edge beveled and rounded.
(d) Underlayment, Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof type,
compatible with materials with which used and as manufactured
or recommended by the approved flooring manufacturer.
(e) Soap: Neutral, as recommended by the approved flooring
manufacturer.
(f) Wax: Recommended by the flooring manufacturer, self-polishing
types are not acceptable.
3. SAMPLES
(a) Submit four (4) samples of the following, in accordance with
the requirements of the Contract Documents:
Flooring.. .. ... ....... .. . ..... .each color and pattern.
Base..... . .. .............. .. ...each type and color, 12" lengths.
Edge Strips........ ... .... .....each type and color, 12" lengths.
Underlayment, Adhesives, etc. ...1/2 pint cans.
4. STURAGE
(a) Store flooring material in a room having a minimum temperature of
65 degrees F. for at least 48 hours before using, and the room
or space in which it is laid shall be maintained at 70 degrees..
for 24 hours before laying, during and for 24 hours after laying
of tile and/or base.
• t
Section 09650
DIVISION 9 Resilient Flooring
Page 3
5. PREPARATURY WORK
(a) Prior to commencing any work, test the substrate for moisture t:)
ascertain its acceptability to receive the finish flooring.
Remove all dirt, grease, oil and other foreign matter which
might impair the proper bond of materials. Do all straightc, ...t_ ,
levelling and smoothing as required for a level floor. Ins-neu t
dividing and edging strips for position and elevation.
(b) Commencement of any work of this Section will 1,0 construed to
mean that all surfaces and conditions were found to be
acceptable and subsequently will be construed as a waiver to an,
claim to the contrary.
6. INSTALLATIuN
(a) General
(1) All work shall be installed by an authorized Contractor,
approved by the manufacturer, in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's specifications and instructions
governing each type of flooring.
(2) Work of this Section shall not be installed until
surrounding work has been installed to such an extent
as to avoid damage to the finished flooring.
(3) Lay all flooring flush with adjacent surfaces, whether or
not surfaces are similar or dissimilar. Where the
substrate required filling or building-up to produce flush
surfaces with adjacent material, such wor:c shall be done
by Contractor in an approved manner, without additional cos;,
to the owner.
14) Promptly after installation of flooring and base,
remove all cement and stains from the surfaces .
Section 09650
DIVISION 9 Resilient Flooring
Page 4
(b) Cutting - Cutting of flooring shall be neatly done and
closely fit, with all contours neatly scribed and cut.
(c) Jointing - joints shall be as tight and inconspicuous as
possible with all surfaces smooth, straight and free from buckles ,
waves or projecting edges.
(1) Lay joints parallel and at right angles to surrounding
walls, symmetrical about the center line of the room.
7. CLEANING, WAXING AND POLISHING
(a) After the flooring has been laid, thoroughly clean off any
surface dirt or dust then wax and buff dry by machine,
bringing the surface to a sheen. The Contractor shall inspect
his work and make immediate necessary adjustments, after the
final buffing. All tile showing broken edges, corners, or
fracture lines partially or entirely across their surface, shall be
carefully removed and new flooring of same color and
thickness installed.
6. PROTECTION
(a) All rooms or spaces in which the flooring is being laid shall be
closed to traffic and kept closed until floors are completed
and firmly set . After floors are completed and cured for at least
one week, and after broken units have been replaced, they shall
be wiped clean and then protected by a layer of tough, reinforced
building paper (Sisalkraft or equal), firmly held in place by
pressure sensitive tape. Protection shall be removed when
directed.
(b) The Contractor will be held responsible for correcting
any damage done to adjoining surfaces as a result of his operations.
9. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL
(a) Provide two (2) additional boxes of each type, color and
pattern of resilient flooring and base used on the project
and store them where directed by the Owner.
Section 09680
DIVISION 9 Carpeting
Page 1
SECTION 09680
CARPETING
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform
all operations required to complete the installation of all work
of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings
and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to,
the following;
(1) All carpets and padding in areas designated on Schedule.
2. GENERAL
(a) All carpeting and padding shall be delivered to the job in the
original mill wrappings with each roll having its register number
properly marked thereon.
(b) Adhesives, solvents and the like shall be delivered to the job
in the manufacturer's original unopened containers, clearly marked.
(c) All materials shall be stored under cover in clean, dry, well
ventilated spades immediately after delivery to the job. Any
material which becomes damaged or soiled and in the opinion of the
Owner cannot be repaired, will be replaced with new, specified
material at no additional cost to the Owner.
Section 09680
Division 9 Carpeting
P age 2
3. SAMP LES
(a) Submit two (2) samples of each of the following for
approval:
Carpet. . . . . . . . . . 12" x 12" each type, pattern and color.
Padding. . . . . . . . . 12" x 12" each type.
(b) Submit manufacturer's specifications and/or descriptive
literature on the above samples and also for adhesives
and solvents.
4. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Carpeted areas shall include the entire area of the room or
space, recesses, closets and similar areas.
(b) Shop drawings shall indicate a working layout for each area
showing, seam locations, pattern of carpet, colors, trim
or edge strips and other pertinent details.
(c) No carpet shall be installed before approvals have been
received.
5. MATERIALS
(a) All materials shall be new and of domestic manufacture.
Carpet is to be of first quality and from the same dye lot.
Materials, construction, texture, and color are based on
the following specifications:
Quality name: ----- OAKPOINT
Quality number: ----- 733
Yarn Type: ----- 68% Zefkrome Acrylic
2907o Mod Acrylic Yarn
37o Zefstat Metallic Yarn
Primary Back: ----- 4 oz. Polyproplene
Secondary Back: ----- 8 oz. Jute
Pile Height: ----- 3/16"
Stitch Rate: ----- 8 per inch
(continued on next page)
G
a C'
Section 09680
Division 9 Carpeting
Page 3
Tufts per
Square Inch: ----- 80 per sq. inch
Machine Gauge: ----- 1/10 per inch
Face Weight: ----- 32 oz. per sq. yd.
Latex Weight ----- 26 oz. per sq. yd.
Total Wt. of Fabric ---- 70 oz. per sq. yd.
Flame Spread Tests ----- DOC-FF-1-70
ASTM-E-84-68
Carpet construction shall be based .upon "OAKPOINT"
as manufactured by EXCLUSIVE CARPET CO. , INC. ,
or approved equal, conforming to the above.
(b) Padding:
The carpet cushion shall be STARFIBRE, manufactured
by Dayco Carnet Cushion Co. (Allen Industries), Dayton,
Ohio.
It shall be:
Material: Blend of India fiber and
Jute rubberized top and
bottom.
Thickness: . 375''
Width: 12 feet
Wgt. or
Density: 56 oz. per sq. yd.
Reinforcement: Nylon Mesh Grid
Color: Rust
Test Compliances: F H A
(meets or exceeds Fed. Spec. DDDCOO- 1023
requirements) ASTME84-68 (Steiner-tunnel
test)
The contractor shall furnish all material and labor necessary,
to complete installation of carpet cushioning under all carpett' .
as shown on drawings or as hereinafter specified.
I s1
Section 09680
Division 9 Carpeting
Page 4
6. INSTALLATION OF CARPET
(a) All surfaces to receive carpet shall be level, smooth,
clean and dry, in a finished condition suitable to receive
carpet. The carpet contractor shall notify the Owner in
writing, of any and all conditions to the contrary or other-
wise unsatisfactory. The installation of carpet shall be
an indication of his acceptance of the existing conditions
and he will automatically assume the responsibility for
all unacceptable work.
(b) Padding installation shall normally be completed with as
few seams as possible. Where joints are necessary,
edges shall be firmly butted together. Prior to installa-
tion, all job debris and soiling is to be cleaned off from
surface to be covered with vacuum cleaner and damp mop.
(c) Install carpet by power stretching to prevent looseness,
bulges or wrinkles and secure to the floor at all vertical
surfaces using tackless stripping such as Roberts "Smooth-
edge" or approved equal, all seams shall be made with
Roberts "Heat Bond Method" or an approved thermo-plastic
system.
(1) If the heat bond system is not compatible with the
specified carpet backing, the Contractor shall notify
the Owner and another method of seaming will be
specified. Completed seams shall be able to with-
stand a shear strength of not less than 100 lbs. per
linear inch at a temperature of 1200F.
(d) On completion of the installation, all dirt, carpet scraps,
etc. , must be removed from the 'surface of the carpet.
The carpet must be cleaned with a broom or beater-type
vacuum cleaner. All loose pieces of face yarn must be
removed with sharp scissors.
(e) All large pieces of unused carpet shall be stored where
directed for the Owner's use. The entire installation
shall be left clean and in a perfect condition.
(f) All carpeting, cushioning, and labor shall be guarnateed
to be free of defects and the Contractor shall repair or
replace at no cost to the Owner any which is defective,
within one year of date of installation.
L'
Section 09680
Division 9 Carpeting
Page 5
(g) Contractor shall restretch carpeting when directed
during guaranty period at no cost to Owner. Stains,
discoloration, defects, burns, bi,t�4es, Flirt, marls
or damage will not be acceptable in the finished work
7. MAINTENANCE
(a) The carpet manufacturer shall co: auc t a maintei,4oice
seminar for Owner's personnel.
(b) Include a maintenance schedule and a list of necc:S:,i-] :*
equipment required to maintain ca�-,-),2t.
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
Page 1
SECI'IO11; 0(9)00
PAINTING AND FINISF[ING
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all
work under this Section.
I. SCOPE
(a) The work includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances
required for the complete execution of all Painting and Finishing
work as shown on the Drawings, specified herein and as required by
conditions at the site.
(b) h'camine the Specifications for the various other trades and
thoroughly familiarize yourself with all their provisions
regarding; their painting; all surfaces that are left unfinished
by the requirements of the other Specifications, shall be painted
or finished as a mart of this Section.
(c) Copper, bronze, chromium plate, nickel, stainless steel, aluminum
and monel metal shall not be oa.inted or finished except as othenrise
specified.
(d) If woodwork, metal, or any other surface to be finished cannot
be put in proper condition for finishing by customary cleaning,
sanding and puttying operations, provide any additional work and
materials required to obtain a perfect finish.
(e) Paint and finish surfaces in the existing building where required
by the schedules, notes and drawings and patch, repaint and refinish
all other surfaces in the existing building as required due to the
addition and alteration work.
2. i,RATERIAIS
(a) Painting and finishing products for use in the work shall be
the standard best or top brands produced for each particular kind
of material required herein, by one or more of the following
manufacturers;
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
Page 2
Pratt & Lambert, Inc.
Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company
DuPont de Nemours, Inc.
Devoe and Raynolds
The Debevoise Company
National Gypsum Company
SCM/Glidden Coatings & Resins
Polymer Plastics Company or Preco Chemical Corp.
(b) All materials shall be used only as specified by the manufacturer's
direction _label on the container.
(c) All painting materials, such as linseed oil, shellac, turpentine,
etc., shall be pure and of the highest quality and shall bear an
identifying label on the container. Oil paint shall be thinned
with turps or odorless thinners. No mineral spirits of any type
shall be used.
(d) Bids shall be based on the use of materials of the specific brands
specified. If the Contractor desires to use materials other than
those specified, he shall make such request in writing to the
Architect, for approval, giving the name of the manufacturer and
the specific name of each product he offers as a substitute.
(e) All colors shall be selected or approved by the Architect. If
requested, three panels for each finish and color shall be
prepared in advance.
3• SAMPLES
(a) Submit samples of materials for approval to the Architect.
(b) All materials shall be subject to the approval of the Architect,
and the Contractor shall submit to the Architect, before materials
are delivered, name of the manufacturer and brand and quality of
the several materials, which he proposes to use. Do not deliver to
the building painting materials other than those which have been
approved by the Architect as to the manufacture, brand and quality.
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
page 3
(c) All brands of materials submitted by the Contractor for the
Architect's approval shall be in accord with the specification
requirements given herein and all materials which shall at any
time be found not to be in accord with the specification
requirements given herein will be rejected whether or not
previously approved.
STORAGE
ia) Paint and paint materials shall be stored and mixed only in such
rooms or spaces within the building as are assigned to the
Contractor for such purpose by the Architect.
(b) Such vtorage place shall be kept clean and neat and all damage
thereto or to its surroundings shall be made good. The floors
of storage spaces shall be covered with heavy building paper and
then with tarpaulins.
(c) All original packages shall be destroyed after the contents
have been removed. In no case shall they be refilled.
(d) Burning or disposal of refuse on the premises will not be
permitted.
(e) All combustible or inflammable materials within the building
shall be stored in receptacles provided with tight covers each
night or after each work period. All such receptacles shall be
tightly closed. ALI oily or paint saturated cloths, rags, or
waste, shall be removed from the building after each day' s work
period.
(f) Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage by fire. Keep
three fire extinguishers, 5 lb. dry chemical type, Underwriters'
approved, in paint storage room at all times, prominently located;
one near entrance to room, another near windows and the third as
approved. Upon completion of painting and finishing work, fire
extinguishers provided under this heading may be installed in
permanent locations as part of the fire extinguisher requirements
of these specifications, if approved by the Architect. Keep not
less than three (3) round bottom buckets of dry sand hung near
materials at all times. Buckets shall be prominently located and
painted bright red, and shall have the word "FIRE" stenciled
in large, white letters.
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
Page 4
(g) Rooms or spaces assigned for the storage and mixing of paint shall
be kept locked and at least one key of each room or space shall be
deposited with the authority in the field in charge of watchman
services to provide access during non-working hours.
5. ACCEPTANCE OR SURFACES AND WORK CONDITIONS
(a) Before commencing work, make certain that the work to be covered
is in perfect condition to receive the paint and that the
surfaces are clean, dry, smooth and at the proper temperature.
Should the conditions be improper he shall report at once such
conditions in writing to the Architect and cease operation on the
portion of the work affected until such surfaces and/or conditions
are corrected. The application of paint shall be held to be an
acceptance of the surface and working conditions, and the Contractor
shall be held responsible for the results reasonably to be expected
from the materials and processes specified.
6. COLORS AND SAMPLES
(a) The color of each coat for the various portions of the work shall
be as selected by the Architect.
(b) Before proceeding with any finished painting or finishing, verify
with the Architect information as to colors, staining and textures
and apply samples of the various finishes and colors to woodwork,
plaster, etc., which are to receive them. No finished painting
shall be applied until a sample of each color, finish, etc., has
been approved by the Architect. Such approved samples shall be
maintained until all the work under this Section has been con.pleted
and the various finishes comply in all respects with approved sample.
(c) In cases where the selection of colors is such as to require
modification of the formula, the modification shall be a part
of the Contract without additional cost to the Owner.
7. PREPARATION OF SURFACES
(a) Temperature of space in the building where painting is being done
or where it is curing shall maintain above 600 F., and in the
mill at least 650 F.
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
Page 5
(b) Before painting or finishing, all dust, plaster, grease, and other
extraneous matter which would affect the finished work shall be
removed.
(c) Nail holes, imperfections and defacements in wood finishes
shall be putty stopped after priming coat of paint, filler of
shellac has been applied. Stopping shall be brought flush with
the finished surface in a neat and workmanlike manner. Corresponding
joints, 'broken surfaces, unused holes, screws, bolts and the like,
shall be closed and smoothed, producing a finished piece of work.
Patty shall be of color to match that of the finish.
(d) All knots, pitch streaks and sappy spots shall first be touched up
. with shellac where the finish calls for interior paint or enamel.
(e) All metal surfaces shall be first washed with mineral spirits to
remove any dirt or grease before applying materials. Where rust
or scale is present,, it shall be wire brushed or sandpapered clean
before painting. Shop coat of paint that becomes marred shall be
cleaned up and touched up with the primer specified.
(f) Galvanized metal surfaces shall be chemically treated with a
coripound designed for this purpose in accordance with manufacturer' s
directions for use, before applying the first coat of paint. Primer
shall be especially compounded for use on galvanized surfaces.
(g) All scratches, cracks and abrasions in masonry or plaster surfaces
and openings adjoining trim, shall be cut out, then filled with
speckle or other approved patching plaster, flush with adjoining
plaster surfaces, and when dry shall be sanded and sealed before
application of priming coat.
(h) All woodwork to be finished with enamel or varnish shall be
sanded smooth and the surface cleaned before proceeding with the
application of the first coat. Enamel and varnish finish applied
to wood or metal shall be sanded between coats with fine sandpaper
to produce an even, smooth finish.
�i. WORKMANSHIP
(a) Floor and adjacent surfaces, as well. as all surfaces to be
painted, shall be cleaned free of all loose dirt and dust before
painting.
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishin ,
Page 6
(b) Exterior painting shall not be done while surface is damp, or
during rainy or frosty weather, or when the temperature is likely
to drop to freezing. Do not paint surfaces while they are exposea
to hot sun.
(c) Plaster surfaces shall be tested with a moisture peter, and
shall be acceptable for painting before painting is started.
(d) All materials shall be evenly applied so as to be free from drops,
sags, runs, crawls, discolorations or other defects. All coats
shall be of the proper consistency and well brushed out so
as to show the minimum of brush or roller narks, except varnish
and enamel which shall be uniformly flowed on. All brushes to be
, kept clean and in good condition.
(e) Open grain woods shall be thoroughly filled with paste filler.
Reducing the filling to a thin liquid is forbidden. Only
enough turpentine shall be added to the paste to produce a
consistency as can be applied with a short stiff bristle brush
and well rubbed into the grain of the wood. After the fillinf, has
properly set, the rubbing shall continue across and with the
grain; first with excelsior and then with felt, cleaning the surface.
The filler surfaces to be finished shall be without absorbent snots
and be hard and glossy.
(f) Surfaces specified to be stained shall be covered with a
uniform application of stain, equalized where necessary and wiped
off as required.
(g) Finish surfaces shall be a solid and even color. No work shall be
done under conditions that are unsuitable for the production of
good results. No painting of woodwork shall be done while
plastering is in progress or is drying. Each coat shall be
spread evenly and in full covering capacity.
(h) The priming coat and undercoats shall be tinted to the approximate
shade of the final coat. All suction spots or "hot spots" in plaster,
masonry or cement, after the application of the first coat, shall be
touched up before applying the second coat to produce an even result
in the finish coat. Secure color schedule for rood before priming
walls.
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
Page 7
(i) All work where a coat of materials has been applied, must be
inspected and approved by the Architect before the application of
the succeeding specified coat; otherwise, no credit for the coat
applied will be given and the Contractor will be required to re-coat
the work in question. The Contractor shall advise the Architect when
each coat applied is ready for inspection and approval.
(j) Apply all paint by brush, roller or spray.
(k) Surfaces which cannot be satisfactorily finished in the number of
coats specified, shall have additional coat or such preparatory
coats and subsequent coats as may be required to produce satisfactory
finish work.
(1) All coats shall be thoroughly dry and hard before the succeeding
coat is applied.
(m) All finishes shall be uniform as to sheen, color and texture.
(-n) Properly repaint or refinish any painted or otherwise finished
surfaces of doors, sash, etc., which are cut in fitting or for
any other reason.
(o) After fitting, give priming and body coats to sides and top and
bottom edges of all wood doors.
(p) All interior trim shall be back primed before installation, with
Interior Trim Primer.
(q) A11 exterior trim shall be back primed before installation with
House Paint Exterior Primer.
(r) The interior of all closets shall be finished the same as
adjoining rooms, unless otherwise specifed. All other surfaces
shall be finished the same as nearest or adjoining surfaces unless
otherwise shown.
(s) The inside of all drawers shall be given one coat of pure white
shellac and coat of Pratt and Lambert #38 Pale Trim Varnish Gloss.
(t) Where interior or exterior wood and metal are primed in the mill
or shop, the materials shall be used in accordance with the
manufacturer's directions for the first or priming coat.
Section 0990c,
DIVISION 9 Painting & Firiihin•
Page
(u) A prime coat of lead and oil paint shall be applied to all
surfaces (inside and out) of all hollow metal door frames after
erection but before construction of the wall i:. WIIL C:: they occ-1 .
(v) Panel box doors and access doors shall be painted if,U : in tY_e
open position and allowed to dry before closing.
(w) Exposed surfaces of stee.l lintels over eater,or openings sh' Zl oe
painted to match the color of the adjoining Uri ckwc,.•:: -,f color
as selected.
(x) All undercoats shall be t:.nted to the approximate :,trade of rn-
final coat.
(y) Touch up knots, pitch streaks, sappy spots, putty sto1, holes,
cracks, etc.
9• GENERAL REQ,UIRII40TS FOR PAINTING EXISTING BUIMING I�vh er i nd i r i d ni,
drawings or required by alte- Ltior. work)
(a) The Contractor shall visit the site and familiarize ni:. .,-lf
with the nature and extei - of all painting to be don,, the
exterior and within the - isting building.
(b) Fixtures and hardware sh,i •1 be removed bef-)re paint.i.i-,' if
necessary, to do first-c_iss work. All nails, screws, etc. , 1-6 u
part of the standard egLi ment for walls and wooaworx, hall be:
removed and the surface ?uttied smooth before reuecorat,r,g.
(c) Surfaces shall be thorc :ghly cleaned. Wirero a washing soi�ttion
or a proprietary cleane is used to clean the surface or Lo auil
the gloss of the old fi . sh before paintii,V, the material used
shall be of medium stre ,•th (6 heaping tali ::.spoons of t:•, :.•)�ltun
phosphate to 1 gallon o water or its equivalent). ti i • .'a.:es i
the cleaning solution m . t be removed with clear wat r.l_: ILI. La
that have been washed si=.tl be allowed to d-, i)ufo:t —.1
(d) Only clean drop cloths s : 11 be used and care : tall 1n, tu!.,:
see that all floors and ' rniture are carefully c rverE a d, -:n
painting and finishing wo t . All paint, varnish and anai„ui
spots on plumbic*; fixtur-' , light fixtures,
tile or surfaces adjacen , Lo painting wort: wn ,je-
painting work of on prev . as work, shall 1,e oved. 1,1il 1.1 rri.b i.1'
equipment shall he washe+. vlean and Every . . : t 4,
leave the job nea L and t . f,
r
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
Pa ge 9
(e) Existing plaster and masonry surfaces:
(1) All noticeable imperfections in the old paint finish,
including loose paint, shall be removed with a putty knife
before repainting, to assure an even, smooth or stipled
finish, as- selected.
(2) All plaster cracks shall be cut out as required, wetted
down with water and then shall be smoothly filled with Spackle
or other approved patching plaster, flush with adjoining
plaster surface, and when dry, shall be sanded smooth and sealed
with Primer before painting.
(3) Openings or cracks, where enameled trim, baseboard, or
moulding adjoins painted plaster walls, shall be filled
with lead putty.
(4) Plaster patches and repairs and any suction spots shall
be sealed with Primer to avoid flashes in second coat.
(5) Painted walls that are exceptionally flat and pourous,
indicating need for sealing, shall be sealed with a coat
of Primer before repainting.
(f) Existing Woodwork:
(1) All evidence of improper woodwork finishing in previous
work shall be corrected before refinishing. Improper
puttying shall be puttied smooth. Dirt and nibs in the
old finish shall be sanded out. Fatty edges around cabinets
and elsewhere shall be cut down smooth and every precaution
taken to produce an even, clean job. All openings in trim
at joints, backboards, etc., that cannot be entirely corrected
by nailing tight shall be filled with lead putty before
refinishing.
(2) All sanded work shall be dusted before finishing and care
shall be taken to prevent brushes or material from picking
up dust and dirt in process of finishing.
(3) Tops, bottoms and edges of doors exposed to weather or
moisture shall be finished the same as the rest of the door.
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
Page 10
(g) Existing metal surfaces:
(1) All metal surfaces shall first be washed with turpentine
or mineral spirits to remove any dirt or grease before
painting. Rust or scale shall be removed by wirebrushing
or sanding before painting. Rough places and old paint
shall be sanded smooth.
(h) Existing concrete:
(1) All traces of wax, polish or grease shall be removed by
washing thoroughly with turpentine or mineral spirits.
(i) Existing exterior surfaces:
(1) All loose paint, scale, blisters, etc., shall be removed down
to the existing wood and sanded smooth before painting.
(2) All surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned free of
loose dirt with a cloth or stiff brush before painting.
(3) All exterior metal work shall have rust removed by wire
brushing or sanding, and shall be touched up with red lead
paint.
10. PAINTING AND FINIS11ING
(a) The following shall be construed as a general guide for the
painting and finishing of the building(s); shall include closet spaces,
returns, reveals, soffits, haunches, and the like, which form
a part of the particular surface schedule, and shall be supplemented
by the requirements of the Drawings and these Specifications.
(b) The number of coats herein specified are in addition to shop
coats, prime coats or painting specified in other trade sections.
(c) The paints specified herein are taken from the catalog of Pratt &
lambert. Products of equal quality, as manufactured by other
approved manufacturers, may be used provided that the Contractor
submits to the Architect, for approval, the trade names, brand and
type of paint he proposes to use on each type of surface.
Submission of such tabulation shall be made sufficiently in advance of the
time painting work is to start, so as not to delay the progress
of the work.
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
page 11
(d) Exterior
(1) Exterior Woodwork:
lst Coat - P&L House Paint Exterior Primer
2nd Coat - P&L House Paint
3rd Coat - P&L House Paint
(2) Exterior Ferrous Metal:
1st Coat - P&L Noxide Red Lead Primer
2nd Coat - P&L Noxide Metal Paint
(e) Interior
(1) Interior Ferrous Metal:
Includes pressed steel door frames, hollow metal doors, and
all ferrous metal exposed to view:
1st Coat - P&L Interior Trim Primer
2nd Coat - P&L Vitrolite Enamel
(2) Interior Woodwork for stain and varnish finish - includes
wood doors, wood trim, etc-
lst Coat - P&L Paste Filler
2nd Coat - P&L Tonetic Wood Stain
3rd Coat - P&L "38" Varnish, Gloss or Satin Finish as selected
by the Architect.
a
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Fini:rir,
page 12
(3) Wood Storage Room Shelving:
2 Coats - P&L Fire Retardant Paint
(4) Exposed Masonry & Gypsum Wallboard
1st Coat - P&L Vapex Wall Primer
2nd Coat - P&L Lyt-all Double Duty Prime
3rd Coat - P&L Lyt-all Flowing Flat
(5) Gypsum Wallboard:
Tape and spackle as specified (set Se(-tic,n 0925(' ) prior to
receiving paint finishes.
(6) Piping, Grilles, Anemostats, Convectors, Conduit,
Access Doors, Panel. Boxes, etc.
Paint in with walls and ceilings in which they occur.
(7) Canvas Pipe Covering:
1st Coat - P&L Double Duty Primer
One Additional Coat - Same as walls in room or space which
covering occurs.
(8) Uncovered Pipes (Not Containing Heat) & Intericr Concrete Floor:
1st Coat - P&L 1161" Floor and Porch Enamel (Gloss)
2nd Coat - P&L "61" Floor and Porch Enamel (Gloss)
(f) Existing Building
(1) Exterior Ferrous Metal:
1st Coat - P&L Noxide Red Lead Primer
2nd Coat - P&L House Paint
(2) Exterior Cement Plaster, Stucco and Masonry Block:
1st Coat - P&L Vapex Masonry Paint
2nd Coat - P&L Vapex Masonry Paint
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
Page 13
(3) Interior Ferrous Metal Work and Woodwork (Painted):
lst Coat - P&L Vitrolite Enamel Undercoater
2nd Coat - P&L Vitrolite Enamel
(4) Woodwork - Stain & Varnish:
1st Coat - P&L "38" Gloss Varnish
2nd Coat - P&L "38" Satin or Dull Varnish
(g) Painting and finishing of any surface required to be painted
or finished by the Drawings, the Schedule of Interior Finishes,
or the Specifications, shall be included, though not specifically
. mentioned in the schedule hereinabove. The type of painting or
finishing and the number of coats shall be as specified for
similar surfaces, rooms or spaces.
Section 09900
DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing
page 14
11. ACCEPTANCE
(a) It shall be distinctly understood that merely applying the
specified number of coats of the specified materials will not
assure acceptance of the work. The complete work shall have
the appearance and durability as can be obtained only by thorough
preparation of the surfaces and first-class workmanship
throughout.
(b) Acceptance at final inspection will be governed by body finish
exhibited and the Contractor shall apply additional coats as
required to produce proper finish and coverage in accordance with
approved samples. At acceptance, the paint and varnish finished
work shall be in a neat, sound, undamaged condition.
(c) All painted surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned at completion
and before acceptance of the work will be granted.
12. CLEANING
(a) When so directed by the Architect, go over all portions of the
building, retouch where necessary, restore where damaged or
defaced, and clean off all paint spots from floors, walls,
finished hardware, glass and other unpainted surfaces and leave
all painted surfaces clean and in a satisfactory condition.
(b) Upon completion of all work, all surplus materials, empty
packages and/or containers and all debris shall be removed
from the site.
13. GUARANTEE
All work under this Section of the Specifications shall be guaranteed
against checking, cracking, peeling, discoloration or other defects due
to improper materials or workmanship, due to improper preparation of
the surfaces, or due to the painting, varnishing, etc. of surfaces
which were not in proper condition to receive paint, varnish or other
painter' s materials, and such unsatisfactory work shall be refinished in
accord with the requirements of "GUARANTEE" of the General Conditions.
Section 10150
DIVISION 10 Compartments & Cubicles
Page 1
SECTION 10150
COMPARTMENTS AND CUBICLES
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete the installation
of all world of this Section and related work as indicated
on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not
necessarily limited to the following:
(1) Metal toilet compartment enclosures and doors.
(2) Metal screen partitions in toilets and elsewhere required
by the Drawings.
(3) Stainless steel urinal screens.
2. DRAWINGS
(a) Before executing any of the work, prepare and submit shop
drawings in accordance with requirements of the Contract
Documents. Shop drawings shall include all plans and details
required to complete the construction.
3. SAMPLES
Submit color, stainless steel and chromium plate samples. Samples
shall show the entire range of stock colors, and specified finish
on stainless steel.
Section 10150
DMSION 10 Compartments & Cubicles
page 2
It. MANUFACTURE
(a) All work under this Section, including equipment and hardware,
shall be the product of the Flush Metal Partition Corp., Long
Island City, N. Y., or equal as approves, by the Architect.
TOILET COMPARTMENTS, SCREENS AND DOORS
(a) All compartment and screen partitions shall be floor mounted,
flush type without headrail, with adjustable shoes. Tops of
partitions and screens shall finish 518" above finished floors
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Screens shall extend
to floor and shall be complete with stainless steel shoes.
(b) Materials:
(1) All sheet steel shall be cold rolled, full pickled, double
annealed, stretcher leveled furniture steel, bonderized
and galvanized with a tight, smooth finish, and of gauges
specified.
(2) Partition panels and doors shall be No. 20 gauge, pilaster
stiles No. 18 gauge. All edges of partition panels, doors
and pilaster stiles shall be locked and reinforced with
No. 16 gauge drawn interlock channel moulding welded 6"
on center around the entire perimeter of each unit. Cores
for doors, pilasters and partition panels shall be laminated
corrugated fibre boards, 1" thick for partition panels and
doors, and 1-1/4" thick for pilasters.
(3) Shoe shall be 3" high, 14 gauge 302 stainless steel and
shall be an integral part of the construction.
(4) All hardware fastenings shall be made through and reinforced
by the internal edge reinforcing channel with "Permagrip"
or approved equal fastenings.
(�) Construction:
(1) Arrangement of panels and screens may be modified as may be
necessary to meet requirements and conditions encountered
at the building. Panels, pilaster stiles and doors shall be
perfectly flush type, using no posts or headrails and shall
have sound deadening cores to elirdnate metallic ring. Panels
Section 10150
DIVISION 10 Compartments & Cubicles
Page 3
shall be reinforced internally with 3/411, 18 gauge steel
channel around edges, and at least one intermediate channel.
Doors and pilasters shall be reinforced with continuous
perimeter channels for hardware. Reinforcing channels
for doors shall be 3/4" 18 gauge steel and for pilasters
shall be 1-3/8" deep, 16 gauge steel. Arrangement of
enclosures and sizes shall be as indicated on Drawings,
and work shall be laid out from actual dimensions at
building.
(3) Partition panels, pilaster Stiles •and doors shall have fibre
board cores cemented to both inner metal surfaces under
pressure. Dividing partitions shall be anchored to pilaster
Stiles, which shall be adequately reinforced to receive
dividing partition panels and hardware.
(4) Installation shall be complete with top, center and bottom
fittings, connecting panels and pilaster stiles and walls.
- Stile shoe fittings shall be securely expansion bolted to
structural slab with fastenings a maximum of. 4" o.c.
(5) Panel ends at walls shall clear wall finish 3/4" . Panels
shall be fastened to wall with not less than three 14 gauge
302 stainless steel stirrup brackets using six #14 x 1-1/4"
special hex oval washer head type "A" screws of hardened
steel, chromium plated over nickel and lead alloy expansion
shields.
(6) Installation shall be free from all defects. Do all drilling
required.
(d) Hardware;
(1) Toilet compartment doors shall be equipped with approved
combination keeper and bumper, a heavy slide latch and a
combination coat and hat hook with rubber tip bumper,
attached to door. Compartment doors shall have adjustable
gravity hinges of case hardened steel arranged to hold door
open when compartment is not in use, and substantially made
to pivot.
1
WA 7601 Section 10150
DIVISION 10 Compartments & Cubicles
Page 4
I
(2) Hardware shall be plain pattern chromium plated over nickel
plated forged brass applied with "Permagrip" or approved
equal fastenings. Keeper and latch slide shall be of No. 302
stainless steel.
(e) Finish;
(1) All exposed surfaces, except hardware, shall be treated with
a benzine bath, prime coated with a baked on rust inhibitive
paint and then given two (2) coats of high temperature baking
synthetic enamel, baked on, of color as selected by the
Architect from manufacturer's standard range of colors. A
selection of two (2) colors per room may be requested.
6. STAINLESS STEEL URINAL SCREENS
(a) Body of screen shall consist of one piece 18 gauge, type 302
stainless steel. Top and bottom covers shall be 20 gauge, type
302 stainless steel, welded to body to form a single unit.
Inner surfaces of screens shall be treated with a sound deadening,
vermin-proof material.
(b) Screens shall be mounted on full height galvanized and bonderized
steel brackets. Brackets shall have baked enamel finish and shall
be fastened to the wall with five (5) fastenings of not less than
1/2" diameter cadmium plated hex head hardened steel screws and
alloy expansion shields. When completed, no fastenings shall be
exposed.
(c) All corners shall be mitered.
(d) All stainless steel shall have a No. 4 satin finish.
7. PROTECTION
(a) After erection and until final acceptance of building, protect all
work from damage of any nature. Any part or parts damaged
shall be replaced by this Contractor without cost to Owner.
Such replacements shall include adjacent work that may be
incidentally damaged.
(b) All work shall be turned over to the Owner clean, properly
installed, true to line, and plumb. Operative items shall be
adjusted to operate properly.
Section 10200
DIVISIQN 10 - Louvers & Vents
Page 1
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
I . SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform
all operations required to complete the installation of all work of
this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and
specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the
following:
(1) Aluminum louvers in exterior walls.
(2) Eyebrow louvers on roof.
(3) Full circle louver in gable walls.
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Delivering, Storing and Handling Materials: Deliver all materials
in unopened original containers bearing manufacturers' labels.
Store materials in a clean, dry, protected place and do not leave
exposed to weather. Handle all materials with proper care to
prevent damages.
(b) Coordination: Coordinate with all other trades supplying materials
or performing work in connection with the work under this Section
to those other trades whose work is affected by the work of this
Section. Provide to the job any and all items required to be built
into the other work in ample time to avoid delaying the normal
progress of such other work.
Section 10200
DIVISION 10 Louvers & Vents
Page 2
(c) Cutting and Fitting: Do all cutting and fitting of the work of this
Section as required for the installation of the work of other
trades. Do all cutting and fitting in a neat manner, and leave
all work in a first class and presentable condition.
(d) Cleaning: At all times during the progress of the work keep all
parts clean and remove all rubbish and debris caused by the work
of this Section. Upon completion remove any and all protective
coatings, clean off all parts of the work of this Section and leave
the entire installation in presentable and orderly condition.
(e) Defective Work: All defective, damaged, defaced or other work
of sub-standard quality will be rejected by Architect, and replaced
with new work in accordance with Specifications, without extra
cost to the Owner.
3. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Submit shop drawings for the Architect's approval, in compliance
with the Contract Documents.
(b) These Drawings shall include large scale, and full size details
where so required, methods of construction of the various parts
of the work, the size of the various methods of construction of
the various parts of the work, the size of the various members,
kinds and gauges of metal, including proposed methods of anchor-
ing and securing in respective locations.
4. ALUMINUM WALL LOUVERS
(a) Louvers in exterior walls in locations indicated on Drawings shall
be extruded aluminum type with frames and stormproof blades of
sizes shown on Drawings.
Louvers shall be not less than 4" deep fabricated of 6063-T5
aluminum alloy and temper not less than . 08111 thick with reinforc-
ing bosses at frames and blades. Head Jambs and sill shall be
one piece extruded structural members with integral caulking slot
and retaining bead. Extruded aluminum mullions shall be provided
where louvers exceed the manufacturer's recommended one pierce
units, mullions shall have provisions for expansion and contraction.
All fastenings shall be stainless steel.
Section 10200
DIVISION 10 Louvers & Vents
Page 3
(b) Provide all louvers with 1/2" mesh . 063 diameter wire aluminum
bird screen, secured to removable aluminum frames.
(c) Louvers in exterior walls shall be minimum 4" deep as manufactured
by Construction Specialties, Inc. , Ventilouver Co. , Arrow Louver,
or approved equal.
(d) All aluminum louvers shall be finished with a two-coat flurocarbon
polymeric finish similar to "Kynar 500 No. 21 Bone White" or
approved equal.
5. EYEBROW LOUVERS
(a) "Eyebrow" louver on roof shall be similar to design "P" as manu-
factured by H. H. Bergmann Company, Airolite Louver Go. , or
Arrow Louver and Damper Co. to sizes design and in locations
indicated. Louvers shall be fixed weatherproof construction.
(b) Louvers shall be fabricated from No. 16 gauge galvanized steel,
provided with flanges for incorporating louvers into building con-
struction, flashing for same and 16 x 18 mesh copper insect screen.
(c) Louvers shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers
printed direction. Painting shall be in accordance with Section 09900,
Painting & Finishing.
6. FULL CIRCLE LOUVER
(a) Full circle wood louver in gable walls shall be similar and equal to
Model #1005, 2'-5-1/2" x 21-5-1/2" rough stud opening as manu-
factured by AWSCO, 26 Mead Street, Dayton, Ohio.
(b) Louvers shall be provided with 16 x 18 mesh copper insect screen.
(c) Painting shall be as specified for exterior trim. See Section 09900,
Painting & Finishing.
7. INSTALLATION
- (a) All louvers shall be installed plumb and true to plane in a neat and
weathertight condition in strict accordance with the approved manu-
facturer's printed directions as though written out herein in full.
Section 10700
Division 10 Misc. Specialties
Page 1
SECTION 10700
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT"
shall govern all work under this Section.
I. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and
perform all operations required to complete the installation
of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on
the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not
necessarily limited to the following:
(1) Fire extinguisher cabinets.
(2) Fire extinguishers.
(3) Metal roll-up fire shutters.
(4) Stainless steel stools at roll-up windows.
(5) Access doors in ceiling and attic space.
(6) Rubber mats.
I!
Section 10700
Division 10 Misc. Specialties
Page 2
2. SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Submit complete and accurate shop drawings, details, or
illustrated literature to the Architect for approval. No
installation shall be made without the prior approval of
the Architect.
3. MEASUREMENTS
(a) Take and verify all measurements required for the proper
execution and fit of the work at the building before starting
fabrication or erection, and examine the nature of material
to which work is to be attached.
(b) The Contractor will be responsible for the proper attach-
ment of work furnished under this Section and for the work
of other trades related to it.
4. WORKMANSHIP - MATERIALS
(a) Fabricated materials must be the product of a manufacturer
known as experienced and able in the specialty trade involved,
and the manufacturer shall be approved by the Architect.
(b) All work is to be executed by skilled mechanics and shall be
of the finest quality, neat in appearance and free of defects.
(c) Installation shall be made by the manufacturer or by his
licensed or franchised representative who shall be approved
by the Architect.
Section 10700
Division 10 Misc. Specialties
Page 3
5. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
(a) Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be fully recessed type
similar to "Allenco Construction" for single and double
extinguishers as manufactured by W. D. Allen Manufac-
turing Company, Seed Manufacturing Company, or other
approved by the Architect.
(b) Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be fabricated with doors
as indicated on Drawings.
tom_ ,
Section 10700
DIVISION 10 Misc. Specialties
Page 4
6. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
(a) Furnish and install Class "A B C" 5 lb. Dry Chemical Fire
Extinguishers similar and equal to 7140-5 as manufactured by
W. Do Allen Manufacturing Co.; 6-TPS-1 "Tri-Class" as manufactured
by Walter Kidde & Co., Inc.; "Cosmic E" 5 as manufactured by
J. L. Industries, or MP 5 as manufactured by Larsen's Mfg. Co.,
at locations required by Fire Extinguisher Schedule indicated on
Drawings.
(b) Body of extinguishers shall be red enameled steel, approximately
15" high, 6" in diameter and weighing approximately 13 lbs.
Each extinguisher shall be provided with chrome plated valves,
color coded nozzles, pressure indicating gauges, charging
adaptors, moisture traps and all other accessories required
for a complete installation including metal wall brackets for
units not encased in cabinets or recesses.
(c) Dry chemicals for extinguisher shall be essentially ammoniiun
phosphate prepared as a multi-purpose product developed for the
use on Class A, B and C Fires.
(d) Fire extinguishers indicated on Drawings not in recesses or not
provided with cabinets shall be wall hung on Red Oak backboards
bolted to wall and metal brackets from which extinguishers shall
be hung. Edges of wood backboards shall be champfered.
(e) Fire extinguisher units shall be of type approved by the National
Board of Fire Underwriters' Standard No. 299, the requirements
of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and all
other local codes and authorities having jurisdiction over same
and they shall bear the necessary labels of the Underwriters'
Laboratories, Inc.
(f) Fire extinguishers shall have a dial to indicate air pressure.
(g) All fire extinguishers shall be of manufacture approved by the
Architect.
(h) The required types, quantity and location of fire extinguishers
shall be as shown on the Fire Extinguisher Schedule on Drawings.
(i) All fire extinguishers shall be fu13y charged and left ready for
operation.
Section 10700
DIVISION 10 Misc. Specialties
Page 5
(J) The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for his approval,
a schedule listing all fire extinguishers and their specific
locations.
(k) Provide hooks in all fire extinguisher recesses to receive fire
extinguishers. Hooks shall be chrome plated over bronze, dull
finish. Plastic hooks will not be accepted.
Section 10700
Division 10 Misc. Specialties
Page 6
7. ROLL-UP FIRE SHUTTERS
(a) Provide and install Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. ,
labeled manual operated steel rolling fire doors where
indicated on Drawings. Doors shall be manufactured by
J. G. Wilson Corp. , R. C. Mahon Co. , Cookson Co. ,
or Cornell Iron Works, Inc. , and furnished with auto-
matic closing Class "C" label.
(b) Curtains shall be fabricated of galvanized steel interlock-
ing slats of gauges to suit the U. L. requirements for Class
"C" label. Slat ends shall have endlocks.
(c) Guides shall be standard angles, 3/16'' thick minimtim.
(d) Spring counterbalance assembly shall be designed to ensure
proper balancing action. Springs shall be enclosed in a
standard steel pipe shaft. Rate of descent of door shall be
regulated by a safety governor. All shutters shall be
crank operated.
(e) Bracket plates shall be reinforced and of proper size to receive
hood and adequately support the operating mechanism.
(f) Hoods shall be #24 gauge galvanized steel, with reinforced top
and bottom edges.
(g) Provide all necessary supports and closures.
8. STAINLESS STEEL STOOLS AT ROLL-UP WINDOWS
(a) Stainless steel sill shall be No. 16 ga. Type 302 stainless
steel with #4 finish. All fastenings shall be concealed.
Edges shall be bent down and back, forming a rolled edge.
Corners shall be pieced out, welded and ground smooth.
Shelves shall be reinforced as required to be rigid, free
from buckles and securely fastened in place with stainless
steel brackets.
Section 10700
Division 10 Misc. Specialties
Page 7
9, 14ETAL AND GLASS PARTITIONS
(a) Partitions shall be of profiles of members and of dimensions as indicated
on the Drawings and herein.
Partitions shall be of glazed rail Type, 68" high, with clear glass 28"
high and panels approximately 40" high as manufactured by Dotrcraft Corp. , Jarie:;town
New York or equal.
(b) Materials - All materials shall be furniture quality-exposed surfaces clear
and smooth.
Panels - 1 3/4" thick, formed of two cold-rolled steel skins welded entire
perameter. Full honeycomb core construction bonded with suitable adhesive to both
steel skins-spring loaded studs with slotted heads-on both edges.
Posts - Shall be electrically welded tubing 1 3/4" square. Keyhole slots provided
on all four sides of posts to receive panel. Cover plates and buttons provided as re-
p,;ired. Each post equipped with a sturdy leveling device, with a rubberfoot ., 2' it
ijustment, friction type topcap, and floor plinth to cover adjustable foot.
(c) Partitions shall be erected in a rigid manner, true, plumb and level, , (-curely
anchored in place.
(d) Glass will be provided under Section "GLAZING".
10. ACCESS DOORS
(a) Access doors and frames shall be similar and equal to Model
DSC-214M as manufactured by Karp Associates, 54-54 43rd
Street, Maspeth, New York, Z'6" x 21-01'as indicated on Drawings.
(b) Frame shall be 16 ga. steel with 13 ga. steel door. Door to
receive continuous concealed piano hinge.
11. RUBBER MATS
(a) Floor mats at entrances indicated on Drawings shall be similar
and equal to "Pyramid Heavy Duty" entrance mats as manufactured
by the U. S. Mat & Rubber Co. , Inc. , Box 421, Stoughton, lvlass.
or approved equal.
(b) All edges of may shall be square for recessed installation. Tiat
to be 1/2" thick.
(c) Color to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's
standard range.
Section 10800
DIVISION 10 Toilet Accessories
Page 1
SECTION 10800
TOILET ACCESSORIES
Ap'plicabl.e provisions of the "COMITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern
all work under this Section.
1. SCOPE
(a) Provide all labor, iaterials, equipment and services and perfor.i
all operations required to complete the installation of all worn
of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings
and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to,
the following:
(1) Grab Bars in Stalls for Physically handicapped.
(2) Stainless Steel Shelves—
(3) Toilet Accessories (as listed) .
2. GI•,2s L PROVISIONS
(a) Delivering, storing and handling material:: Deliver all materials
in unopened original containers bearing manufacturers' labels.
Store materials in a clean, dry, protected place and do not
leave exposed to weather. Handle all materials with proper
care to prevent damages.
(b) Coordination: Coordinate with all other trades supplying
materials or performing work in connection with the work
under this Section to those other trades whose work is affected
by the work of this Section. Provide to the job any and all
items required to be built into the other work in ample time
to avoid delaying the normal progress of such other work.
Section 10800
DIVISION 10 Toilet Accessories
Page 2
(c) Cleaning: At all times during the progress of the work, keep
all parts clean and remove all rubbish and debris caused by
the work of this Section. Upon completio:z, remove any and all
protective coatings, clean off all parts of the work of this
Section and leave the entire installation in presental)le and
orderly conditions.
(d) Defective Work: All defective, damaged, (--faced or ot.hc:r work
of sub-stnndard quality will be rejected I)y Architect, and
replaced with new work in accordance with Specification:,
without extra comet to the Owner.
3. SHOP DRAI•TINGS
(a) Submit drawinf;s she;;i.ng installation dctaLls and mountin&
locations to the Architect for approval, strict accordance
with at.,)l.ica'ule provisions of the Contract Docuzents.
4. WORMANSHIi' AItiT�:1ZII;L
(a) Tabri dated materials must, be the product of & t.,,anufc.ct, zrcr
known as exnerieucod and able in thn specialty trade: i n-volvc d
and the i,-anufactu5:er shall be approved by the Architect.
(b) All work is to be executed by skilled unechan! cs .and shul.l be
of the finest quality, neat in appearance and free of defects.
5. STEEL SHELVES
(a) Shelves shall be No. 16 gauge, Type 302 stainless steel, formed to
approved shape. All fastenings shall be concealed. Edges shall
be bent dorm and back, forming a rolled edge. Corners stall be
pieced out, welded and ground smooth. Shelves shall be reinforced
as required to be rigid, free from buckles and securely fastened
in place on stainless steel brackets.
o
Section 10800
DIVISION 10 Toilet Accessories
Page 3
6. TOILET ACCESSORIES
(a) Accessories for all Toilet Rooms shall be as manufactured by
the Charles Parker Co. , Meridan, Connecticut, Bobrick
Washroom Equipment, Inc. , Accessories Specialties, Inc. or
American Dispenser Co. Unless otherwise specified all items
shall be 302 18/8 stainless steel, i\-o. 4 polished finish. The
schedule of accessories specified herein have been selected
from the 1972 catalog of Charles Parker Co. All items of equal
quality manufactured by the other aforementioned firme will be
acceptable. All accessories shall be the products of one
manufacturer unless the item is no longer produced or other-
wise unavailable from the manufacturer.
(b) Accessories shall include the following:
(1) Stainless steel dispenser and waste receptacles in men' s
and women's toilets. No. 600- 14" x 74" x 8" deep. - 24 ga.
type 302 satin finish stainless steel.
(2) Stainless steel dispenser and waste receptacles in individual
toilet rooms. No. 600 M - 14" x 18" x 411. 22 ga, type 302
satin finish stainless steel.
(3) Toilet tissue dispensers: Surface mounted toilet tissue
dispensers for double or single fold tissues shall be 'No. 0700.
(4) Soap dispensers - at all lavatories No. 10-L lather forming
liquid soap dispenser.
(5) Grab bars - at all physically handicapped WIC'&. Series No.
523 - heavy duty type 48" long stainless steel W/Bright Finish.
(6) Sanitary napkin dispensers and disposal units - all women
toilet rooms No. 678 recessed type 15 5/8" x 45 3 /4'' x 4 1 /4".
t
Section 10800
DIVISION 10 Toilet A cce s sor ie s
Page 4
(c) All Bathroom and Toilet Room Accessories shall be set in
locations indicated on Drawings or in locations directed
by the Architect in the field by means of concealed plates
and screws standard with the approved manufacturer's printed
directions and approved shop drawings.
f
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL ADDITICN
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
FOR CONTRACTS B, C, & D
TOWN OF SO UTHO LD
S OF FO LK COUNTY
SO UTHO LD, NEW YORK
Greenman-Pedersen, Associates, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
100 West Main Street
Babylon, New York 11702
Nl-�
TOWN OF SO LITHO LD
TOWN HALL ADDITIONS
SECTION 15
SPECIAL CON DI TI01g S
FOR I4VAL. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK '
CONTENTS
1. Genernl
2. Definitions
3. Intent of Specifications and Drawings
4 . Codes, Permits, Fees, etc.
5 . nameplates
6. Shop Drawings, Samples and Approvals
7 . Coordination With Other Work
8 . Chases, Openings and Foundations
9. Vermin Control
10. Protection of Materia_1 and Equipment
11. Guards
12 . Moving of Equipment
13. Elimination of noise and Vibration
14 . Cleaning
15. Painting
16. Opernti ng and 14aintenanee Manuals
17 . Instrizti or, in Equipment Operation
18. Charts and Disgrnms
19. Valve Tags
20. "Furnish and Install" - Equipment and Materials
21 . Accessibility
22. Motors
23. Motor Wiring and Controls
24. Pipe Sleeves
2.5 . Escutcheons
26. Flashing -
27 . Supports From Overhead Construction
28 . Underwriters' Laboratoriao Certification
29. Final Tests
30. Cutting and i•atching
31. Excavation, Backfilling and Construction
1
1
MZ
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD
•TOWN HALL ADDITIONS
} s, SECTION 15•
SPECIAL CONDITIOl' S
FOR 4VAV PLUMBING AND ELECTRI CAI.WORK
1 . G EIVEItA 1
n ) The work of this Section of the :31pecificntiot15 shall
be subject to the General and Supplcmentnry General Con-
ditions and Division 1 of the Specifications wherever they
are applicable to Mechanical and Electrical work . The
Special Conditions for µVAG , Plumbi.ng And Electrical work
shall govern, with respect to this work, in case of conflict
with the Genera]. Conditions and Supplementary General Con-
ditions.
b) The Contractor shall carefully read the afore—
mentioned references and shall review the Drawings and
Specificntions of the other trades. The complete set of
mechnnicn] and electrical drawings as well as the Architectural
and St.ructurnl drnwings shall be considered as the Contract
Documents for each trade . His propo;nl shnl1 include al]
items necessary for completed oporntinf* systems.
c ) The Coal trai ctor s;hnl1, before submitting this
proposnl , exnmi ne theproposed site and shall determine
for lnnself the conditions that may effect the work. 1•. o
allowance will. be made if the Contractor fails to make such
examination.
2. DEFI f:l TI OL S
a ) 11 Wiri rife" : Conduit, fitti ng.99 wire , Junction and
outlet, boxes, switches, cutouts, and reccptne]es and all
items rnnressnry or required in connection with or re]ati :ag
to such Wiring .
b) "Concealed" : Embedded in masonry or other
construd.ion, installed behind wall furring, within double
paartitions or hunt; collings, in trenches, or in crawl
spaces.
v.) "Expotsod" : r.ot installed underground or "Concealed"
as defined abovo .
d) "Indicnted" or " Shown" : As Indicated or shown on
the Drawings.
e ) I'lloted" : As indicated on Urnwi ngs and/or specified.
M3
PB-11G-+EL
3. INTE14T OF SPECIFICATIONS ARD DRAWI1�GS
a) It is the intent of the Specifications and the
accompanying Drawings to describe the nature and extent of
the work to be performed and the characterof the materials
to be used and to include all materials, equipment, apparatus
and devices, even if not specifically described in the
Specifications or shown on the Drawings, which can be
reasonably inferred to be necessary for the control and
operation of the work installed and/or for which the
necessity is established by any governmental and/or
insurance rules and regulations in effect at the time the
bid is submitted . If such deficiencies are found by the
bidder, he shn11 state them in his bid together with the
additional price tlnreof which is to be added to his base
bid. If such stipulations are not included in the bid,no
claims for additional compensation therefore , which are
made by the successful bidder after the contract is awarded,
will be allowed.
b) The Drawings showing t�e layouts of water supply,
plumbing and drainage work , heating, ventilating and air
conditioning work and electric �ork, apparatus, accessories9
piping, conduit and duct systems are diagrammatic, excepting
where specifically looted by dimensions. All apparatus
shall be located and all pipes,1conduits and ducts run in
the manner and locations shown t1weon as closely as
conditions of constrution of the building will permit, and
deviations therefrom shall be made only with the consent
of the Architect and without additional charge .
4. COVE3, PERMITS, FEE;, ETC.
a ) The Contractor shrill furnish and pay for all
pwmits, fees an•d other installation costs required for the
various installations by governin.- authorities andutility
companies; prepare and file Drawings and diagrams required;
arrange for inspections of any and all parts of the work
required by the authorities and furnish all certificates
necessary to the Architect as evidence that the work
installed conforms with all applicable requirements of the
Municipal and State Codes, and of 1}n regul.ations of the
Plational Hoard of Fire Underwriters. A11 electrical work
shall be in accordance with the applimble provisions of
the National Electric Code.
i4
IL
b) Any items of work specified herein and/or shown
on the drawings which conflict with aforementioned 3'ules,
regulations and requirements, shall be referred to the
Architect 'for decision, which decision shall be final and
binding. The dedsion will include any change to contract
price.
c) The work shall not be deemed to have reached a
state of completion until the certificates have been
delivered.
5. NAMEPLATES
a) bameplates ahll be furnished for each ,motor, starter,
control cabinet, switch, circuit breaker enclosure, switch-
gear section, panel-board, fan, pump, air handling units
and other devices requiring identification for operating
and/or maintenance reasons. Nameplates ahll be screwed or
riveted on, engraved lamicoid sheet with white lettering
on black background. "Inscription" shall be as directed,
noted on the Drawings, or as marked on submitted shop
drawings.
6. SHOP DRAWIFG S, SAMPLERS AI: D AFPRGVALS
a) Shop drawings shall contain full information as to
dimensions, material, finish, guge, installation details,
etc. Each shop drawing shall give a reference to the
specified contract drawing and paragraph of the contract
specification to which it applies. Catalog sheets will
not be accepted as shop drawings unless the item is called
for on the Drawings or in the Specification by catalog
number. Incomplete submission, such as shop drawings
without contract drawing and .contract specification
reference or without detailed operational description will
not be examined. Further, no shop drawing will be accepted
for approval unless it bears a written evidence in the form
of a signed note, that they have been fully checked by
the Contractor for suitability, including coordination with
other trades.
6) In general samples of the following equipment are
required:
ELECTRICAL 14V� NL PLUMBIEG
Conduit and Raceways Registers Insulation
Wire and Cable Grilles Brassware
Diffusers Valves
Wiring Devices Insulation
Wall Rlates
M5'
PB-HG- EL
The Architect may waive any of the listed sample re-
quirements or he may require samples of other equipment
not listed. All final approved samples, upon completion, and
acceptance of the project, shall be returned to the Contractor.
c) Where a substitution has been proposed and accepted
subject to approval of shop drawings and samples, the sub-
mission shall contain, where applicable, a detailed des-
scription of operationand particularly, a detailed des-
cription of the characteristics of the samples of itemwhich
differs from the specification. 9hpp drawings and samples
of lighting fixtures being substitutes for specified items
must be accompanied by complete test reports, prepared by
the Electrical Testing Laboraties, Inc. , or other in-
dependent laboratory approved by the Architect. Shop
drawings of ' substitutions. will be examined only once. If
they are dissapproved, the Contractor will submit one of
the specified items. Other shop drawings will be examined
only if the Contractor agrees to pay the reviewing Architect/
Engineer for the additional costs incurred in reviewing
the substitution.
d) Where a Contractor proposes to use an item of
equipment other than that shown on the Drawings, which
requires any redesign of the structure, parrtitions,
foundations, piping, wiring or of any other part of the
mechanical, electrical or architectural layout, all such
redesign, and all new Drawings and detailing required shall,
subject to the approval of the Architect, be prepared by
the Contractor. The actural cost of these changes to any
portion c.f the c,:nstruction work, regardless of whether it
is his own trade or that of other trade:, shall be borne
entirely by the Contractor making the siit,stitution within
additionaa cost to the Ovner.
e) Approval by the Architect of the layouts andshop
drawings for any material apparatus, devices and layouts
shall not relieve thiff Contractor from the responsibility of
furnishing same of proper dimensions, size, quantity,
quality and all performance characteristics to efficiently
perform the requirements and intent of the contract documents.
Such approval shall not relieve this Contractor from
responsibility for errors of any sort on the shop drawings.
If-the shop drawings deviate fromthe contract documents,
the Contractor shall advise the Architect of the deviations
�S
1
PB-IIG - EIS
in writing accompanying the initial submission shop drawings,
and including the reasons for the deviations.
f) Shop drawings of all proposed auxiliary steel used
for hanging or supporting piping, conduit or ductwork shall
be submitted for approval . This includes all trapeze type
hangers. Drawings shall indi(nte clearly the method of
fastening to building structure , size of steel members and
load to be supported by the member.
7 . COORDIII ATION WITH OTHER WORK
a) The Contractors for .µVaGw, Plumbing and Electrical
Work shall coordinate with each other, and with other
Contractors in or(ir to insure installation of their equip-
ment without conflict.
b) Scaled and figured dimensions with respect to the
items are approximate only; sizes of equipment have been
taken from typical equiipent items of the loss indicated .
Before proceeding with the work, the Contractor shall care-
fully chedc all dimensions and sizes and shall assume full
responsibility for the fitting-ir, of equipment and materials
to the Luildi.ng and to meet architectural and structural
conditions.
c) Wherever field conditions or the proper execution
of the work requires reasonable changes in piping, ducts,
conduit and equipment as shown on Drawings, the Contractor
shall make all such changes as directed or approved without
extra cost. This includes horizontal or vertical offsets
of piping and ductwork necessary to :,void conflicts or to
maintain ceiling heights.
d) Should any discrepancy, conflict, error or omission
appear, or should any doubt arise as to the true interit and
meaning of the Drawings and Specifications, or should any
.portion of same be obscure or capable of more than one
interpretation, the Contractor shall bri r.g such items to
the attention of the Architect before performing this work,
for the correction or explanation of same . In all cases
the interpretation of the Architect shall be considred final
and work shall be done accordingly. The Architect will
decide whether, and inwhat amount, a change to the contract
price is necessitated by' such - corrective work.
M7
PB-HG - EL
8 . CIiASES, OPENIPJGS AND FOUNDATIONS
a ) In general, chases, openings and foundations' will
be provided for the installation of pipes, ducts, conduits
and equipment. The Contractor shall request of the Con-
tractor for General Construction work any necessary add-
itional openings or foundations before those portions of the
building construction are in place, dnd shall supply and set
in place all necessary sleeves, forms and anchors to provide
the facilities his work requires.
b) Additional work including the cost of all cutting
and patching, resulting from failure to set sleeves, forms
and anchors, shall be done at the expense of the Contractor
who requires said work.
�. VERMIN CONTROL
a ) All piping, ducts, conduit, etc. , passing through
walls, floors, ceilings and/or solid construction, shall be
sealed to prevent the passage of vermin.
b) Seals shall be made by means of rock wool or other
approved inert material, packed sleeves or other approved
construction.
10. PROTECTION OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMEVT
a ) The Contractor shall be responsible for the pro-
tection of all his work and shall make good all damage which
may occur to his work prior to the date of final acceptance.
Ends of piping and/or conduit shall be plugged during con-
struction to prevent debris and water from entering therein.
b) _'4echanileal aiid Electrical equipment shall be de-
livered and stored at the site, properly packed and crated.
Each piece of equipment shall remain packed and crated until
finally installed. Uninstalled and installed equipment and
materials shall be protected against damage by weather,
water, paint plaster, moisture, acids, fumes, dust or
physical damage.
ll.- GUARDS
a ) All belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings,
projecting set screws, keys and other rotating parts shall
be fully enclosed and properly guarded .
PB_IIG - EL
b) Belt guards shall be double sides with enclosing
mesh not greater than 11 , and shall be provided with opening
at shafts for taking tachometer readings.
c) Sharp edges, burrs, etc. , shall be removed from
all equipment and materials.
l2. 14OVITIG OF EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall investigate spaces into and
through which equipment must be moved and shall make
arrangements for installing large pieces cC equipment.
Equipment shall be shipped from manufacturer in sections of
size suitable for moving through restricted spaces.
13. ELIMINATION OF NOISE AND VIBRATION
a ) All equipment and accessories shall operate
without objectionable noise or vibration.
b ) Should operation of any one or more of the systems
produce noise or vibration, which is, in the opinion of
the Architect, objectionable, the Contradot shall, at his
own expense, make changes in equipment and do all work
necessary to eliminate the objectionable noise or vibration.
14. CLEAVII-M
All apparatus,accessories and piping, after installation,
shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease and foreign
matter, and left in a condition satisfactory to the Architect
for delivery to the Owner for his operation.
15 . -PA 111 TI 1!G
a ) All apparatus, w binets, piping, insulation, etc. ,
furnished under the fiVAL Plumbing, and Electrical Sections
of the Specifications, shall be provided with a priming
coat, excepting where a finish coat is also hereinafter
specified or otter surface finishes specified.
M9
PB-HG - EL
b) All finish painting of both insulated and uninsu-
lated piping, duds, apparatus, and appurtenances will be
performed under another Section of the Specifications, ex-
cept where such items are factory finishdd.
c) All concealed supports and iron work not otherwise
protected against corrosion shall be given two ( 2) coats of
bituminous base paint .
16. OPERATTVG AIID MAUTEV ANCE MAPUALS
a ) Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Archi-
tect four (4) complete operating and maintenance manuals for
all eq-gipment. . Manuals shall include descriptive catalog
information, lubricating recommendations, operating instruct-
ions, maintenance information and spare parts lists for each
piece of equipment or apparatus furnished under this contract.
b) Copies of all charts and diagrams specified under
another article shall also be included in the maintenance
manual .
17 . INSTRUCTIOY 31•I EQUIPAELT OPERATT01:
a) Contractor is to Arrange for a reasonable amount of
instruction, as specified herein, for the Owner' s employees
to insure proper operationof theequipment furnished. This
instruction should be by the manufacturer' s representative
of the equipment in question. Contractor shall coordinate
the time of this instruction period with the Owner three
days prior to the period .
b) For major items such as refrigeration equipment,
etc. , instruction periods of adequate time should be provided
and should be available during initial start up and, as
specified herein .
18. GIIARTS AID DIAGRAMS
a ) Contractor shall install where directed, charts and
diagrams framed and glass-covered of approved size, giving
the number, location and functionof each valve , identifi-
cation of each pipe line, and al electrical single line
diagram. Charts and Diagrams shall conform with "As-Built"
or "Record" Drawings.
Ito
P1B-HG- EL
b) Included in the above are to be:
1 . Two valve charts and- piping diagrams for each
trade.
2. Temperature and other control diagrams shall be
mounted in each equipment room for the equipment located
therein.
3 . Diagram of all feeders showing ,the wiring con-
nections frora incoming service to main distribution seitch-
gear, light and power panels and motor controllers.
19, VALVE TAGS
Each valve on main branch line of piping shall have
a 1'" diamuter brass tag with black filled engraved numbers
and letters. Tags shall be affized to valve by means of a
brass 01S10 hook. Tags on different services shall be identi-
fiable by a letter and number designation.
20, "FURLI SH MID IU STALK" - EQUIPMEUT Al,;D MATERIALS
a ) Where tiie words "furnish" , "provide" , "supply" or
"instali" , are used, whether singly or i,z coribinati on, they
shall mean to furnish and install, -unless specifically
stated otherwi se.
b) In the interest of brevity, the explicit direction,
"to furnish and install" has sometimes been omitted in
specifying materials and/or equipment herein. Unless speci-
fically noted otherwise, it shall be understood that all
equipment and/or materials listed hereir, or shown on the
contract drawings shall be furnished arid installed by this
Contractor.
21 . ACC!,:'ISIB111"ITY
All work shall 'be installed so that all parts re-
quired are readily accessible for inspection, operation,
maintenance and repair. Changes shell not to made without
prior written apl,roval from the Architect.
22. MoT01tS
a ) Ea ctl Contractor shall furnish and install the
electric motors required for the motor-drive equipment
supplied under his contract. The motors shall be of
sufficient size for the duty to be performed, and shall
not exceed their full rated load when the driven equipment
M ��
1•B-fiG - EL
is operating at required capacity under 'the most severe
conditions likely to be encountered. The speed and horse-
power for each motor are given in the schedule on the
Drawings, or as specified.
l) ) Motors 1/3 horsepower and smnller shall be wound
for 60 cycle, 120 volt A.C. ifotors I horse-
power and over shfill be designed for operation on three-
phase , 60 cycle , 2C8 volt A .C. -
c ) Fractional horsepower motors shall be of the sealed
prelubricated brill. bearing type. Larger size motors shall
have ball bearings Uith pressure greasd fittings and drain
parts, unless othc.rwi se ii:dicated.
d ) All motors shall- be rated fcr continuous duty,
and under full load, the maximum rise in temperature shall
not exceed 40 deg . C. for open frame motors, 50 deg. C. for
splashproof motors and 55 deg. C . for totally enclosed motors.
e ) All motors shall be approved by ' the Underwriterst
I Rboratories, Inc. , for the service and location intended.
In general , ,notors shall be opera drip-proof type in dry non-
linzardous locat:i or.s, and weather-protected Type II where
exposed to dampness or weather. I•Iotors lomted where ex-
posed to dampness or weather, sla 11 be provided with water-
tight connection Loxes.
f ) -All motors shall conform to the design, construction
and performance requirements of Standard C-50 for "Rotating
Ll (;c:tr1 (-,i1 i;ri'1;i i:ci-y" cf the . -Pori vnr: St;;r_dards Asroci •` tl ou ,
2nd .y1ail COnipl r ► i th '.►;c r•egulatioris of the i:a tional
I lectrical Code.
g) ui react, co:, :aotors :'tor 11 1:u 1 i-ov-.; 64"d 11i h
rr;l, t,:ti1r: f•ype couplings, rand the moti)rs oust l,e dowelled
into the vase pin tes at least at tiro points. Motors con-
nected to belt-driven aPparatus shall be provided with
slotted slide l,n se with tr?ke-up screws.
II) -111- mot-.ors for pumps, cornhreosurs, air conditioning
drives, rand similar type applicritions uliere moisture ordust
is present shall be provided with vnetun-impregriated epoxy
eri6apsulati. on of the ,,:hidings.
:1�
PB-11G - EL
i ) Motors shall be capable of withstanding momentary
overloads of 50% without injurious heating. They shall
ornate without excessive heating, flashing or sparking
under :any conditions within the required capacity of load
and speed . All motors shall operate quietly, and shall be
repls ced if, In the Architect' s opinion, they do not
operate quietly.
All motors shall be equipped with ball bearings
unless specified otherwise in other Sections of these Speci-
fications.
k ) Motors for single-phasd operation shall be of the
capacitor type,and those for three-phase operation shall be
polyphase motors of the squirrel cage induction or wound
rotor induction type.
1) Direct connected fan motors shall have speeds as
indicated on the plans. V-belt connected motors shall have
a maximum synchronous speed of 1800 rpm and shall be
furnished with variable pitch pulleys.
m) Motors requiring high starting torques are to be
wound to suit such requirements and are to be high starting
torque,low starting current type.
n ) Fans, blowers, centrifugal pumps,and similar
applications shall be hEMA design B motors.
23. MOTOR WIRItlG AND COI:TROLS
a ) Gencrnl.
1. Ea ch trade Contractor shall furnish to the
Electrical Contractor all starters not mounted integrally
with its related equipment. These devices shall be deliver
ed to within 25' of,•and on the same floor as the final
installation point, and shall be physically installed by the
Electrical Contractor.
2. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and
install power connections to starters and from starters to
motors. The Electrical Contractor shall also furnish and
install disconnects as shown and as required by the NEC.
/v{13
P B-1TG - EL
The connection to motors shall be made so as to achieve proper
direction of rotation. All motors shall receive power wiring.
3 . All power and control wiring required to operate
equipment installed under the Pljmbing Contract, shall be
the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor.
b) Controllers
1. Controllers shall be of the fully enclosed type,
floor or ,fall mounted except where mounted integrally with
its related equipment. Each enclosure shall be furnished
with a schematic wiring diagram pasted inside thedoor.
2. Start, stop, reset buttons and hand-Off-auto-
matic switches and circuit breaker or knife switches shall
be provided in the enclosure as required for each Particular
motor. Handles and buttons shall protrude through ttn door.
3. All controllers shall have thermal overload
protection in all three phases for three-phase motors, and
in the ungrounded legs for single-phase motors.
4. All magnetic controllers must provide low volt-
age protection for the motors.
5. All component parts of each controller (swithes
or breakers, starter's, resistors, eta ) shall be in one
ventilated enclosure.
6. Across-the-line magnetic type starters shall be
used- for all motors except where reduced voltage type start-
ers are indicated on plans or specifications.
7. Starter for single-phase motors shall be manual
across-the-line type with thermal overload protection except
where remote push buttons are called for,in which case
magnetic type starters shall be used.
8. Remote `controls shall be of the four wire type
with "Start" and "Stop" push button, and pilot light to in-
dicate 110r," and "Off" operation of motors. When motors are
remotely controlled, additional push button stations without
pilot lights shall be installed integrally in the controller
door.
c) Siring
1. Wire and/or cable and conduit in connection with
the installation of motors and starters shall conform to the
applicable requirements of the various sections of the
Electrical Work unless otl. rwise specified herein or showy,
on the Drawings.
114-
P B-HG - EL
2. Power supply leads and conduit b etween starter
and motor shall be same size as branch wires indicated to
starter.
3. Control wiring may be No. 14 minimum but must
always have current carrying capacity.in excess of loads
connected thereto . Larger size control wiring may be re-
quired for this reason or in consideration of long control
circuit runs where voltage drop requires larger wire size .
4. Flexible conduit shall be used for allmotor
connections to prevent transmission of noise of vibration.
The length and radius of the flexible conduit shall be
sufficient to permit bending of feeder cavles without damag-
ing the conductor or its insulation and shall not be less
than 18" in length.
d) Installation of_Starters and Controls
1 . Starters and controls shall be rigidly secured
and installed plumb and level.
2. Coi,necting conduits shall riot be used to support
starter and control enclosures.
3. Manually operated devices such as pushbuttons
and manual starters shall be located to permit convenient
operation and be readily accessible.
4. Starters and controls shall be mounted on angle
iron framework if 'in a group, or directly on a wall if an
individual unit.
e ) Responsibility: The Electrical Contractor shall be
responsible for correction of all errors in wiring performed
by him and for replacement of any equipment or work damaged
due to these errors.' The other Contractors shall be re-
sponsible for the proper operation of all devices and motors
furnished by them to the Electrical Contractor.
f) Tests
1 . Control wiring shall be checked by "ringing" or
"talking out" all circuits for proper connection before
energizing.
2. After installation of the equipment and diecking
out, the circuits, each motor and its controls shall be test-
ed fcw proper electrical operation.
M13
FB-HG - EL
g) Disconnecting Devices
1. Disconnecting devices when not included with
electrically operated equipment furnished by other Contract-
ors shall be provided and installed by .the Electrical
Contractors to comply with the requirements of the National
rlectric Code.
2. 'lotor disconnect devices, except in combination
starters, shall be enclosed, externally operated, single
switch as required or a circuit breaker. Breakers shall be
of molded case type of adequate current carrying and
interrupting rating and shall be as specified elsewhere in
this Specification. Motors in exposed locations shall
require weatherproof switches.
24. PIPE SLEEVES
a ) The Contractor shall furnish and set all sleeves
used to accommodate pipes or conduits passing through walls,
floors and partitions. Unless otherwise specified, sleeves
shall be standard weight steel pipe.
b) Sleeves shall be of sufficient size to pass conduit
pipe or pipe and insulation so as not to present any undue
friction with 111 minimum clearance.
c) Sleeves in exterior walls shall be either galvanized
steel or .cast iron with an intermediate flange . Sleeves shall
finish flush with walls. Spaces between pipe or conduit
and sleeve, or insulation and sleeve shall be paked *with
oakum arid -caulked with lead or plastic compound .-
d) Sleeves for concealed pipes in aliases shall ter-
rtinate flush with floor. Sleeves for pipes exposed to view
shall project 1" above finished floor. Sleeves passing
through walls shall ;terminate flush with wall surface.
Sleeves in equipment spaces shall project 2" above finished
floor.
e ) Sleeves Phall be set before concrete is poured and
before masonry construction is finished. Any subsequent
cutting and repair of construction because of failure to
set sleeves in time shall be done at Contractor' s expense.
16
P B-HG - EL
f ) Sleeves passing through waterproofed floors or
walls shall be enclosed with caulking type plate. Plate
shall be split type, complete with floor gasket and flanged
ends for bolting halves together. The bell end of the plate
shall be tightly packed with oakum.
g ) Pipes passing through roof decks shall be provided
with flashing fitting, for installation by the General
Construction. Contraotor.
25. ESCUTCHEOL S
Escutcheons shall be provided at all exposed
finished surface pierced byssleeves. They shall fit around
insulation or around pipe_ if uninsulated and shall extend
against the finished surface of wall, floor, or ceiling so
that imbedded sleeve is completely concealed. Escutcheons
shall be solid nickel plated cast iron with setscrews and
attached pipes and not to pipe covering.
26. FLASHING
a ) All counter or cap flashing shall be provided by
Contractor for the trade involved, unless otherwise specified.
Base flashing will be provided under another Section of
these Specifications.
b) Responsibility for all roof penetrations shall be
borne by Roofing Contractor.
27. SUPPORTS FROM OVERHEAD COE STRUT101:
Where overhead construction does not permit fastening
of supports - for equipment,furnish additional framing, subject
to approval by Architect.
28. + UNDERWRITERSI LABORATORIES CERTIFICATION
All mechanical and electrical equipment shall bear
the UL label of approval where such inspection, service is
furnished for the particular type of equipment.
29r FIFAL TESTS
a ) Before an application for final acceptance of the
work will be considered, all tests deemed necessary to show
proper execution of the work shall have been performed and
completed in the presence of the Architect. Scheduling
-� of :311 to sti ng procedures shall be arranged to suit the
convenience of ttn Architect.
/h 17
P B-11G- EL
b ) Where mechanical electricity utilizing equipment,
supplied by other trades, is energized, controlled or
otherwise made operative by electric work wiring systems, the
testing; which will prove the proper functional perlbrmance
of such wiring systems shall be conducted specifically by
the trade responsible for the mechanical equipment. The
electrical work shall however, include cooperation in such
testing; and the making available of any necessary electrical
equipment.
c ) Any defects or deficiencies discovered in any of
the NVAC, Plumbing and Electrical work shall be corrected
in an approved. manner .without additional cost.
30. CUTTIFG AUD PATCHIVG
a) -The HVAC , Plumbing and Electri cal Contractors shall
do allcutting necessary for the installation of their
respective work. Rough patching shall be done by the
applicable trade Contractor. Patching refers to, repair of
walls, floors, etc. where it is necessary to break through
for installation. finish patching will be done by the
General Contractor.
b) Cutting shill be neat and workmanlike so as -b
minimi-ze the cost of patching. If the Contractor shall
perform cutting in such a manner as to Make the subsequent
patching unduly expensive, in the opinion of the Architect,
the negligent Contractor shall be held responsible for
this excessive cost and the same shall be charged against
the Contractor' s -final payment. All cutting; of structural
membern -hall be approved prior to cutti I.g by Lhe Architect
and any re:i rifurcement, of the cut area shall be perfori.ed b•.
the ci.fti .ij? contr•r. ct.or i r, .:ccordc_nce with the i:z•chi tcct.' S
I-e.cotnmendZ41 an8.
31 . BXt;;VAT1G!. , hACYF11.1 j1.G M,D GCi. .;':'it(1C'i'1CIL
a ) All excavation, backfilling and concrete and masonry
con:-,truc't.i or. bo tl-e ir_teri a?• and exterior, required for the
I,arpose of completing; n11 work called for under this
Speci f i,-.P ti oi, sh;,11 be i r,::luded as a part of this contract:
b) ` h1s Contractor shall obtain. and pay for all permits
required Ly utilities or other ag enci es i r, connection with
this work. He shall obtain all inspections required by any
governing bodies pertaining to this work and shall obtain
their acceptances of the finished surfaces.
c ) '1'ite furr,i :-hing nr.d sett.in.g; of nn,y and all exterior
conefete, steel, i-ast-iron, snd/or other construction
material required for the _ntrodt.ction of services shall Le
ii.,;:uded under this contr. ct.
I
PB-liG - EL
i
d) All excavation, backfilling and concrete and
masonry constrution shall be completed in accordance with
the appropriate sections of the Specifications for the
General Constructim Contract. It is this Contractor' s
responsibility to familinrize himself with these appropriate
Sections. of the General Construction Contract prior to
subnitti.ng his bid.
M+9
1
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR THE
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
CONTRACT B - PLUMBING
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD
SUFFOLK COUNTY
SOUTHOLD , N . Y .
Greenman-Pedersen , Associates , P . C .
Consulting Engineers
100 West Main Street
Babylon , New York 11702
15 -1
i
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
INDEX
DIVISION DESCRIPTION
15 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
FOR H.V.A.E. , PLUMBING
AND ELECTRICAL WORK
15B PLUMBING
l 5 -2
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
LIST OF DRAWINGS
P-1 PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER PLANS
H.V.P.E. - 2 EXIST ,BASEMENT, SCHEDULES
AND DETAILS
� S - 3
r
f
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
DIVISION 15-B
PLUMBING
TITLE SECTION
GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15B'.1
WORK INCLUDED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15B.2
WORK IN OTHER CONTRACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15B.3
CERTIFICATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.4
WORKMANSHIP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15B.5
APPROVALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15B.6
i DRAWINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15B.7
CROSS CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 15B.8
MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.9
EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15B.10
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B. 11
DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.12
WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15B. 13
INSULATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B. 14
VALVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.15
PLUMBING FIXTURES. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.16
TESTS FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.17
CLEANING AND ADJUSTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.18
PROTECTIVE PAINTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15B. 19
DIELECTRIC ADAPTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.20'
t5 - 4
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
DIVISION 15B
PLUMBING - (Continued)
TITLE SECTION
SUMPPUMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.21
SPRINKLER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.22
DRAINS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.23
FLASHING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.24
ELECTRIC HOT WATER HEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.25
GUARANTEES: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.26
ALTERNATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15B.27
l � - S
PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
15B.1 GENERAL
15B.1.1. Applicable provisions of Part 1 - Documents shall govern all
work under this Section.
15B.2 WORK INCLUDED
The work of this Section consists of the furnishing of all labor,
materials and equipment necessary and required for the complete
operating installation of the various systems included under the
Plumbing Work. The work shall include, but not to be limited to
the following:
a) The sanitary drainage system to a point 5'-0" beyond found-
ation wall , including house sewer, connection to piping and
house trap, cleanouts, floor drains, all wastes, soils and
vents and all required drainage and vent connections to plumb-
ing fixtures, drains and other equipment requiring same.
b) The domestic water supply system including water connection
in existing building, water meter, back water preventer, conn-
ections to hot water heater and all required cold and water
connections to all plumbing fixtures and other equipment requiring
same.
c) All plumbing fixtures and trim as hereinafter specified and/or
indicated on the drawings, including floor drains.
d) Cutting and Patching.
e) Floor Drains.
f) Sump pump with controls.
g) Hose bidds.
h) Sprinkler mains and connections in existing buildings.
i ) Sprinkler heads and valves.
j) Pipe covering as specified; sleeves for piping.
k) Lead flashing for vent stacks.
1 ) Requires tests for all systems to the satisfaction of the Architect
and of governmental authorities and utility companies to produce
their approval and acceptance.
l L:-;, G
PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS-FOR TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
15B.3 WORK IN OTHER CONTRACTS
15B.3.1 Concrete foundations.
15B.3.2 Base flashing for vent pipes through roof.
15B.4 CERTIFICATES
15B.4. 1 The Contractor shall install all work in strict compliance of
with all requirements in force at the time of execution of the
contract, of all authorities and of utility companies furnishing
service for the installation. The Contractor shall secure the
complete approval of all of the above-mentioned authorities for
his work and shall deliver certificates of approval from them to
the Architect before final certificate of payment will be issued.
The Contractor shall pay the necessary fees for all tests, in-
spections and certificates, and shall furnish any and all drawings
and documents in addition to the contract drawings required in order to
secure the approval of his work.
15B.5 WORKMANSHIP
15B.5. 1 The highest grade of workmanship will be required and if the Architect
considers any work to be inferior, the Contractor shall replace it with
first-class work without additional cost to the Owner.
15B.6 APPROVALS
15B.6.1 The materials, workmanship, design and arrangement of all work installed
under the contract shall be subject to the approval of the Architect
and Engineer.
15B.7 DRAWINGS
15B.7.1 The drawings are generally diagramatic and an indication of the work to
be installed. The run and arrangement of all piping shall be approximately
as indicated on the drawings, subject to changes and modifications of the
run and locations of the piping as may be necessary to suit conditions at the
building and to avoid interference or conflicts with the work of other
contractors or as may be necessary for the proper, convenient and accessible
locations of all parts of the piping systems with a vew to control and
repair or replacement of such parts as usually require replacement after
use for a reasonable period of time.
iS -7
PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
15B.7.2 Due to the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to
indicate all offsets, fittings, valves, traps and drains which
may be required. The Contractor shall refer to and carefully
check all architectural , structural , electrical and other mechanical
drawings and details; and shall note the locations where walls,
partitions, ceilings, beams, columns and other surfaces are furred;
and the work of other contractors that might conflict with the
Plumbing Work; and shall arrange his work accordingly, as may be
required to meet such cinditions. Piping shall be run in wall chases,
recesses, and hung ceiling where same are provided. No piping shall
be run in floor fill unless specifically approved. The Contractor shall
obtain approved ceiling heights and clear same with his work.
15B.7.3 On completion of the work, a set of negative prints on cloth will be
made from the Contract Drwaings at the expense of the Contractor who
shall correct such negatives to incorporate all changes and variations
and then deliver them to the Architect for approval before the final
certificate of payment shall be issued.
15B.8 CROSS CONNECTIONS
15B.8. 1 No connections shall be made between potable and polluted or non-potable
water in piping system. This Contractor shall install suitable and
approved type vacuum-breaking devices and check valves in the water supply
lines to the fixtures at points above the overflow of the fixtures.
r y
15B.9 MATERIALS
15B.9.1 Cast iron drainage pipe and fittings shall be uncoated extra
heavy cast iron hub and spigot pattern; conforming to the
pattern; conforming to the Standard Specifications of the
ASTM A-74 and the A.S.A. A-41-1 , latest edition.
.2 Lead pipe - Lead waste pipe shall be Class D piping con-
forming to Federal Specification WW-P-325, latest edition.
Cast iron threaded drainage fittings shall be threaded recessed
pattern grey cast iron castings; conforming to the Standard
Specifications of the A.S.A. B-16.12, latest edition. Malla-
able iron fittings shall be threaded galvanized standard weight
malleable iron banded castings; conforming to Standard Speci-
fications of the ASTM B-43, latest edition. Steep pipe shall
be full weight seamless or welded mill steel; conforming to the
Standard Specifications of the ASTM A-120, latest edition.
.3 Water Pipe - Water service piping for domestic water shall be
Type "K" copper tubing below grade and Type "L" copper tubing
above grade.
15B.10 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION
15B.10.1 All piping shall be installed in such a manner as to permit free
expansion and contraction without injury to piping and fittings,
apparatus connected thereto, or any portion of the building struc-
ture. Piping shall be adequately anchored to the building construc-
tion where shown on the drawings and wherever else as may be neces-
sary to localize expansion and contraction and prevent excessive
strain on fittings and apparatus. Expansion joints shall be provided
as required to prevent damage to the piping system, and shall be
Type HB as manufactured by Calumet & Hech.
1513.11 INSTALLATION
15B.11 .1 Piping:
a) Piping shall be run as straight and direct as possible, in
general, forming right angles with or parallel with walls or other
piping and shall be neatly spaced. All piping shall be so installed
that there is a clearance of at least one inch between finished cover-
ings (fitting hubs on uncovered pipings) of such piping and also between
finished coverings and adjoining work.
S -9
All. piping at or in the ceiling shall be hung
from the construction above . /.
b. All local horizontal drainage piping shall be
run at a uniform grade of _" per foot wherever
possible, but in no case less than 1/8" per foot.
All outside underground drainage piping shall be
run at a uniform grade as indicated onthe
drawings or required. All changes in direction
of drainage piping shall be made by the
approximate use of 45 degree wyes, long turn
tee wyes, long sweep quarter, sixth, eighth,
sixteenth bends, except that where span: con-
ditions require it, short turn sanitary tees may
�e used on vertical lines.
c. Control valves shall be located where indicated
on the drawings, herin specified or as required
to give complete regulating control of all
systems, plumbing fixtures, and other equipment.
All valves shall be easily accessible and no
valves shall be installed with the handles
pointing dorm.
d. Air chambers 12" long and of the same diameter
as the main water branch, shall be installed
where required and as indicated on the drawings.
e. Blo exposed chromium plated piping about fixtures
and equipment, shall show tool mnrkes or more
than one thread at fittings, valves and hanger
on chromium plated piping, shall be chromium-
plAted.
f. Reducing fittings ::hall be used where a change
in I)ipe size occurs. Lo bushirg: shall be used
except in the case of drainage fittings bushed
in the. sand. Where required reducing fittings
are unobtainable, special permissionshall be
obtained for use of tau chins in these case
g. Extra Heavy pipe shall be used for nipples
where theur,threaded portion is less than 1-1,11.
Close nipples will not be permitted except with
special permission .
15B.11 . 2 Joints:
a. Joints in screwed piping shrill be made up with
a compound approved by the Archi tuct., of the
best quali t,y- or pure red or white lend ai.d
oil ; all caYefully ei,d smoothly placed or. the
threads of the pipes and not on thefit t.i ng s.
� � - ice
Lamp wick shall not be used in making up
screw joints . Graphite shall be used on all
cleanout plugs . The cutting of all threads
shall be done with new dies and special care
shall be exeTised in rur►n=ing the t]►reads, rl.:s
only those perfect and clean cut, and of exactly
proper length, shall be used . 1!11 threaded
pi l►c shrill be :screwed up ti Elht into
without i•educir.- the waterway . Joints jr.
cnst iron hub and spi<<,t dr iin-age pipesholl Lc
��r ►c: i;ith oakum pr► cki ng tind molter, nel. soft pit;
lca►i . F.- CII joint shall Le r,ridc; in one continuous
poui•ii►g and shall bepoured full so that when
caulking is completed the joint will finish
flush with the face of the hub and ,resent a
smooth apperance .
b. Joints between cast ii•or_ hub arid--sigot pipe and
threaded pipe shall be caulked (except for small
drainage lines screwing jut into tappings in
the cast iron fittings) . The ends of the threaded
pipe shall be provided With a rind; or half
coupling screwed on to form a spigot end.
Joints betireer_ cast iron hub and spigot pipe
and lead pipe shall be made ijith heavy cast
brass ferriiles :ecurely caulked with oakum
and lead (as specified above ) to the castiron
pipe and attached to the lead pipe with a
heavy wiped joint.
c. Slip joints will be permitted only on fixture
trap inlets or elbows Conti( ctir►g to fixture
trti -J l.i aces. U r.i on s will not be permitted on the
sewer side of turps. Tucker or hub-end fittings
rhnll be used for these connections.
15H.11.3 Bangers and, supports:
a . All piping shall be properly supported by
rcI,proved type hangers and sul-,ports t- secure
the piping in place, to maintain required
pitch of lines, to prevent vibration, and so
nri•anged as to provide for expansion and
contraction . All hangers and supports will
be of ample size and weight to carry the pipe,
i.ts contents, and its coverings. Chain, strap,
perforated bar, or wire hangers will not be
permitted.
b. All horizontal piping shall be supported at
least as follows : Screwed piping every ten
feet, and cast-iron hub and sp igot piping
every five feet (at every hub) . Branches shall
have separate supports and no branch five
feet or longer shallle installed without a
support.
c. A11 horizontal piping; inside the building; shall
be supported by heavy galvanized iron hinged
hangers; skmilar and approved equal to Grainnel
"Clevis" Y2603, with proper size suspension rods
and double nuts. Approved type trapeze hangers
made up of angles, angles bolted back to back ,
or channels with proper size suspension rods
and double nuts, may be used instead of separate
. hungers where several parallel lines of piping
occur. Banger suspension above with inserts ,
beams, clamps, steel fish plates, cantilever
brackets, lag screws, or other approved means.
Brackets of approved type shall be used to
support piping racked along wr311s .
d. The Contractor shall adequately support rind
protect all underground piping so that i L
shall remain in place without settling and
without damage daring and after backfilling .
Any piping so settling or so damaged shall be
replaced by the Contractor without cost to the
Owner.
15B. 11 .4 Sleeves:
r+ . Every sleeve shall be ]r�rge enough to accommodate
the pipe and its covering and shall pass entirely
through the floor, ceiling, wall or partition.
b. Cast iron, steel or wrought-iron pipe sleeves
shall be provided for all pipes passing through
exterior wall or footings. Sleeves through
exterior walls below grade , sh-qll be provided
with a center flange. At exterior walls,
sewer- pipes :-hall be made water-tight, in
their sleeves with onkiun packing and lead caulked
joints on both sides of the wall .
c. Twenty-two (22 ) gauge galvanized iron sleeves
shall be provided for all pipes passing through
interior i,>'il s_ or partitions.
lam - tZ
1513.11. 5 Escutcheons:
a . All exposed pipes, both bare and covered, shall
be provided with approved type satin finish
chromium pl ited cast brass escutcheons where
they pass through wall, partitions, floors
or ceiling. Escutcheons on bare pipes shall
be held in place by iriirrr,n3 :)prang tension.
1). Ti, toilet rooms, and in connection with all
chromium plated piping, escutcheons shall be
stain finish chromium plated. In other
locations they slinl.l have surface for painting .
c. Where sleeves, hubs or fittitngs project
slightly from the wall, partition, floor or
ceiling, special deep type escutcheons shall be
provided to cover each case.
15B. 12 DHAILAGE AT;D VENT SYSTEii
1513. 12. 1 Pipe and fittings :
,3 . All :- tuitnry and s torn un ter drni ri;rge piping
Shall be extra t►envy cast iron hub and spi;;ot
soil pipe and fittings for piping larger than
211 . All sanitary drainage and vent pipig 2"
and smaller shall be galvanized standard weight
steel pipe with galvanized threaded cast iron
drainage fittings on drainage piping and
galvanized threaded standard weight malleable
iron! fittings ar.d on vent oir» ri�r. Ct
V. bI'Flli',a e cornecil.orla or: all wiper closets shall
tie na,de v-1th lend bonds or .as required .
c. Cler,nouts shall be installed at the base of
all lenders and stacks, at all chnnges of
direction and where elsewhere indicated or
noted on the drawings. All clennouts sha11 be
of the full size of the pipe up to and including
four inches iu d-ir,moter. Gle snouts on pipe
larger thin ! ir,che:; ir, d-ininc "er shall be 4
i !c1re:;. 'there ciennout, are used in connection
with pipirig 1,aried below floors, they shall be
polished nickel bronze deck plugs with scoriated
cover, sirnilnr to Jay it. Smith fugure 4085-6
Zurn No. Z-1326-10, or approved equal , and
vhp-ra cleano-O-s are concealed behind walls or
par ti ti„r,s , Li►ey sL-:11 t'e J r,y H. S-ni th f1 glen•
. 470-L, or approved equal , chromium plated bronze
wnl 1 cl ennoi(ts.
d. All floor drains shall be provided with approved
type "P" traps. fixture traps shall be is
hereinafter specified under Flumbing Fixtures.
e , All vents through roof shall be extended to a -
height of at least 1 ' -0" above roof. Contractor
shall ins tall flashing »nd flashing oouplings
for watertight installation. Base flashing is
provided for under another Section of the
Vpecification.
15h. 13 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
1T-B. 13.1 Pipe and fittings :
a. Unless otherwise noted, all hot and cold water
piping above grade shall be Type "L" copper
tubing with wrought solder fittings and brazed
joints and brazing alloy. All water piping
below grade shall be Type "K" copper with
brazed joints.
b- . L11 exposed water piping at plumbing fixtures
shall. be chromium plated standard weight brass
pipe with chro.ium plated threaded standard
weight cast brass fittings.
c, All water control valves shall be all bronze
gate valves with screw ends, non-rising stem,
r.nd malleable iron non-heat wheel handle ; all
of the 125 lb. water working pressure clns; .
d. Interior hose bibbs ::hall be heavy rough cast
Lra ss faucets with renewable composition washer,
3/4 hose end and malleable iron non-heat wheel
handle, similar and approved equal to -S-1ra-rtd-�rrd-
hB-1680. Hose bibbs shall be provided with
approved type vacuum bruicer as hereinafter
specified. '
e. Hose outlet vacuum breHkers shall have brass
bodies with split rubber valve, 3/4# female
hose inlet and 3/4 " male tinso outlet; similar
and approved equ :l to "Ormox" .
f. Exterior wall hydrants shall be cast brass
heavy duty, box type , non-freeze with hinged
locking device , renewable nylon seats, and "T"
handle key . Jocs,lrn i, o . 14101. , complete with
vaciiu1a hre•lker, and 1.1kaloy finish .
15B.14 IN SULATI OT:
15B.14.1 General:
a . Insulation shall be as manufactured by the Johns-
Manville Corporation or the Armostrong Cork
Company, Owens-Corning or Armstrong Co .
b. All pipe insulation shall be secured with
lacaugered bands; 2 bands at elbows, 2 bands
at tees and 3 bands per section of covering.
.2 Water Piping:
a. All valves and fittings on insulated cold aad
hot water piping shall be built up to full
thickness with plastic asbestos cement, finished
with a 1 /4" thick coat of hard finish asbestos
cement troweled smooth and pasted to 8 ounce
canvas jacket.
b. Pipe insulation shall consist of 2" thick
Fiberglass pipe insulation. It shall have a
factory Applied 8 ounce canvas jacket pasted ono
for hot water line;: nild a unite vapor barrier
jF cket for cold water lines, till secured with
aluminum bands 18" c. c:. and 411 wide joint
sealing strips.
c. All horizontal storm drain piping shall be
covered with L•" anti-sweat insulation similar
to insulation specified for cold water piping
al.ove .
15B.15 VALVES
15B.15. 1 This Contractor shall furnish all valves, of Jenkins
Bros. , manufacture, as may be required for the
proper control of the pipe lines installed under
these specifications, so that any fixture, line
or piece of apparatus inay be cut out for repair
without interference or interruption of the
service to the rest of the building. All water
valves shall be brass, 125 psi , stem rated:
Valves sha7 ` be Fig . 440 as manufactured by
Jenkins Brog.
15B.16 PLUMBING FIXTURES
15B.16.1 General :
n . Fixtures shall be best giirality regular selection
genuine white vitreous shine or acid-resisting,
enameled cast iron as hereinafter specified .
Fixtures shall be free from cracks, dents,
crazes, , chips, twists, discoloration, and other
defects and shall be in strictly first class
condition. All surfaces coming in contact with
walls or floors shall be ground flat . All
surfaces of enameled iron fixtures not required
to be enameled shall be given a coat of white
paint at the factory. All fixtures shall have
the manufacturer' s guarantee label or trademark,
indicating first quality . All acid resisting
enameled ware shall Year the manufacturer' s
symbol signifying acid-resisting material .
b. All exposed pipe , fittings, traps, escutcheons,
valves, valve handles and accessories, both above
and below all fixtures shall be test quality
satin finish chromium plr:tc:d brass . All water
supplies and drai.ncii;e nipples to wall, shall
have -set-screw escutcheons. All exposed fixture
traps shall have cleanout plugs. All supply
fixtures shall have renewable seats, composition
washers, and all. metal indexed handles. All
supply fixtures shallbr provided with either
integral or separate screw-driver or lock-
sHeld stoics.
During the course of co;,struction, :ill exposed
f i tt.i n-7 s Shell he properly covered x,i th vaseline
,i nd burlap and all fixtures shall be covered
with wooden protection housings . Then fixtures
Ind fittings shall Le uncovered and thoroughly
cleared when directed . All fixtures nhnll be
in perfect condition when turned over to the Owner
..t t.ho ::onp1r;• Lio,,. r=f the ,job rr,d any fixtures
noL in perfect condition at. Lho time, dLIC i,o
cor.:tructlon or nny other cause
ria:all be repl.%ced l,y tho'Contrractor, at no
additional cost to the Guner .
d. All sink and-,,lavatory trim shall be Delta or
approved equal .
I. S- ice
e) Provide chair carriers of approved type in the wall,
to properly and substantially support all wall hung water
closets, urinals and lavatories, Josam or approved equal.
15B.16.2 Water Closet, Type P-1
Wall hung, vitreous china elongated siphon jet closet complete
with wall carriers and east iron fittings. Black open front plastic
seat. C.P. 1 " flush valve with vacuum breaker (Delaney 402
AVE) Kohler K-4400 ETA Corwyn.
.3 Uri na I (Type P-2)
Wall hung, vitreous china complete with wall carriers, integral
trap, beehive strainer, 3/4" flush valve (Delaney 451-VB) 2"
outlet. Kohler 4980 - T Bardon.
.4 Lavatory (Type P-3)
Wall hung, vitreous china lavatory, complete with wall support,
and K-9000 1-1/4" x 1-1/2" C.P. "P" trap w/c.o., K-7606
3/8" C.P., Delta Model 520., supplies w/ stops, pop-up drain
and single lever fitting, supply fitting Delta Model 520, Kohler
No. K-2032 Greenwich,,20 x 18 punched for concealed arms.
.5 Lavatory(Type P-3A)
tuAC.t. _I4.uhI ' Mr-VL
.6 Service Sink-(Type P-5)
Enameled cast iron, with K-6673 trap standard with c.o. plug
and strainer, K-8895 brass faucet, pail hook, vacuum breaker
and threaded fitting with wall brace. Kohler K 6718-A Bannon,
24 x 20 with wall hangers.
i
.7 Water Cooler (Type P-4)
Semi - recessed in color as selected by Architect, stainless
steel receptor, complete with motor compressor 13 gph 50° F
water, 1/5 HP motor, 120 volt, brass c.p. bubbler Elkay
No. ESRA-13.
15B.17 TESTS FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS
15B.17.1 Before being backfilled, covered up or built-in, all systems
forming a part of the Plumbing work, shall be properly tested
in the presence of all authorities having jurisdiction, and as
required in connection with his test. All authorities having
jurisdiction shall be given proper notice and ample time before
all tests are made. A preliminary test shot I be made and prove
satisfactory before the final witnessing of the final test is re-
quested. Piping shall be restested as-often as necessary to
prove such work tight at the pressures and for the period speci-
fied. Defects disclosed by the tests shall be repaired, or if
required, the defective work shall be replaced with new work
without extra cost to the Owner.
.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the work of all other
contractors that may be disturbed or damaged by his tests or
the repair and replacement of the work and also shall cause
all work, so disturbed or damaged, to be restored to its original
condition at his own expense.
.3 The entire system of soils', wastes, vents, and horizontal
drains, including all branches, shall be tested by filling with
water so that entire system shall be subjected to a head of at
least 10 feet, at which condition the system shall show no
leaks.
.4 All domestic water piping shall be tested with water under a
` pressure of 125 lbs. per square inch at the base of the system
for two hours, at which condition it shall show no leaks.
L C3
15B.17.5 After all drainage connections have been made to
all fixtures and other equipment requiring samep
the drainage system shall be proven tight by a
smoke test. All traps shall be filled with water
and a thick penetrating smoke produced by a smoke
machine (chemical mixtures will not be allowed)
forced into the entire system at the base. As 'the
smoke appears at the roof openings, they shall be
closed tight and a pressure equivalent to 1" of uter
shall be applied at which condition the system
shall show no leaks.
15B.18 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
15B.18.1 As directed, the Contractor shall finally and
-thoroughly clean all fixtures, equipment, pipingtVWL
other exposed work. Cleaning work shall be done in
stages if so ordered to facilifate the work of
others. All traps, wastes and supplies shall be
shown to be free and unobstructed. All valves;
faucets and automatic control devices shall be
carefully adjusted for proper andquiet operation.
15B.19 PROTECTIVE PAINTING
15B.19.1 All galvanized or wrought iron pipe running or
through cinder fill, and all buried copper tubing
shall be painted with a heavy bituminous paint.
15B.20 DIELECTRIC ADAPTORS
15B.20.1 At all connections between ferrous and copper
piping provide and install dielectric adaptors.
� � -- f �
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
15B.22 SPRINKLER WORK
15B.22. 1 It is the declared intention to secure, complete and ready for
operation, a wet pipe sprinkler system throughout the- premises
including connection of proper size to existing main, piping,
fittings, valves, hangers, sleeves, sprinkler heads, test conn-
ections, drains, labor of installation, shop drawings, all permits
and approvals, testing and final CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL.
15B.22.2 MATERIALS -
a) All material shall be new and approved by U.L. Piping shall
be black steel , match existing building.
15B.22.3 SHOP DRAWINGS -
Contractor shall prepare shop drawings giving all dimensions and
connections, and pay for and secure the approval stamp on these
drawings from both the Fire Insurance Rating Organization and the
local authorities before starting installation.
25B.22.4 SPRINKLER HEADS -
a) Sprinkler heads shall be similar to those in the existing building
and mains will be concealed in the ceilings except in store rooms.
They shall be new and stamped- 175 degrees .
25B.22.5 DRAINS-
Shall be galvanized iron and shall discharge outside the building,
Install a 1" inspection test pipe.
15B.22.6 VALVES -
22 inches and over shall be iron body bronze mounted 175 pounds hanged,
OSEY, gate valves. Valves 2" and under shall be type approved for
sprinkler service.
15B.22.7 TESTS -
a) All pipes shall be flushed, and tested to test pressures of 200 psi
for 2 hours in presence of U.L. and Town Inspectors. All leaks shall
be repaired.
25B.22.8 VALVE SIGN -
Install on each control valve a properly lettered sign as required by
local authorities and U.L.. .
15B.22.9 PAINTING -
Contractor shall paint all piping, fittings and hangers with two (2)
coats of black asphaltum paint as per underwriters requirements.
20
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD - TOWNHALL ADDITION
15B.23 DRAINS
15B.23.1 Roof Drains shall be JOSAM 4463 orequac with beehive.
15B,23.2 Floor drain (3 inch) - ZURN No. 405 Cast Iron floor drain with
polished brass strainer.
15B.24 FLASHING
15B.24. 1 Provide 6 lb. sheet lead flashing at all floor drains on first
floor. Flashing shall extend 12" beyond edge of drain body on
all sides.
15B.25 ELECTRIC HOT WATER HEATER
15B.25.1 Hot water heater shall be galvanized, six (6) gallon capacity 1500 watt.
115 volt.
15B.25.2 Mount on suitable shelf over service sink. Pipe drain to sink.
15B.26 GUARANTEE
15B.26.1 The plumbing contractor shall quarantee for a period of one (1) year
from the date of final acceptance of the work, material and equipment
furnished and installed and shall replace any work or equipment without
charge which may become, as a result of defective work or materials, or
which may be damaged during the correction of defective work.
21
DIVISION NO . 15B DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATE PRICES REQUESTED
SECTION 15B. 27 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
.07 The contractor shall include on his bid form the cost of adding to, or
deducting from his base bid the following alternate work.
.02 The description of all workmanship and materials under the various sec-
tions of these specifications shall be understood as having the same meaning and
force when applied to similar workmanship and material in each alternate; same
shall be the best commercial grade in their respective kinds and as approved by
the Engineer.
.03 The conditions and terms of the BASIC SPECIFICATIONS shall govern
all the work in connection with all alternates.
.04 All materials and labor required for and incidental to the completion of
the work intended under each alternate specified shall be provided whether or not
specifically described herein. The Contractor shall do all cutting, patching,
finishing, adjusting, protecting and cleaning, and shall provide all materials
and perform all operation of work specified herein and relating work towards the
end that all work shall fit and come together properly to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
15B,27.1 ALTERNATE No. P-1
A) Contractor shall state the amount to add or deduct from the base
bid to use "TY-Seals" in lieu of lead and oakum joints on underground cast iron`
piping as specified.
15B.27.2 ALTERNATE No. P-2
A) Contractor shall state the amount to deduct from the base
bid to substitute Division V, Copper Piping in all above ground drainage and
vent piping.
15B.27.3 ALTERNATE No. P-3
A) Contractor shall state the amount to be added to base bid
to install underground pop-up lawn sprinklers in the lawn area directly south
of the new addition. Lawn area is approximately 1500 square feet. Match existing
pop-up sprinklers. A capped main is located on the existing lawn. This is to
be used as a water supply.
22
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE
TOWN OF SO UTHO LD TOWN HALL ADDITION
CONTRACT C
HEATING, VENTILATING, & AIR CONDITIONING
TOW N O F SO UTHO LD
S UFFO LK COUNTY
SO UTHO LD, NEW YORK
Greenman-Pedersen, Associates, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
100 West Main Street
Babylon, New York 11702
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
INDEX
DIVISION DESCRIPTION
15 Special Conditions for
HVAC, Plumbing and Electrical
Work
15A Heating, Ventilating and
Air Conditioning Specifications
15-1
t
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
LIST OF DRAWINGS
H-1 Heating, Ventilating and
Airconditioning Plan
HVPE - 2 Exist Basement, Schedules and
Details.
15-2
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
DIVISION - 15 A
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
TITLE SECTION
GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.1
NOTICE TO BIDDERS. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.2
WORK INCLUDED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.3
WORK BY OTHER TRADES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.4
EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.5
PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.6
PIPE SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.7
VALVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.8
AIR VENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.9
STRAINERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.10
HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A. 11
RADIATOR VALVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.12
UNIT HEATERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.13
SHEET METAL DUCK WORK. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.14
REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.15
AIR HANDLING UNITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A. 16
EXHAUST FAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.17
ELECTRICAL WORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A. 18
INSULATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.19
THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.20
TESTING AND ADJUSTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.21
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.22
LOUVERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.23
t
PLENUMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.24
15-3
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
DIVISION 15 A
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIRCONDITIONING
TITLE SECTION
FAN-COIL UNITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.25
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.26
GUARANTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.27
ALTERNATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15A.28
15-4
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
DIVISION 15 A
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
15A GENERAL
15A.1 . 1 Applicable provisions of Part I - Documents shall govern all work
under this Section. Refer to Special General Conditions for mechanical and elec-
trical trades.
15A.2 NOTICE TO BIDDERS
(a) The bidder shall, before submitting his proposal, examine the
Architectural, Heating, Ventilating, Electrical and Plumbing drawings and speci-
fications covering the work of other trades, so as to familiarize himself with the
character of the work as a whole and to enable him better to understand the rela-
tion and extend of the work with reference to the work of other trades.
(b) The drawings show schematically the approximate location of all
apparatus, pipes, ducts, air distribution devices, etc., the exact location of
which shall be subject to approval of the Architects and/or Owner, who reserve
the right to make, prior to installation, any reasonable changes in location indi-
cated without extra cost to the Owner.
(c) It is the intent of the contract drawings and these specifications to
provide a complete and operative system. Whether shown on the contract draw-
ings and/or included in the specifications or not, this Contractor shall furnish and
install all material, equipment and labor usually furnished with such systems, unless
specifically excluded in these specifications.
15A.3 WORK INCLUDED
This Contractor shall furnish all labor, material and appliances re-
quired for a complete heating and ventilating system, as shown on the drawings
including, but not limited to, the following principal items:
(a) Connections to existing heat-cool piping.
(b) Piping, fittings, valves hangers and supports.
(c) Fan/Coil Units, unit heaters and electrical heaters:
15-5
15A.3 WORK INCLUDED (Continued)
(d) Air handling units, chiller and condenser.
(e) Mechanical exhaust systems,
(f) Supply, return, exhaust and outside air sheetmetal duct work.
(g) Registers, grilles, diffusers.
(h) Insulation of piping and ductwork.
(i) Combination grfiie exhaust fan.
(j) Automatic temperature control and wiring.
(k) Hot water circulating pumps.
(I) Startup, tests and guaranties.
(m) Maintenance and Guarantee
15A.4 WORK BY OTHER TRADES
15A.4.1 The following principal items of work will be done under other
sections of the specifications.
(a) This Contractor will furnish motor starters, controls, electric heaters
and other electrical equipment as specified and required and deliver same to the
Electrical Contractor at job site for installation. The Heating Contractor shall be
held responsible for the correct installation and operation of all material furnished
by him under the contract.
(b) Finish painting.
(c) Plumbing work.
(d) Patching, unless otherwise noted.
(e) Concrete foundations and pads, unless otherwise noted.
(f) Temporary heating.
(g) Electric power wiring.
(h) Door louvers.
15-6
15A. 5 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION
15A. 5. 1 All expansion in horizontal lines shall be by means of expansion loops
every 100 LF anchoring to building structure. Where pipe I ines join or where
branches occur, make provision for expansion of both lines.
15A. 5.2 Expansion joints shall be used wherever expansion loops are not possi-
ble.' Expansion joints shall be Packless type, stainless steel seamless bellows, with
anchors and guides as required, as manufactured by Fulton-Sylphon, Flexonics or
Keflex. ' " '
15A..6 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
15A. 6. 1 All horizontal piping shall be securely supported by means of adjust-
able type hangers having bolted-hinged loops. Hangers shall be placed on centers
not exceeding seven feet.
15A. 6.2 Hangers secured to concrete sections shall be by means of expansion
..bolts or•other approved methods. Where required to provent transmission of vibra-
tion to any part of the building structure, provide vibration eliminator hangers of
Vibration Eliminatory Company or Vibration Mountings' manufacturer.
15A. 6.3 All piping subject to stresses shall be anchored. Anchors shall be
located where indicated on the drawings, and where necessary to control the direc-
tion and the movement of the pipe. Piping at all equipment and control valves,
etc., shall be supported so that equipment, valves, etc., can be removed without
further supporting and piping and with minimum dismantling. Piping shall not in-
troduce any strains or distortion in the connected equipment. Pipe groups for heat-
ing shall be run parallel with pipe of other trades and wherever practical all piping
shall be suppored on common group hangers'.
15A. 7 PIPE SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS
15A. 7 1 This Contractor shall install standard weight black,steel pipe sleeves
around all piping where some passes through masonry floors, walls, partitions, etc.
Pipe sleeves in walls and partitions shall be of such length as to be flush at each
finished surface. Pipe sleeves in floors shall extend one inch above the finished
floor level. Where pipes are covered, sleeves shall be large enough to accommodate
piping only, and insulation carried up to sleeve. Provide one piece chromium plated
solid brass escutcheon plates around all exposed pipes passing through walls, floors
and partitions..
15A. 8 VALVES
15A. 8.1 This Contractor shall furnish and install all-valves and cocks indicated
on the drawings and/or herein specified, and as required for proper operation or con
trol of the system. Valves shall be of full size of line in which they are installed.
All valves shall be gates unless specifically specified to be otherwise. Globe
valves shall be used for throttling service.
15-7
i5A.8.2! All valves shall be of Jenkins or Fairbanks manufacture, similar to
the following Jenkins Valves designated for a minimum steam working pressure of
125 lbs. per square inch in ga., and a minimum non-shock cold water pressure of
150 lbs per square inch in ga., Gate valves under 3" in size, shall be of all bronze
construction. All valves shall have rising stems. Glove valves shall be of all bronze
construction with screwed connections and renewable compositiondiscs suitable for
the pressures and temperatures to be encountered. Balancing cocks shall be of all
bronze construction. Cocks.shall have screwed connections with removable operat-
ing handles. One handle shall be-furnished for each cock installed. Check valves
shall be of full size of lines in which they are installed, shall be of all bronze con-
struction and designed for the same pressures and temperatures as specified for hand
valves for the system pressures and temperatures to be encountered.
15A. 8.3 All Bronze Gates Figure 62 (Rising Spindle) -
All Bronze Globes Figure 106A (Composition Discs)
All Bronze Checks Figure 352 (Composition Discs)
15A.8.4 Provide 3/4" drain valves with hose ends in the hot water system at
all low points at pumps, piping, coils, etc., and as indicated on the drawings.
15A.8.5 Balancing valves shall be of all bronze construction. Valves shall
have screwed connections with removal operating handles. One handle shall be
furnished for each valve installed. Check valves shall be of full size of lines in
which they are installed, shall be of all bronze construction and designed for the
same pressures and temperatures as specified for hand valves for the system pres-
sures and temperature to be encountered.
15A. 8.6 Automatic valves shall be as specified under"Automatic Controls" .
15A. 9 AIR VENTS
15A. 9. 1 Automatic air vents shall be used in hung celings. All automatic
air vents shall be Bell & Gossett Types 7 and 67. All vents installed in cabinet
units, finned pipe, etc., shall be of the manual operated type. All vents con-
cealed from view shall be readily accessible through access doors. Manual vents
shall be Bell & Gossett Model 4V,.
15A. 10 STRAINERS
15A. 10. 1 Furnish and install strainers in hot water heating system before
pumps, coils and in locations shown on plans. Strainers shall be full line size,
of the r it pattern, 125 lbs. cast iron, with removable brass strainer and blow
off valve, Sarco or approved equal .
15A. 11 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS
15A.11.1 Hot water circulating pumps shall be in-fine type, sizes and capa-
cities as indicated on drawings. Pumps shall be flanged, bronze fitted, balanced
impeller and integral motor. Pumps shall be series 60 or 80 as manufactured by
ITT Bell & Gossett. Pumps shall be independently supported with separate and
individual hanger rods. Provide.pressure gauges at the inlet and discharge of
each pump.
15-8
15A.,12 RADIATOR VALVES
15A. 12.1 At all connectors, finned element, and the cabient heater, pro-
vide a packless type radiation valve, with non-ferrous handle on the hot water
supply piping connection. On the return connection providing a square head
balancing valve. Valves shall be as manufactured by Sarco or Trane Company.
15A. 13 UNIT HEATERS
15A. 13.1 Furnish and install hot water unit heaters in the locations and capa-
cities as shown on the drawings.
15A. 13.2 The unit heaters shall be of the horizontal or vertical propeller type,
complete with casing, heating coil and adjustable double deflecting louvers. Unit
heaters shall be quiet in operation, shall have casing surfaces rust protected with
bonderizing and shall be provided with a prime coat of paint. Unit heaters shall
be as manufactured by Trane, Modine or Nesbitt, or Ming.
15A. 13.3 A room thermostate shall be furnished to control each respective
unit heater. Thermostates shall have a range of 400 to 80°, shall be provided
with an approved locking device.
15A. 13.4 Furnish and install a reverse-acting aquastat to prevent unit opera-
tion when hot water is not passing through the heater.
15A. 13.6 Wiring to each unit heater motor and its controls will be furnished
and installed by the Electrical Contractor.
15A, 14 SHEET METAL DUCT WORK
15A 14.1 Furnish and install the size, connections and runs of ducts as indi-
cated on the drawings. While the drawings shall be adhered to as closely as pos-
sible, the right is reserved to vary the run and size of ducts during the progress of
the work if required to meet structural conditions. The Sheet Metal Contractor
shall install all ductwork in strict adherence to the ceiling height schedules indi-
cated on the Architect's drawings. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall consult with
the Heating, Electric and Plumbing Contractors, and shall in conjunction with the
above contractors, establish the necessary space requirements for each trade. The
sheet metal duct work shall, whether indicated or not, rise and/or drop to clear
any and all conduits, lighting fixtures, plumbing and heating mains to maintain
the desired celing heights.
15A. 14.2 The ductwork shall be continuous, shall be built in a strong workman-
like manner, with airtight joints, presenting a smooth surface on the inside and
neatly finished on the outside. Ducts shall be constructed with curves and bends
so as to effect an easy flow of air. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, the
inside radius of all curves and bends shall be not less than the width of ducts in
plane of bend. All ductwork shall be constructed in accordance with ASHRAE
recommendations.
15-9
PB-HG
15A- 14 SHEET METAL DUCT WORK (Continued)
15A- 14.3 Ducts shall be made of not less than the following weights:
USSG Maximum Side Inches Type of Transverse Joint Bracing
24 up to 24 S. Drive, Pocket or Bar slips, or None
7 feet 10 inches center
22 24 to 60 1-1/2" angle connections or 1-1/2"xl-1/2"xl/8"
1-1/2" Bar Si ips with 1-3/8" angles 4 feet from
Bar Reinforcing on 7'-10" joint
centers.
15A . 14.4 All mitered elbows in locations shown on the drawings, and where
required, shall be provided with hollow vanes having -different inside and outside
curvatures, and shall be as manufactured by Duro-Dyne or other approved.
15A .14.5 At each main branch take-off and in such other locations where re-
quired to properly balance the systems, furnish and install volume dampers which
will be operated by indicating quadrants and set screws for adjusting the system.
15A • 14.6 Furnish and install in duct work in locations shown on the drawings
and/or where required by local ordinances, a weight acutated, single blade, fire
damper as approved by the State authorities and the N.B.F.U. Provide all neces-
sary access doors in ductwork and in hung ceilings or furring, for access to the fusi-
ble link on each fire damper.
15A. 14.7 Furnish and install in the intake of all exhaust fans, automatic multi-
leaf dampers arranged to open when the fan starts and to close when the fan stops.
Also furnish automatic dampers behind the boiler room fresh air intake louver.
Damper blades shall not be wider than 12 inches, shall be complete with heavy
angle iron frames, connecting and operating links , brass trunnions, and bronze
bearings. Dampers, unless otherwise noted, shall be fabricated with- not less than
016 gauge sheet steel. Blades shall overlap and shall be provided with continuous
stops on all four sides of dampers to prevent leakage. Blades shall be primed with
approved galvanized iron primer and shall be painted at the factory with one (1)
coat of approved black asphaltum paint, and shall be asairianufactured by Duro-
Dyne. Furnish and install in all ducts, where required for'd,ccess, to dampers,
coils, fan bearings, volume controls, etc., suitable sized access doors with _
hinges and cam.fasteners, 12" x 12" minimum size.
15A . 15 REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS
1,5A. 15. 1 exhaustan •
Standard d return registers shall be Carnes Model 1600,
with key operator and off-white finish.
15A. 15.2 Standard supply register I shall be Carnes Model 200 H with damper
-and off-white finish.
15A. 15.3 Approved manufacturers: Carnes, Tutle & Bailey, Titus.
15-10
15A. 16 AIR HANDLING UNITS
15A.16.1 Furnish and install at locations shown and of sizes and capacities
( indicated, air handling units. Units shall be -insulated horizontal or vertical
mounted, as indicated, and shall be complete with sectionalized fan and coil
sections.
15A.16.2 Fans shall be double inlet, centrifugal backward inclined, with arease
lubricated fan bearings and variable pitch pulleys.
15A.16.3 Water coils shall be pitched, inside casing and tested for 250 psi .
15A.16.4 Filter section shall be flat type (except as noted) with 2" thick filters.
15A. 16.5 Unit shall be York, Trane Company "Torrivent" or equal .
15A.17 EXHAUST FAN
15A.17.1 Furnish and install where shown on drawings an exhaust fan for toilet
exhaust complete with plenium, selfacing damper, motor controls, local disconnect
switch.
15A.17.2 Combination ceiling grill shall be complete with back-draft damper, wall
jack, and controls.
15A.18 ELECTRICAL WORK
15A.18. 1 All motors 1/2 HP and larger, shall be squirrel cage 3 phase, 60 cycle,
208 volt. All motors below 1/2 HP shall be single phase, 60 cycle, 115 volt. Out-
door motors shall be weatherproof.
15A.18.2. Starters for all single phase motors shall be equal to Westinghouse,
Class 10-023, 1 pole in NEMA-1 enclosure with overload protection and with pilot
light cover. All necessary relays shall be provided for automatic operation of
single phase motors. Starters for all 3 phase manually operated motors, shall be
equal to Westinghouse Class 11-204 in NEMA-1 enclosure with push buttons and pilot
light in cover and fusible disconnect switch. Starters for all 3 phase automatically
operated motors, shall be equal to Westinghouse Class 11-204 in NEMA-1 enclosure, with
"Hand-Off-Automatic Switch" and pilot light in cover, and fusible disconnect switch.
15A.18.3 The Heating Contractor shall furnish and set in place all motors required for
equipment under this section, and shall furnish to the Electrical Contractor starters
for all motors. All starters shall be the product of one manufacturer. The Electrical
Contractor will install all starters, and will provide all power wiring.
This Contractor will provide temperature control and interlocking wiring.
15-11
15A. 19 INSULATION
15A, 19,1 Furnish and install thermal insulation for the following systems:
(a) Hot water heating piping - supply and return.
(b) Air supply and return duct.
(c) Outside air intake duct work.
15A. 19.2 General:
(a) Insulation shall be installed in a smooth, clean workmanlike manner.
Joints shall be airtight and finished smooth. Insulation shall be applied to piping
only after all testing has been completed and approved. Where insulated piping
is subject to movement and supported on roller hangers, steel protection saddles shall
be provided and weled to the pipe. Saddles shall be filled with asbestos cement.
(b) Insulation shall not be installed on pipe and black metal until the
surface has received a prime coat of paint as hereinafter specified.
(c) All insulation and coverings shall meet the requirements of the FBFU.
(d) All insulation materials shall be manufactured by Owens-Corning
Fiberglass Corporation or Johns-Manville Corporation.
15A. 19.3 Duct Work:
(a) Rectangular - All air supply and return ducts from fan discharge to
air outlets and all outside air intakes shall be externally insulated with 1-1/2"
thick fiberglass PF 336 flexible vapro-seal duct insulation R-8 with density of
1 lb. per cubic foot with reinforced foil faced flame resistant draft, tied on
with tying cord. Seal all breaks and joints with a 4" aluminum foil strip ad-
hered with Benjamin Foster 81-99 or approved equal adhesive, applied as
recommended by this manufacturer. All ducts exposed to view shall be additionally
covered with 1-1/2" Mil thick PVF Tedlar film. Film shall be sealed with tape.
Film shall be color coded for supply, return and outside air.
15A. 19.4 Piping:
(a) All hot water supply and return piping shall be covered with 1"
Fiberglass sectional pipe insulation flame-safe AP-T as manufactured by Owens-
Corning Fiberglass Corporation or equal. All pipe insulation shall be provided
with a factory-applied pressure sensitive tape jacket which shall be lapped and
sealed over all seams and joints. Pipe fittings and valves, except unions, shall
be covered with molded Fiberglass pipe fitting insulation of Fibrous Glass Products,
Inc. All joints in pipe insulation shall be secured by aluminum bands placed on 18"
centers with one band at each joint.
15-12
15A. 20 THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES
15A .20:1(a) In-Line thermometers for liquid for all locations shown on contract
drawings shall be of the adjust angle industrial type,—mercury filled, red reading
column, 9" with separate socket and with glazed scale. Case shall be nickel
plated. Thermometers shall be as manufactured by Weksler, Ashcroft, Ashron,
U .S. Gauge.
(b) Gauges shall be furnished and installed in the discharge and suction
of all pumps. Range shall be two times normal working pressure. Gauges shall be
4" diameter, painted iron brass case, brass trim and glass over face complete with
shutoff cock. Gauges shall be as manufactured by Ashron, Weksler or Ashcroft,
U .S. Gauge.
K 15A. 21 TESTING AND ADJUSTING
15A. 21. 1 Upon completion of work, this Contractor shall remove protective
coverings, clean and oil equipment clean and flush all piping. This Contractor
shall test all controls, equipment and HV units and leave all equipment in perfect
working condition.
15A. 21.2 This Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials , equipment, meters,
instruments, temporary connections and all necessary accessories required for per-
forming all specified tests.
15A. 21.3 All piping, coils,-etc., carrying pressures of less than 100 psi shall
be hydrostatically tested to 150 psi. Test shall be of four hours duration, during
which time piping shall show no leaks and during which time no sealing of leaks
will be permitted. Where any evidence of stoppage is found in piping, equipment
duck work, etc., the Contractor shall disconnect, clear, repair and reconnect all
obstructed piping, duct work, equipment, etc., and shall bear all expenses for
necessary cutting and repairs to adjoining work.
15A. 21.4 All systems herein specified shall be free from defective workman-
ship and materials under normal use and service. If within one year from date of
acceptance by the Owner and of the equipment herein described is proved to be
deflective in workmanship or material, it will be replaced or repaired by this
Contractor, free of charge.
15-13
15A.21 TESTING AND ADJUSTING (Continued)
15A.21.5 All air systems shall be balanced and tested with an anemometer
as required to provide desired CFM for each supply or return air device.
15A.22 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Contractor shall furnish to Custodian three (3) sets of operating
and maintenance instructions covering and including all shop drawings, manuals,
and the maintenance and operations of the rooftop units, pumps, fans, fan coil
units, incremental Air Conditioning Units, condensing unit and temperature
control systems, In addition, neatly frame one (1) set of control diagrams
and maintenance and operating instructions.
15A.23 LOUVERS
15A.23. 1 Louvers shall be installed by General Contractor. This Contractor shall
furnish and be responsible as to the correct size and location of each respective
louver.
15A.23.2 Required dampers shall be furnished and installed by this Contractor.
Louvers shall be extruded aluminum, with screen all welded construction, 7"
wide, stormproof type 117-304-C as manufactured by Louvers and Dampers, Inc.
15A.24 PLENUMS
15A.24. 1 Furnish and install all metal plenums as required for outdoor intakes,
and filters, supply fans and gravity exhaust units.
15A.24.2 All metal housing shall be constructed of No. 18 U.S.S. gauge galvanized
steel sheets, reinforced. Additional angles shall be provided wherever necessary
to prevent vibration.
15A.25 FAN-COIL UNITS
15A.25. 1 Furnish and install Fan-Coil Units of capacity as shown on the drawings.
Casing shall have baked enamel finish with rust-resistent hardware.
15A.25.2 Units shall be complete with coil , fans, filters and enclosures as
manufactured by I.T.7. Nesbitt, Trane or Modine, or approved equal . Motors
shall be permanent split capacitor.
15A.25.3 Cabinet Heaters shall be free-standing front enclosure, Unit shall be
thermostatically controlled.
15A.25.4 Provide drain pan piping/
15A.25.5 Provide two(2) speed switch control and thermostat for each- unit/
15-14
15A.26 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
15A.26.1 General :
(a) Furnish a complete electric electronic system temperature control
as manufactured by Honeywell , Inc. After completion of the installation, the
automatic control contractor shall adjust all thermostats, control valve motors and
other equipment provided under this contract. He shall place them in complete operating
condition subject to the approval of the Engineer. The control contractor shall
guarantee the system and provide free service for a period of one (1) year from the
completion of the job.
15A.26.2 Installation:
(a) Electric Wiring: All wiring in connection with the automatic
control system shall be furnished and installed by, this Contractor.
(b) Valves and Dampers: All automatic control valves and dampers shall
be furnished by the automatic control contractor and installed under his supervision
by the Heating Contractor. All dampers for modulating service shall be of the
opposed type, and all dampers for two position action shall be parallel bladed.
Dampers for outside air service shall be neoprene edged for tight shut off.
(c) Heating pump shall be operated by AQUASTAT.
(d) Unit Heater Control : A space thermostat shall operate the unit fan
to maintain its setting. Provide reverse acting aquastat to prevent fan operation
if water temperature is below its setting.
(e) Fan-Coil Control : Intergral thermostat shall control the output
of the cabinet heater to maintain its setting.
(g) Air handling Unit:
1. Fan shall start through a seven dayclock. Provide a separate
on-off-auto switch to overcall operation of clock.
2. Outside air dampers shall open to minimum setting when fan starts
and shall be closed when fan is off.
3. A space thermostat shall control a modulating valve to maintain
discharge temperature (65 degrees F. )
4. Outdoor air thermostat shall index system for natural cooling.
Provide a "freezestat" "Firestat" to stop fans and close outside air dampers if
either of thier settings are reached.
5. Summer-Day: On fan start minimum damper shall open. Maximum
outdoor air damper shall colse and return air damper shall open (Air Handling
Units #2 and 4).
(h) Provide night setback to cycle circulatory pumps.
15-15
15A.27 GUARANTEE
15A.27.1 The HVAC Contractor shall guarantee for a period of one
year from the date of final acceptance of the work, all materials
and equipment furnished and installed and shall replace any work
or equipment without charge which may become, as a result of defective
work or materials, or which may be damaged during the correction of
defective work.
15A.27.2 The Contractor shall provide as part of his guarantee, full
service of all equipment, including changing of filters, lubrication
and maintenance.
DIVISION NO . 15A DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATE PRICES
SECTION 15A.'28 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS $ CONDITIONS
.01 The contractor shall include on his bid form the cost of adding to, or
deducting from his base bid the following alternate work.
.02 The description of all workmanship and materials under the various sec-
tions of these specifications shall be understood as-having the same meaning and
force when applied to similar workmanship and material in each altemate; some
shall be the best commercial grade in their respective kinds and as approved by
the Engineer.
.03 The conditions and terms of the BASIC SPECIFICATIONS shall govern
all the work in connection with all alternates.
.04 All materials and labor required for and incidental to the completion of
the work intended under each alternate specified shall be provided whether or not
specifically described herein. The Contractor shall do all cutting, patching,
finishing, adjusting, protecting and cleaning, and shall provide all materials
and perform all operation of work specified herein and relating work towards the
end that all work shall fit and come together properly to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
15A.28. 1
A. There are no alternates.
15-16
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL ADDITION
CONTRACT D
ELECTRICAL
TOWN OF SO UT HO LD
S UFFO LK COUNTY
SO LITHO LD, NEW YORK
Greenman-Pedersen, Associates, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
100 West Main Street
Babylon, New York 11702
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWP'HALL ADDITION
INDEX
DIVISION SECTION
15 Special Conditions
Fcr HVAC, Plumbing
and Electrical Work
16 Electrical
D-1
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
LIST OF DRAWINGS
E-1 ELECTRICAL PLANS
HVPE-2 EXIST BASEMENT,
SCHEDULES AND
DETAILS
D-2
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL ADDITION
DIVISION 16
ELECTRICAL
TITLE SECTION
General Conditions 16.1
Scope of Work 16.2
Work Not Included 16.3
Hangers and Anchors 16.4
N. Expansion Joints 16.5
Sleeves 16.6
F lashings and Weatherproofing 16.7
Temporary Light and Power 16.8
Electric Service 16.9
Spare Number 16.10
Grounding 16.11
Panelboards and Circuit Breakers 16.12
Raceways 16.13
Pull Boxes and Junction Boxes
16.14
Outlet Boxes 16.15
Motor and Motor Control Wiring 16.16
Safety Switches 16.17
Conductors 16.18
Receptacles 16.19
Switches 16.20
Device Plates 16.21
Exit Lighting System 16.22
Emergency Lighting System 16.23
Timers 16.24
Telephone System 76.25
Fire Alarm System 16.26
Lighting Fixtures 16.27
Guarantee 16.28
Al ternates 16.29
D-3
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
TOWN OF SOUTHOLD TOWNHALL AilDTTTOIV--
fb.l G€N€RAL
Applicable provisions of Part I - Documerts shall govern all work
under this Section.
.2 The special conditions for H &V, plumbing and electrical work is
a part of these specifications.
16.2 SCOPE OF WORK -
The work of this Section consists of the furnishing of all labor,
materials and equipment necessary and required for the complete operating
installation of the various systems included under the electric work. The work '
shall include, but not be limited to the following:
A. Without Restricting the generality of the foregoing, and
for the convenience of the Contractor, the following items are
listed:
B. Service from existing building.
C. Light and Power distribution system, including panelboards. '
D. Lighting system, emergency lighting.
E. Motor and Motor Control Wiring.
F. Receptacles, Switches, Disconnect Switches, Outlet Boxes,
Device Plates.
G. Branch Circuit Wiring
-H. Conductors and Raceways.
r
D-4
16.2 SCOPE OF WORK (Continued)
I• Grounding
J. Fire Alarm System.
K. Telephone Service, Outlets and Empty Conduit System.
L. Sleeves, inserts, hangers and anchors.
�M., Final Connections to equipment furnished by others.
16.3 WORK NOT INCLUDED:
16.3.1 The following related items of work will be done by others:
1 . Primary connection at the pole.
2. Furnishing transformers.
3. Furnishing of public utility meters.
4. Furnishing motors and controllers
5. Furnishing public telephone instruments and wiring.
6. Thermostats (Wiring shall be done by Electrician)
16.4 HANGERS AND ANCHORS
16.4.1 All raceways shall be supported from the bui(ding structure
by means of approved type hangers, clamps or straps as condi-
tions require. This excludes raceways concealed in concrete
slabs.
16.4.2 Hangers, clamps or straps shall be securely anchored to building's
structure by means or bolts or inserts as required.
16.4.3 Raceways shall be supported at intervals or not over 10 feet for
1-1/4" and larger , 8 feet for 1 " and 3/4", and 6 feet for 1/2'
16.5 EXPANSION JOINTS
16.5.1 All raceways crossing expansion joints shall be placed so as to
compensate for movement of one part of the structure in relation to another and
shall have an expansion fitting inserted wherever same crosses such a joint in
the structure.
16.5.2 Set the insulating bushing in the center of the fitting so as to allow
a 2 inch movement in either direction: Expansion heads shall be sealed by a
high grade graphite packing.
D-5
16.5 EXPANSION JOINTS (Continued)
16.5.3 Provide each fitting with a copper bonding jump-, with one loop of
jumper placed in the mastic joint.
16.5.4 Above hung ceilings, a section.of flexible steel conduit will be per-
mitted.
16.6 SLEEVES
16.6.1 Provide conduit sleeves in connection with all conduit pacing through
concrete walls and floor slabs. Sleeves shal I be set in concrete construction before
pouring and shall be waterproof type. Locate, set and anchor all sleeves in a sub-
stantial manner so that they will not become displaced.
16.6.2 Where conduits pass through exterior foundation walls or slab on
ground. Sleeves shall be provided and set under this contract. Sleeves in
exterior of building walls below grade shall be installed with approved caulk-
ing between sleeves and conduit to make it waterproof.
16.6.3 Conduit sleeves shall extend past walls or above floors at least 2 inches.
The space between sleeves and conduit passing through them shall be amply sufficient
to permit conduit expansion and contraction and precaution shall be used so as to
prevent concrete, plaster, etc., being forced between risers and sleeves.
16.7 FLASHINGS AND WEATHERPROOFING
16.7.1 Provide weatherproof flashing at all conduits extending through the
roof and at all roof mounted equipment.
16.7.2 Flashing shall be done in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and
shall meet with the approval of the roofing contractor.
16.8 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER
16.8.1 Provide and fully maintain all facilities for temporary power and
light within the premises of the building and in the construction area during the
entire building period, for all working purposes and for safety of all personnel.
The Contractor shall install temporary meter and make all arrangements with power
company for temporary construction service. General Contractor shall pay all
energy charges incurred by use of temporary power.
D-6
16.8 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER (Continued)
16.8.2 Provide al I necessary materials and labor to make power connections
for 3-phase as well as single phase equipment machines,electric hand tools, etc.
as used by all trades, including floor finishing machines of any size that may be
used, terrazzo grinders, electric welding equipment, heating-blower equipment,
well pumps,etc. Temporary lighting at construction shanties shall be available
at all times. Provide full time safety lighting of corridors and the stairs.
.3 Furnish all labor needed to keep this temporary system energized
during the entire standard period of daily working day of all trades.
.4 Provide distribution cabinets with fused circuits, local fuse boxes,
feeders, branch circuit wiring and sockets, lamps and lock type lamp guards
distributed for adequate general working light and not less than one 150 watt
lamp for every 1000 square feet of space or 100-watt lamp for 700 square feet.
.5 Provide all connections, repairs, replacements and maintenance as
requested by all trades.
.6 Provide and maintain trailers, with 40 feet of rubber covered wire,
lock-type lamp guard, 100 watt lamp, plug cap, etc., as required.
.7 Permanent service shall be installed as soon as General Construction
progress permits and may be used for temporary light and power.
.8 Each section of temporary light or power facilities shall remain as
Fong as it is needed or until it is replaced by permanent facilities.
16.9 ELECTRICAL SERVICE
16.9.1 Furnish an electric service.
(a) ' The electric service shall be from the existing main
distribution panel as shown on the plans.
D-7
16.10 (Spare Plumber)
16.11 GROUNDING
16.11 .1 Provide complete permanent and adequate "System" and "Equipment"
grounding. Size of ground conductor shall be as required to suit the conditions.
.2 This Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary for
grounding connections as required by the National Electrical Code. State or
local laws or ordinances and the Power Co. This includes the grounding of all
apparatus furnished under other sections and/or by the Owner, but installed or
connected by this Contractor.
.3 Exposed, non-current carrying metal parts of fixed equipment which
are liable to become energized, shall be grounded under any of the following
conditions;
a) Where equip, wi-I is supplied by means or metal-clad wiring.
b) Where equipment is located in a wet location and is not
isolated.
c) Where equipment is located within reach of a person who
can make contact with any grounded surface or object.
D-8
16.11 GROUNDING (Continued)
16.11 .1 d) Where equipment is located within the reach of someone on
the ground.
e) Where equipment operates with any terminal 120 volts to ground
or greater.
f) Where equipment is in electrical contact with metal or metal
lath.
16.12 PANELBOARDS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
By: G.E. Westinghouse or square " '
16.12.1 Provide surface or flush mounting type panelboards as indicated on the
plans. Connectors shall be compression type suitable for copper conductors. Pro-
vide flush combination catch and locks on each door, all of which shall be operable
from the same master key.
.2 Panelboards shall be mounted in enclosing cabinets, consisting of a
code gauge sheet steel box, having a trim and door. Boxes shall be manufactured
from commercial hot dipped galvanized sheet steel with corners lapped and riveted.
Trim shall be manufactured from one piece of full finish sheet steel. Doors shall
have concealed hinges. Finishes shall be light grey enamel.
.3 A directory holder wi th correct typewritten list of circuits shall be in-
cluded with all panelboards, and shall be mounted in steel frames with plastic covers.
.4 Panelboards shall be of the dead front phase sequence circuit breaker
type construction, with each circuit number clearly identified by means of letters,
and rated 120/208 volts, 3 - phase, 4-wire, full neutral.
.5 Circuit breakers fro lighting panelboards shall be of molded case, auto-
matic quick-make, quick break, thermal-magnetic type. They shall indicate whether
the handle is in the "ON", "OFF" or "TRIPPED" position. Multi-pole breakers shall
be internal common trip type. Breaker shall be single-pole, two and three pole types,
of trip sizes as indicated in the schedule on the plans.
.6 Circuit breakers shall be 3-pole, 2 pole and single pole as required for
each application. All 400 AMP circuit breakers shall be L fv air ie . All
100 AMP circuit breakers shall'be "E" frame and all 50 AMP circuit breakers shall
be "Q" frame. All panels shall be equipped with a full size neutral bus with terminals
and pressure type lugs.
D-9
16.12 PANELBOARDS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS (Continued)
.7 Main distribution panel shall be of QMQB type panel .
.8 Sub-panels steal I be of a type whi ch wil I wi thstand the maxi mum
fault current available through fusing at main C/B .
.9 Fusing of equipment shall be constructed to prevent a fault
current greater than equipments capacity.
.10 At no time shall a fault current feed by the sub-panel be capable
of disrupting the main service fusing.
.11 Distribution Panelboards
a) The distribution panelboard shall be the manufacturer's
standard design, suitable for operation on a 115/208 volt, 3-Phase, 4-wire
secondary distribution system. They shall be in accordance with the panel
board schedule given on the plans indicating size, capacity, number of poles,
number of circuits, etc. Panelboards shall be deadfront type equipped with auto-
matic circuit breakers as manufactured by Westinghouse AB De-Ion Type I-T-E,
or approved equal, quick-make, quick-break on manual operation, trip-free,
with inverse time characteristics.
b) Frame types shall be as indicated on the panelboard schedule.
All multi-pole breakers shall be so designed that an overload in one pole auto-
matically causes all poles to open.
c) The mounting pan on which circuit breaker, buses, etc.,
are mounted shall be of rigid construction, to insure against damage during ship-
ment and installation. This reinforcing may be in the form of flanging of the back
pan for the entire length of the pan, or a flat back pan with angle iron securely
fastened to both sides. All screws and bolts used for making copper connections
shall be equipped with approved lock washer to prevent loosening. Riveted bus
connections will not be acceptable.
d) Complete panelboard assembly shall be so designed that
any individual breaker can be removed without disturbing adjacent units. Bus
bars shall be securely fastened to bases and shall not depend upon breakers for
support.
e) Current-carrying parts shall be based on a density of 800
amperes per square inch and 100 amperes per square inch for fixed contact sur-
faces. All parts shall be copper.
fl Cabinet boxes shall be fabricated from commercial hot-
galvanized sheet steel suitable for bending with a minimum of flaking of the
galvanized material. Box gauges shall conform to the underwriters laboratories
requirements except that in no case shall material lighter than #14 gauge be
D-10
16.12 PANELBOARDS, AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS (Continued)
.11 Distribution Panelboards (Continued)
fl
used. The boxes shall be provided with gutters sized in accordance with the
schedule on the plans.
g) Panelboard fronts shall be made of cold-rolled sheet steel in
accordance with gauges as required by the underwriters laboratories except that in
no case shall sheet steel of less than 012 gauge be used. All materials shall be
properly cleaned and trim shall be finished with one prime coat and at least one
coat of light gray lacquer. Trims shall be provided with an angle support which
engages the flange of the box and shall be fastened to the boxes by means of
approved clamps. The use of screws engaging holes in the flange of the box
for fastening trim will not be acceptable. All trims shall have doors equipped
with flush-type combination lock and catch.
h) Doors shall have flush hinges and corbin lock. Inside of
the door shall be_provided with a typewritten directory in a metal frame with
transparent plastic cover.
i) Panelboards shall be supported by means of flush floor to
ceiling channels fastened securely to the building structural work.
16.12.12 Lighting Panelboards
a) Lighting panelboards shall be the manufacturer's standard
design suitable for operation on system as specified. The panelboards shall be in
accordance with the panelboard schedule shown on the plans, which indicates
details of size, capacity, number of poles, number of circuits, etc.
b) Panelboards shall be dead front type equipped with fixed
type I-T-ECircuit Breaker Co. Type "EQ", Westinghouse "Quicklag" or approved
equal circuit breakers. Panelboards shall be as manufactured by General Electric,
Federal Pacific, Square D.
16.13 RACEWAYS
16.13.1 Branch circuit raceways for light and power may be rigid gal-
vanized steel or aluminum conduit, electric metallic tubing in accordance with
the job conditions, national, state and local codes. Minimum trade size for
home runs 3/4", all other 1/2" except where otherwise noted. All home runs
and feeders shall be in rigid or EMT.
D-11
16.13 RACEWAYS (Continued)
16.13.2 All raceways installed shall be placed parallel (or perpendicular)
to walls and ceilings using fittings and shall be installed in a workmanlike manner.
No raceways shall be run exposed in finished areas.
16.130-3 The routing of raceways and locations or outlets and panels shown
on the plans is'diagrammatic only, and subject to such normal modifications (without
extra cost to the owner) as conditions may necessitate.
.4 the ends of raceways where entering boxes shall be fitted with
galvanized locknuts and bushings.
16.14 PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES
16.14.1 Pull boxes and junction boxes shall be made of code gauge steel
with screw covers. Sizes shall be as required or as indicated on the plans.
16.15 OUTLET BOXES
16.15.1 At every outlet shown on the plans, install a galvanized steel
outlet box complete with cover. Set all boxes correct, square and true with
building finish. Edge of covers shall be flush with building finish where con-
cealed wiring is required. Outlets shall be erected in advance of partitioning,
furring and fireproofing, and shall be properly secured to building structure or
steel.
.2 Locations of all outlets shown on the plans shall be verified
engineers' plans showing interior details and finish and adjustment shall be
made to coincide with architectural locations where necessary. In no case,
however, shall the number and type of outlets be less than that shown on the
plans.
.3 Outlet boxes installed in concrete or fill, shall be of the
concrete type, with removable cover. Receptacles and switch boxes shall have
regular deep plaster covers. Outlet boxes in hung ceilings shall be of the regular
shallow type. Other types of boxes shall be as hereinafter specified, as noted in
the plans and as required.
.4 Contractor shall allow for overhead pipes, ducts and other
mechanical equipment, variations in arrangement and thickness of fireproofing
and plastering,'etc.
.5 Gang type boxes shall be used wherever more than one wiring
device is to be installed in the same location.
.6 Weatherproof outlet boxes shall be cast aluminum with gasket
between box and cover making boxes vaportight and water tight.
D- 12
16.16 MOTOR AND MOTOR CONTROL WIRING
16.16.1 Provide all branch circuit and control wiring including final
connections to all motors.
16.16.2 Magnetic starters shall be furnished by the respective trade
furnishing the motor or motorized equipment, but shall be installed and wired
by this Contractor.
.3 Provide manual motor starters for all motors not equipped with
magnetic starters.
.4 Manual motor starters shall be Westinghouse "Motor Sentinel"
with pilot indicating lights. Starters shall be flush mounted with suitable marked
face plates.
.5 Approved equivalent by Allen-Bradley, G.E., A.H. & H. or
Square D.
16.17 SAFETY SWITCHES
16.17.1 Provide safety switches where shown on the plans and/or as
required by code or field conditions. Safety switches shall be standard duty con-
struction, quick-make, quick-break, interlocking cover, and of ampere rating
whether fused or unfused, and number of poles as shown on the plans or as required.
.2 Face plates or covers for safety switches shall be suitably engraved
for the function performed.
16.18 CONDUCTORS
16.18.1 Conductors shall be made of annealed copper, properly refined
and tinned and shall have a minimum conductivity of 98%, Type THW.
.2 Conductors 010 and smaller shall be single braid, solid, con-
ductors 08 and larger shall be stranded cable.
.3 Branch circuit wiring shall be continuous from outlet to outlet.
No splices will be permitted except at outlets. Splices shall be made mechanically
and electrically secure with 3M "Scotch-Locks".
.4 No conductors shall be installed in raceways until all mechanical
work is completed. Raceways shall be kept free of moisutre. Use approved lubri-
cants only for pulling purposes.
D13
16.18 CONDUCTORS (Continued),
16.17.5 Branch circuit conductors shall be Type'THW, color coded for
identification.
.6 Connections at panels shall be such that no neutral conductor
shall service more than one branch circuit from the some phase. Connect branch
circuits in phase sequence in panelboards.
.7 Minimum size of conductors shall be #12 gauge, except wh ere
specifically permitted in other sections of this division.
.8 Feeders shall be load balanced as closely as possible.
V6.19 RECEPTACLES
16.19.1 Provide flush mounted receptacles where indicated. Mounting
heights to be 48 inches above finished floor unless otherwise noted. Verify work
of other trades before installing, to be certain that there will be no interference
as to height, location, etc. mount all receptacles in a vertical position.
.2 Standard receptacles shall be duplex, grounding type, rated
at 20 amperes, 125 volts A.C. , P & S, Series No. 6300.
i
.3 Three wire receptacles shall be single polarized type rated
at 20 amperes, 250 volts A.C., P & S Series No. 7210, with cap.
.4 Four wire flush receptacle shall be a 50 ampere,4 wire grounded
type receptacle complete with cap. P & S 5754.
.5 Approved equivalent by Hubbell, A.H. & H. or P. & S.
16.20 SWITCHES
16.20.1 All switches shall be flush mounted. Verify all mounting heights
before installing to be certain that there will be no interference with equipment
of other trades as to location, etc. Single pole, two pole, three pole and four
way switches shall be fully rated at 20 amperes, 125 volts A.C. quiet line type,
brown.
.2 Switches shal I be P. & S. series No. 521-1 general usage or
key operated with or without pilot light as indicated on the plans.
.3 Approved equivalent by Hubbell or A.H. & H.
D-14
16.21 DEVICE PLATES
16.21 .1 Provide a cover plate for each outlet installed.
.2 Plates shall be stainless steel, satin finish, not less than .040"
thickness.
.3 Cover plates for junction boxes shall be flat galvanized.
.4 Where Tor# than one device is mounted in one outlet box or
where two or more outlet boxes are installed adjacent to each other, the face
plate shall be a common "Gang" type.
16.22 EXIT LIGHTING SYSTEM
16.22.1 All exit lights shall be connected to a common fused disconnect
switch.
.2 The exit light disconnect switch shall be energized directly from
the main service breaker on the utility company side of the contacts.
16.23 EMERGENCY LIGHTING
16.23.1 Connect emergency lights to existing emergency panel .
16.24 TIMERS
16.24.1 Provide paragon or equivalent,4000 series, 24 hour time control
rated at 40 amperes.
.2 Set times as per Owner's or Architect instructions.
16.25 TELEPHONE SERVICE
16.25.1 Electrical Contractor shall extend an empty conduit to
existing building.
D. 15
16.26 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
16.26.1 Provide and install a fire alarm system complete from
existing system.
y 16.26.2 Provide a Simplex 4208 module to existing panel for
new addition.
16.26.3 Manual pullbox - surface mounted, non-coded, break glass rod
stations - Simplex 4251-40 series.
16.26.4 Alarm Bell - D.C. to "Alarm Bell , vibrating, with guard.
Simplex 4080-70.
16.27 LIGHTING FIXTURES
16.27.1 Furnish and install all fixtures indicated.
.2 Fixtures shall be of the types indicated and specified herein.
.3 Fixtures shall be constructed in accordance with the National
Board of Fire Underwriters' specifications and shall bear the Underwriters' label.
.4 Ballast for fluorescent fixtures shall be H.P.F., series type,
CEM-ETL, 60 cycle, with lowest available sound rating.
.5 Fixtures shall be complete with new lamps or sizes and types
as indicated. Lamps shall be as manufactured by Sylvania, General Electric
or Westinghouse.
.6 All fixtures shall be installed at locations shown on plans.
Minor deviations from locations shown will be allowed to obtain symmetrical
layouts and to clear obstructions. The installation shall be coordinated with
the equipment of others whenever interference may occur. Fixtures shall be
rigidly supported and suitable canopies shall be installed as required. Support-
ing steel angles or channels spanning the structural framing shall be furnished
and installed when required to support the fixtures.
.7 Furnish the correct flanges, plaster frames, etc. and any other
necessary mechanical appurtenances for mounting the fixtures in the ceiling.
Coordinate with the general Contractor prior to purchasing fixtures for recessed
mounting in any type of ceiling construction.
D- 16
16.27 LIGHTING FIXTURES (Continued)
.8 Certified ETL or ITL photometric performance reports and/or
sample fixtures shall be furnished by the Contractor at no additional cost or
undue delay when requested by the Architect and/or Engineer.
.9 Fixtures shall be completely coordinated with ceiling layout and
compatible with the ceiling construction in which they are to be installed and the
heating, ventilating and air conditioning contractor.
.10 Lighting Fixture Schedule
(CAJ WZAWJAJ*4) r
16.28 GUARANTEE
16.28.1 The electrical contractor shall guarantee for a period of one year
from the date of final acceptance of the work, all materials and equipment furnished
and installed and shall replace any work or equipment without charge which may
become, as a result of defective work or materials, or which may be damaged during
the correction of defective work.
DIVISION NO . 16 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATE PRICES REQUESTED ='
SECTION 16.29 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
.01 The contractor shall include on his bid form the cost of additing to, or
deducting from his base bid the following alternate work. -
.02 The description of all workmanship and materials under the varioussections
of these specifications shall be understood as having the same meaning and force when
applied to similar workmanship and material in each alternate; some shall be the best
commercial grade in their respective kinds and as approved by the Engineer.
.03 The conditions and terms of the BASIC SPECIFICATIONS shall govern 611
the work in connection with all alternates.
.04 All materials and labor required for and incidental to the completion of
the work intended under each alternate specified shall be provided whether or not
specifically described herein. The Contractor shall do all cutting, patching,
finishing, adjusting, protecting and cleaning, and shall provide all materials;
and perform all operation of work specified herein and relating work towards the
end that all work shall fit and come together properly to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
16.29.1 There are no ALTERNATES at this- time.
D-17